BERGISCHE UNIVERSITÄT WUPPERTAL GAUSS-STRASSE 20 42119 WUPPERTAL
ARBEITSPAPIERE DES FACHBEREICHS WIRTSCHAFTS- UND SOZIALWISSENSCHAFTEN
Burkard Sievers Arndt Ahlers-Niemann The Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. A bibliography in the making
NUMMER 200 WUPPERTAL, FEBRUAR 2003
The Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations A bibliography in the making
Compiled for The International Scoiety for the Psychonanalytic Study of Organizations (ISPSO) by
Burkard Sievers & Arndt Ahlers-Niemann
Foreword This bibliography on the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations is a result of the contributions of many colleagues, most of whom are members of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO). It has been collected from various sources: “A Bibliography on Organizational Psychodynamics” compiled in 1994 by Michael A. Diamond and Mark R. Heidenry; a bibliography of published articles and books of ISPSO members, which I have been collecting on behalf of the ISPSO board for the past year; papers presented at previous ISPSO Symposia (1986 through 2001), which were ultimately published; literature relating to the Tavistock Group Relations approach (this part certainly needs to be updated); some references for ‘Social Dreaming‘ and a bibliography on Organisational Role Analysis. Needless to say, none of these separate bibliographies is complete. The fact that several ISPSO members are not represented is not due to any censorship on my part, but results from the fact that – despite several requests – their information has not been forthcoming. Though the vast majority of publications are in English, there are some in French, Portuguese, Italian, Hungarian, and German; in several cases I indicate that the original publication was subsequently translated. In order to demonstrate the international scope of both the Society and the respective field of study, I would appreciate information on relevant publications in languages other than English. So far psycho-socio dynamics on the level of society and/or globalisation are broadly missing. I hope we can increasingly extend our field of study to this area, as our daily reality – actions, thoughts, fantasies, anxieties, hopes etc. – are broadly influenced by the dynamics of globalisation. All in all, this bibliography is an ongoing project or a bibliography in the making. I very much look forward to what we can collectively make out of it and would appreciate contributions to improve and extend this venture. I hope that it will provide colleagues in the field as well as students a helpful tool for studying and writing. I also wish to thank Arndt Ahlers-Niemann, whose technical competence and research skills have been invaluable. Burkard Sievers
[email protected] Wuppertal, Germany October, 2002
Content
I
Content Content ........................................................................................................ I Author Index............................................................................................... 1 A................................................................................................................... 1 Adams, Christine ....................................................................................................................1 Adorno, Theodor W................................................................................................................1 Albanese, Paul J. ....................................................................................................................1 Alderfer, Clayton P. ................................................................................................................1 Allcorn, Seth ...........................................................................................................................1 Almond, R...............................................................................................................................2 Amado, Gilles .........................................................................................................................2 Ammon, Günther....................................................................................................................4 Ansari, Mahfooz A. .................................................................................................................4 Anzieu, Didier .........................................................................................................................4 Apprey, Maurice .....................................................................................................................4 Aram, Eliat..............................................................................................................................4 Armelius, K. ............................................................................................................................5 Armstrong, David ....................................................................................................................5 Aschback, Charles..................................................................................................................6 Astrachan, Boris M. ................................................................................................................6 Astrachan, Joseph H. .............................................................................................................6 Auchter, Thomas ....................................................................................................................6 Auer-Hunzinger, Verena.........................................................................................................6
B................................................................................................................... 7 Bain, Alastair, .........................................................................................................................7 Barber, William H....................................................................................................................7 Barnett, Carole K....................................................................................................................7 Baum, Howell S......................................................................................................................7 Baxter, Robert F.....................................................................................................................8 Bayes, Marjorie.......................................................................................................................8 Becker, Hansjörg....................................................................................................................9 Benson, M. C..........................................................................................................................9 Berg, David N. ........................................................................................................................9 Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker...................................................................................................9 Bernardez, T...........................................................................................................................9 Berry, Tony .............................................................................................................................9 Bettelheim, Bruno...................................................................................................................9 Beumer, Ullrich .....................................................................................................................10 Bexton, W. Harold ................................................................................................................10 Bion, Wilfred R......................................................................................................................10 Bion Talamo, Parthenope.....................................................................................................11 Biran, Hanna.........................................................................................................................11 Book, Howard E....................................................................................................................11 Bowlby, John ........................................................................................................................12 Bowles, Martin ......................................................................................................................12
Content
II
Boxer, Philip J. ......................................................................................................................12 Brearley, J. M. ......................................................................................................................13 Bridger, Harold .....................................................................................................................13 Broadbent, John ...................................................................................................................13 Brocher, Tobias....................................................................................................................14 Brown, Dennis G..................................................................................................................14 Brown, G. I. ...........................................................................................................................14 Buchinger, Kurt.....................................................................................................................14 Buono, Anthony....................................................................................................................14
C.................................................................................................................15 Calder, K. T...........................................................................................................................15 Calogeras, Roy C.................................................................................................................15 Cargill, B. ..............................................................................................................................15 Carr, Wesley.........................................................................................................................15 Cavanaugh, J. C...................................................................................................................15 Chanlat, Jean-Francois........................................................................................................15 Chattopadhyay, Gouranga P................................................................................................15 Chisholm, Rupe....................................................................................................................16 Civin, Michael A....................................................................................................................16 Clarke, Carolyn.....................................................................................................................16 Clifford, W.............................................................................................................................16 Colman, Arthur D..................................................................................................................16 Conger, Jay ..........................................................................................................................17 Cooper, Cary L. ....................................................................................................................17 Cooper, Lowell......................................................................................................................17 Correa, M. E. ........................................................................................................................17 Critchley, B. ..........................................................................................................................17 Czander, William M. .............................................................................................................17
D.................................................................................................................18 Dalgleish, James ..................................................................................................................18 Dartington, Tim.....................................................................................................................18 De Board, Robert..................................................................................................................18 Denhardt, Robert B..............................................................................................................18 Deutsch, F. ...........................................................................................................................18 Diamond, Michael A. ............................................................................................................18 Dichter, Ernest......................................................................................................................21 Dies, Robert R......................................................................................................................22 Durkin, James E. ..................................................................................................................22 Durlabhji, S. ..........................................................................................................................22
E .................................................................................................................23 Eagle, Jeffrey........................................................................................................................23 Eck, Claus D.........................................................................................................................23 Eisenbach-Stangl, Irmgard ...................................................................................................23 Eisold, Kenneth ....................................................................................................................23 El Hajj, Marina ......................................................................................................................24 Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev...............................................................................................................24 Elmes, M. B..........................................................................................................................25 Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs........................................................................................................25 Erdheim, Mario .....................................................................................................................25
Content
III
Erlich, H. Shmuel..................................................................................................................25 Erlich-Ginor, Mira..................................................................................................................26 Eslin, J. C..............................................................................................................................26 Ezriel, H. ...............................................................................................................................26
F .................................................................................................................27 Faber, M. D...........................................................................................................................27 Fatzer, Gerhard....................................................................................................................27 Feldman, S. P.......................................................................................................................27 Field, G. A.............................................................................................................................27 Fine, Reuben........................................................................................................................27 Fineman, Stephen................................................................................................................27 Flamholtz, Eric G..................................................................................................................27 Fornari, Franco .....................................................................................................................27 Foulkes, Siegmund H...........................................................................................................28 French, Robert......................................................................................................................28 Freud, Sigmund....................................................................................................................29 Friedman, Georges...............................................................................................................29 Fromm, Erich........................................................................................................................29 Frost, Peter J. .......................................................................................................................29 Frugé, Ernest ........................................................................................................................29
G.................................................................................................................31 Gabelnick, Faith....................................................................................................................31 Gabriel, Yiannis....................................................................................................................31 Gagliardi, Pasquale ..............................................................................................................32 Geber, B. ..............................................................................................................................32 Gemmill, G............................................................................................................................32 Gibbard, G. S........................................................................................................................33 Gillette, Jonathan..................................................................................................................33 Gilmore, Thomas N. .............................................................................................................33 Gordon, Michael ...................................................................................................................35 Gosling, Robert H.................................................................................................................35 Gould, Laurence J. ...............................................................................................................36 Graen, George......................................................................................................................36 Grande, T..............................................................................................................................36 Greenblatt, M. .......................................................................................................................37 Grey, A. L..............................................................................................................................37 Grey, C. ................................................................................................................................37 Grinberg, Leon......................................................................................................................37 Grotstein, James ..................................................................................................................37 Guereca, Dennis...................................................................................................................37 Guiter, M. ..............................................................................................................................37 Gummer, B. ..........................................................................................................................37 Gustafson, James P.............................................................................................................38 Gutman, Robert ....................................................................................................................39
H.................................................................................................................40 Halpern, H.............................................................................................................................40 Halton, William......................................................................................................................40 Hantschk, Ilse .......................................................................................................................40 Harris, Martha .......................................................................................................................40
Content
IV
Harrison, Roger....................................................................................................................40 Hausmann, William...............................................................................................................40 Heath, E. S. ..........................................................................................................................40 Heimburger, Elizabeth M......................................................................................................41 Heimer, C..............................................................................................................................41 Heintel, Peter........................................................................................................................41 Hendrick, I. ............................................................................................................................41 Henry, W. E..........................................................................................................................41 Higgins, G. W. ......................................................................................................................41 Hill, Robert F.........................................................................................................................41 Hills, Dione............................................................................................................................41 Hinshelwood, Robert D. .......................................................................................................42 Hirsch, L................................................................................................................................42 Hirschhorn, Larry..................................................................................................................42 Hochschild, Arlie Russel.......................................................................................................44 Hodgson, Richard C.............................................................................................................44 Hoffman, Alan .......................................................................................................................44 Holdeman, Q. L. ...................................................................................................................44 Holmes, D.............................................................................................................................44 Homer, L. E...........................................................................................................................44 Hopper, Earl..........................................................................................................................44 Hopper, Myles ......................................................................................................................44 Horney, Karen ......................................................................................................................44 Horowitz, L............................................................................................................................45 Horowitz, M. J. ......................................................................................................................45 Horwitz, Leonhard ................................................................................................................45 Howard, Ann.........................................................................................................................45 Howells, John G. ..................................................................................................................45 Hugg, Terry W......................................................................................................................45 Hughes, Everett Cherrington................................................................................................45 Hummel, Ralph P. ................................................................................................................45 Hundsalz, A..........................................................................................................................46 Hunt, James..........................................................................................................................46 Hutton, Jean M. ....................................................................................................................46
I...................................................................................................................47 Ingersoll, Virginia Hill............................................................................................................47
J..................................................................................................................48 James, C...............................................................................................................................48 James, D...............................................................................................................................48 James, Kim...........................................................................................................................48 Janis, Irving L.......................................................................................................................48 Jaques, Elliot ........................................................................................................................49 Jardim, Anne.........................................................................................................................49 Johnson, John L...................................................................................................................49 Jordan, Ann F.......................................................................................................................50 Joseph. D. I...........................................................................................................................50
K.................................................................................................................51 Kaes, R.................................................................................................................................51 Kahn, Robert L. ....................................................................................................................51
Content
V
Kamm, Judith........................................................................................................................51 Kao, John S..........................................................................................................................51 Kaplan, R. E..........................................................................................................................51 Karterud, S............................................................................................................................51 Katz, Daniel..........................................................................................................................51 Kernberg, Otto F...................................................................................................................51 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R.................................................................................................52 Khaleelee, Olya....................................................................................................................64 Kieser, Alfred........................................................................................................................64 Kilmann, Ralph H..................................................................................................................64 Klein, Edward B....................................................................................................................64 Klein, Melanie .......................................................................................................................65 Klein, Robert H. ....................................................................................................................65 Klotter, J. P. ..........................................................................................................................65 Kohler, A...............................................................................................................................66 Kohut, Heinz.........................................................................................................................66 König, Karl ............................................................................................................................66 Könnecke, R.........................................................................................................................66 Kovavevic, V.........................................................................................................................66 Kramer, Y..............................................................................................................................66 Krantz, James S. ..................................................................................................................66 Kreeger, Lionel.....................................................................................................................69 Krejci, Erika...........................................................................................................................69 Kren, George M. ...................................................................................................................69 Kubie, L.................................................................................................................................69 Kutash, Irwin L......................................................................................................................69
L .................................................................................................................70 LaBier, Douglas....................................................................................................................70 LaFarge, Vicki.......................................................................................................................70 Lantos, B...............................................................................................................................70 Lapierre, Laurent..................................................................................................................70 Laplanche, Jean ...................................................................................................................71 Lasswell, Harold Dwight.......................................................................................................71 Lawrence, W. Gordon ..........................................................................................................71 Laxenaire, M. ........................................................................................................................75 Lazar, Ross A.......................................................................................................................75 Levi, Judith............................................................................................................................77 Levine, David........................................................................................................................78 Levinson, D...........................................................................................................................78 Levinson, Harry ....................................................................................................................78 Lieberman, M........................................................................................................................85 Lifton, Robert Jay.................................................................................................................85 Like, R.C...............................................................................................................................85 Liu, S.....................................................................................................................................85 Lofgren, Lars B.....................................................................................................................85 Lohmer, Mathias...................................................................................................................85 Long, Susan D......................................................................................................................86 Lorenzen, Zanne ..................................................................................................................87 Löwe, B.................................................................................................................................87
M ................................................................................................................88 Maccoby, Michael.................................................................................................................88 MacDonald, D. M..................................................................................................................88
Content
VI
Maguire, Thomas V..............................................................................................................88 Main, Tom.............................................................................................................................88 Maltz, Marc ...........................................................................................................................88 Mann, Floyd Christopher......................................................................................................89 Mann, Richard D...................................................................................................................89 Manning, P. K.......................................................................................................................89 Mare de, Patrick B................................................................................................................89 Marks, M. L...........................................................................................................................89 Marrow, Alfred J. ..................................................................................................................89 Marsettin, P. E......................................................................................................................89 Martin, J. ...............................................................................................................................89 Martin, Terry.........................................................................................................................89 May, Rollo.............................................................................................................................90 Mayes, S...............................................................................................................................90 McCaughan, Nao..................................................................................................................90 McClelland, David C.............................................................................................................90 McLean, Alan........................................................................................................................90 McMillan, S.D. ......................................................................................................................90 McMurray, R. N. ...................................................................................................................90 McSwain, C. J. ......................................................................................................................90 Mechanic, D..........................................................................................................................90 Medders, Niles M..................................................................................................................90 Medina, S. C.........................................................................................................................90 Meek, Harriet W....................................................................................................................91 Meltzer, Donald ....................................................................................................................91 Memery, L.............................................................................................................................91 Mendel, Werner M. ...............................................................................................................91 Mendes, Leal........................................................................................................................91 Menninger, Roy W................................................................................................................91 Menzies, Isabel E. P.............................................................................................................92 Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P.....................................................................................................92 Merry, Uri ..............................................................................................................................92 Mersky, Rose Redding.........................................................................................................92 Mertens, Wolfgang ...............................................................................................................93 Merton, R. K..........................................................................................................................93 Miles, R.................................................................................................................................93 Miller, Danny.........................................................................................................................93 Miller, Eric J. .........................................................................................................................94 Miller, James C.....................................................................................................................95 Mills, Theodore .....................................................................................................................95 Mitchell, Juliet .......................................................................................................................95 Mitroff, Ian I. ..........................................................................................................................95 Mitscherlich, Alexander........................................................................................................96 Mold, James W.....................................................................................................................96 Moment, David .....................................................................................................................96 Morgan, Gareth ....................................................................................................................96 Mortimer, Jeylan T................................................................................................................96 Mosse, James ......................................................................................................................96 Moxnes, P.............................................................................................................................96 Mullen, E...............................................................................................................................96 Mumby, Trevor.....................................................................................................................96 Munich, R. L..........................................................................................................................97 Munro, Helle .........................................................................................................................97 Musto, D. F...........................................................................................................................97 Myerson, W. A......................................................................................................................97
Content
VII
N.................................................................................................................98 Nahum, Tania .......................................................................................................................98 Neff, Walter S. ......................................................................................................................98 Neilsen, E. H.........................................................................................................................98 Neumann, Jean E.................................................................................................................98 Newman, Ruth G..................................................................................................................98 Newton, J. F..........................................................................................................................98 Newton, Peter M...................................................................................................................99 Nicholson , N. ........................................................................................................................99 Niederehe, G. .......................................................................................................................99 Nurick, Aaron........................................................................................................................99
O...............................................................................................................100 Obholzer, Anton................................................................................................................. 100 Ochonisky, J. ..................................................................................................................... 100 O'Connor, Garrett.............................................................................................................. 100 O'Connor, Malachi............................................................................................................. 100 Oda H................................................................................................................................. 100 Özdemir, Hüseyin.............................................................................................................. 101 Oglensky, Bonnie D........................................................................................................... 101 Olson, E.E.......................................................................................................................... 101 O'Reilly, C. A. .................................................................................................................... 101 Orth, Charles D.................................................................................................................. 101 O'Shaughnessy, Edna....................................................................................................... 102 Oskarsson, H. .................................................................................................................... 102 Ower, Harrison .................................................................................................................. 102
P ...............................................................................................................103 Palazzoli, Mara Selvini...................................................................................................... 103 Palmer, Barry W. M........................................................................................................... 103 Paolillo, Joseph G. P......................................................................................................... 103 Parsons, Talcott................................................................................................................. 103 Pauchant, Terry C. ............................................................................................................ 103 Pedersen, P. M.................................................................................................................. 103 Pedigo, J. ........................................................................................................................... 104 Perlin, R............................................................................................................................. 104 Pines, Malcom................................................................................................................... 104 Pondy, Louis R. ................................................................................................................. 104 Presthus, Robert Vana...................................................................................................... 104 Pringle, R........................................................................................................................... 104
R...............................................................................................................105 Raguse, Hartmut............................................................................................................... 105 Reciniello, Shelley............................................................................................................. 105 Redlich, F. C...................................................................................................................... 105 Reed, Bruce D................................................................................................................... 105 Resnik, Salomon ............................................................................................................... 105 Ricciardi, Augusto.............................................................................................................. 105 Rice, Albert Kenneth ......................................................................................................... 106 Rich, M............................................................................................................................... 106 Richardson, Elizabeth ....................................................................................................... 106
Content
VIII
Rioch, Margaret J. ............................................................................................................. 106 Robbins, B......................................................................................................................... 107 Rochlin, Gregory................................................................................................................ 107 Rodriguez, L. ..................................................................................................................... 107 Roe, Ann ............................................................................................................................ 107 Rogers, C........................................................................................................................... 108 Rogers, Kenn..................................................................................................................... 108 Rohrlich, J. B. .................................................................................................................... 108 Rosenthal, S...................................................................................................................... 108 Rourke, Philip G. ............................................................................................................... 108 Rudolf, G............................................................................................................................ 108 Ryan, Kathleen D. ............................................................................................................. 108
S ...............................................................................................................109 Saravay, S. M. ................................................................................................................... 109 Schaef, Anne Wilson......................................................................................................... 109 Scharff, David Edward....................................................................................................... 109 Schechter, R. A. ................................................................................................................ 109 Scheidlinger, Saul.............................................................................................................. 109 Schein, Edgar H. ............................................................................................................... 109 Scheper-Hughes, Nancy ................................................................................................... 109 Schermer, Victor L............................................................................................................. 110 Schlenker, J. A. ................................................................................................................. 110 Schneider, Susan.............................................................................................................. 110 Schö n, Donald A................................................................................................................ 110 Schruijer, Sandra ............................................................................................................... 110 Schulberg, Herbert. C........................................................................................................ 110 Schwartz, Howard S.......................................................................................................... 110 Scott, W. ............................................................................................................................ 113 Segal, Hanna..................................................................................................................... 113 Sennett, Richard ................................................................................................................ 113 Sethi, Amarjit Singh ........................................................................................................... 113 Shafer, Allan...................................................................................................................... 113 Shapiro, David ................................................................................................................... 114 Shapiro, Edward R. ........................................................................................................... 114 Shapiro, Roger L............................................................................................................... 117 Shor, Joel........................................................................................................................... 117 Shore, M. F........................................................................................................................ 117 Sievers, Burkard ................................................................................................................ 117 Silver, C. B......................................................................................................................... 122 Silver, Catherine ................................................................................................................ 122 Simpson, Peter.................................................................................................................. 123 Singer, D. L........................................................................................................................ 123 Skynner, A......................................................................................................................... 123 Slater, Philip E................................................................................................................... 123 Smircich, Linda.................................................................................................................. 123 Smith, Kenwyn K............................................................................................................... 123 Smith, R. C. ....................................................................................................................... 124 Snider, Gayle..................................................................................................................... 124 Snow, David L................................................................................................................... 124 Speller, Jeffrey L................................................................................................................ 124 Spenner, K......................................................................................................................... 124 Sperling, O......................................................................................................................... 124 Spero, Marlene.................................................................................................................. 124 Springmann, Rafael R....................................................................................................... 125
Content
IX
Srivastva, Suresh .............................................................................................................. 125 Stablein, R......................................................................................................................... 125 Stacey, Ralph .................................................................................................................... 125 Stagner, R.......................................................................................................................... 125 Stapley, Lionel................................................................................................................... 125 Stark, M. I. ......................................................................................................................... 126 Stein, Howard F................................................................................................................. 126 Stein, Murray..................................................................................................................... 144 Stein, Mark......................................................................................................................... 144 Stokes, Jon........................................................................................................................ 144 Strong, Eduard Kellogg..................................................................................................... 145 Stryker, Perrin.................................................................................................................... 145 Super, Donald E................................................................................................................ 145 Sutherland, J. D................................................................................................................. 145 Sutton, C. D....................................................................................................................... 145 Sutton, R. I. ........................................................................................................................ 145 Swogger, Glenn................................................................................................................. 145 Symonds, A....................................................................................................................... 145 Syrett, Michel..................................................................................................................... 145
T ...............................................................................................................146 Taillieu, Tharsi ................................................................................................................... 146 Taylor, Susan .................................................................................................................... 146 Thamhain, Hans ................................................................................................................ 146 Thelon, Herbert A.............................................................................................................. 146 Thompson, Odessa Deanna............................................................................................. 146 Thorner, Hans A. ............................................................................................................... 146 Tietel, Erhard ..................................................................................................................... 147 Tietze, Paul E.,.................................................................................................................. 147 Toker, E. ............................................................................................................................ 147 Torres, A. T........................................................................................................................ 147 Tranfield, D. R................................................................................................................... 147 Triest, Joseph .................................................................................................................... 147 Trist, Eric............................................................................................................................ 147 Turner, Barry A.................................................................................................................. 147 Turquet, Pierre M............................................................................................................... 148
V ...............................................................................................................149 Vaillant, George E. ............................................................................................................ 149 Vandewater, S. R. ............................................................................................................. 149 Vansina, Leopold ............................................................................................................... 149 Vansina-Cobbaert, Marie-Jeanne..................................................................................... 150 Vickers, Geoffrey............................................................................................................... 151 Vince, Russ........................................................................................................................ 151 Volkan, Vamik D................................................................................................................ 152
W..............................................................................................................153 Walter, Hans-Jürgen......................................................................................................... 153 Wasylenki, D. A. ................................................................................................................ 153 Weigand, Wolfgang ........................................................................................................... 153 Weiss, Reinald................................................................................................................... 153 Wells, Leroy Jr................................................................................................................... 153
Content
X
West, Michael A................................................................................................................. 154 Weston, Ros...................................................................................................................... 154 White, Kathleen Pogue...................................................................................................... 154 Whiteley, J. Stuart ............................................................................................................. 154 Wildberger, Helga.............................................................................................................. 154 Wilke, Stefanie................................................................................................................... 154 Williams, Dennis................................................................................................................ 155 Wineburgh, M. ................................................................................................................... 155 Winer, J. A. ........................................................................................................................ 156 Winnicott, Donald W.......................................................................................................... 156 Wisdom, J. O. .................................................................................................................... 156 Wong, N. ............................................................................................................................ 156 Woods, A........................................................................................................................... 156 Wright, F............................................................................................................................ 156
Y ...............................................................................................................157 Young, Robert ................................................................................................................... 157
Z ...............................................................................................................158 Zaleznik, Abraham............................................................................................................. 158
Subject Index .........................................................................................160 Organizational Role Analysis ..............................................................160 Group Relations.....................................................................................165
A
1
Author Index A Adams, Christine Adams, Christine & Frugé, Ernest (1996), Why Children Misbehave and What to Do About It. Oakland, CA: New Harbinger Publications. Adams, Christine, Frugé, Ernest & Cunningham, C. (1992), Managing normal defiance and aggression in young children. In Christine Adams & Ernest Frugé (Eds.), What Do I Do When ?: An Educational Videotape Series. Vol. I. Houston, TX: Family-Wise Productions. Adorno, Theodor W. Adorno, Theodor W. (1950), The authoritarian personality. New York: Harp er and Row. Albanese, Paul J. Albanese, Paul J. (Ed.), (1988), Psychological foundations of economic behavior. New York: Praeger. Alderfer, Clayton P. Alderfer, Clayton P., Edward B. Klein (1985), Affect, Leadership and Organizational Boundaries. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. H. Geiler (Eds.) Washington D. C. (1985), 5, 197–213, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1978. No. 3, 5, 14–29. Allcorn, Seth Allcorn, Seth (1988), Leadership styles: The psychological picture. Personnel, 65(4), 46-54. Allcorn, Seth (1989), The self protective actions of managers, Supervisory Management, 34(1), 3-7. Allcorn, Seth (1989), People who need to control, Supervisory Management, 34(7), 7-10. Allcorn, Seth (1989), The narcissistic manager, Supervisory Management , 34(12), 29- 2. Allcorn, Seth (1989), Understanding groups at work. Personnel, 66(8), 28-36. Allcorn, Seth (1991), Workplace superstars in resistant organizations. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Allcorn, Seth (1992), Codependency at work. Employee Assistance. November, 24-29. Allcorn, Seth (1992), Codependency in the workplace. Westport, CT: Quorum Books.
A
2
Allcorn, Seth (1993), Understanding the psychology of group practice leadership styles, Grace Practice Journal, 43(5), Allcorn, Seth 11992), Self-defeating behavior in the workplace, Supervisory Management, 37(4), 7. Allcorn, Seth & Diamond, Michael A. (1991), Managing stress and anxiety in clinical laboratories. Journal of Medical Laboratory Sciences, 5(2), Allcorn, Seth & Diamond, Michael A. (1997), Managing People During Stressful Times: The Psychologically Defensive Workplace, Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing Group, Westport, CT. Allcorn, Seth; Baum, Howell S.; Diamond, Michael & Stein, Howard (1996), The human costs of a management failure; Organizational downsizing at General Hospital. Westport, Connecticut (Quorum Books) Almond, R. Almond, R. & D. M. Astrachan (1969), Social systems training for psychiatric residents. In: Psychiatry, No. 32, 1969, 277–291 Amado, Gilles Amado, Gilles (1975), "Imaginaire groupal et résistance au changement", Etudes Psychothérapiques, june 1975, n° 23, 89-93. Amado, Gilles (1975), La dynamique des communications dans les groupes. Paris: Armand Colin, Amado, Gilles (1978), "L'opinion française et l'antisémitisme", Droit et Liberté, 1978, n° 379, 37-47 (with Y. Charbit), Amado, Gilles (1978), La communicacion en los aruoos. Buenos Alras: EI Ateneo. Amado, Gilles (1978), A dinamica da comunicacao nes cruces. Rio de Janeiro: Zabar Editores. Amado, Gilles (1979), "La relation pédagogique: attentes, représentations et fantasmes", Enseignement et Gestion, winter 1979, n° 12, 27-38. Amado, Gilles (1980), Psychoanalysis and organization: A cross cultural perspective. Sigmund Freud House Bulletin, 9(2), 17-20. Amado, Gilles (1982), "Organizational development and change", Annual Review of Psychology, Palo Alto, 1982, vol. 33, 343-370 (with C. Faucheux and A. Laurent), Amado, Gilles (1982), Reperes sur le transfert. La Parole en L'air, October, 10-14. Amado, Gilles (1985), "Claustrophobie et culture nationale: l'effet tunnel", Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie, spring 1995, vol. 2, n° 2, 93-101. Amado, Gilles (1986), "Psychopathologie du couple de direction" in Le sexe du Pouvoir, N. Aubert, E. Enriquez, V. de Gaulejac (eds), Edition de l'Epi, 1986, 337-354.
A
3
Amado, Gilles (1987), "Cohésion organisationnelle et illusion collective" in Technologies nouvelles et approches psychologiques, Montréal, 1987. Amado, Gilles (1988), Cohesion organisationnelle et illusio n collective. Revue France de Gestion, 69, 37-43. Amado, Gilles (1989), "Un étrange aménagement défensif : le compagnon imaginaire", L'évolution psychiatrique, march 1989, vol. 54, n° 1, 69-77 (with A. Costes), Amado, Gilles (1990), "Identité psychique, crise et organisation : pour une théorie de la résonance", Psychologie Clinique, 1990, n° 3, 103-115. Amado, Gilles (1991), "Ethnomanagement : a latin provocation: International Studies of Management and Organization, fall 1991, vol. 21, n° 3, (with C. Faucheux and A. Laurent), Amado, Gilles (1991), "Organizational change and cultural realities: Franco -American contrasts", International Studies of Management and Organization, fall 1991, vol. 21, n° 3, 65-99 (with C. Faucheux and A. Laurent), Amado, Gilles (1 991), "Pratiques magiques et régressives dans la gestion des ressources humaines", Revue de Gestion des Ressources Humaines, october 1991, n° 1, 16-27 (with C. Deumie), Amado, Gilles (1992), "Gémellité et leadership" in Imaginaire et leadership, L. Lapierre (ed), Editions Québec/Amérique, Montréal, Québec, 1992, 371-409. Amado, Gilles (1994), "A Clinical Approach to Meetings" in Psychoanalysis and Management, M. Hoffmann, M. List eds, Physica Verlag, Heidelberg, 1994, 245-26. Amado, Gilles (1994), "La résonance psychosociale au coeur de la vie et de la mort", Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie, 1994, vol. 1, n° 1, 87-94. Amado, Gilles (1994), "Psychoanalysis & Organization" in Psychoanalysis and Management, M. Hoffman, M. List (eds), Physica Verlag, He idelberg, 1994, 13-22. Amado, Gilles (1995), "Why psychoanalytic knowledge helps us understand organizations; a discussion with Elliott Jaques", Human Relations, 1995, vol. 48, n° 4, 351-357. Amado, Gilles (1995), (with A. Cyr, L. Lapierre), 1995, Pierre Bourque-le jardinier et l'ingénieur, Québec, Presses de l'Université. Amado, Gilles (1997), ( with A. Guittet), 1997, La dynamique des communications dans les groupes, Paris, Armand Colin, Collection "U", 3rd translation in spanish and portuguese. Amado, Gilles (1997), (with E. Enriquez), 1997, Psychanalyse et Organisation, Paris, ESKA. Amado, Gilles (1997), "Psychodynamique du travail et psychosociologie", Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie, 1997, vol. IV, n° 6 (with E. Enriquez), Amado, Gilles (1998), "Angoisse et créativité face aux différences culturelles", Les Cahiers de l'ENSPTT, september 1998, n° 9, 85-90.
A
4
Amado, Gilles (1999), "Groupes opérationnels et processus inconscients", Revue Française de Psychanalyse, july-september 1999, vol. LXIII, n° 3, 905-916. Amado, Gilles (1999), "La scène imaginaire de l'organisation" in Le goût de l'altérité, E. Enriquez (Ed.), Desclée de Brouwer, 1999, 81-88. Amado, Gilles (1999), "Pour une intolérance bien tempérée-en écho au travail de Kenneth Eisold", Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie, 1999, vol. V, n° 10-11, 109-113. Amado, Gilles (1999), (with F. Giust-Desprairies), 1999, L'école : lieu de socialisation ? Paris, ESKA. Amado, Gilles (1998), (with E. Enriquez), 1998, La psychanalyse à l'écoute du social, Paris, ESKA. Amado Gilles and Ambrose, Anthony (Eds.), (2001), The transitional approach to change, London, Karnac Books Ammon, Günther Ammon, Günther (1982), Arbeit, Gruppe and Gesellschaft (Work, group and society), Dynamische Psychiatrie, 15(5-6), 268-285. Ansari, Mahfooz A. Ansari, Mahfooz A. (1977), Socio-psychological dynamics of risk-taking behavior: A note. Journal of Social and Economc Studies , 5(1), 125-129. Ansari, Mahfooz A. (1984), Psychodynamics of a successful executive. Managerial Psychology a11), 25-43. Ansari, Mahfooz A. (1984), Psychodynamics of occupational preferences and values. Indian Psychological Review, 26(1), 16-22. Anzieu, Didier Anzieu, Didier (1971), Psychoanalytic interpretation of large groups. Dynamische Psychiatrie, 9(2), 108-122. Anzieu, Didier (1984), The group and the unconscious. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Apprey, Maurice Apprey, Maurice & Stein, Howard F. (1993), Intersubjectivity, Projective Identification and Otherness. Pittsburgh, PA: Duquesne University Press, 1993. Foreword by James S. Grotstein, M.D. Aram, Eliat Aram, Eliat (1998), Virtual Teamworking using Networking Technologies: An Investigation into its Impact on Organisational Dynamics. CMC working papers Series No 17. Also presented in the ISPSO Annual Conference in Jerusalem, Israel, July 1998.
A
5
Aram, Eliat (1999), Socio Technical Systems and Human Dynamics, in The New SocioTech: Graffiti on the Long Wall, Coakes, Willis & Lloyd -Jones (Eds), Springer Verlag. Aram, Eliat (1999), Working with Panic in Group Psychotherapy, unpublished MSc Thesis. Aram, Eliat (2000), A Gestalt Understanding of Panic Disorder, to be publish(Ed.) Aram, Eliat (2000), Virtual Dynamics and Socio -Technical Systems. In: Coakes, Willis & Lloyd-Jones (Eds.), The New SocioTech. (Springer), 160-169. Aram, Eliat and Noble, D. (1999), Educating Prospective Managers in the Complexity of Organisational Life, Management Learning, Vol.30, No.3, 321-342, Sage Publications. Armelius, K. Armelius, K. & B. A. Armelius (1985), Group personality, task and group culture. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.), London, (1985), 255–274 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Armstrong, David Armstrong, David (1992). Names, Thoughts and Lies; the relevance of Bion’s later writing for understanding experiences in groups, Free Associations, Vol. 3, 2, No.26, 261-282 Armstrong, David (1994), Thoughts bound and thoughts free: mental processes in groups. Group Analysis, 27, 131-148 Armstrong, David (1994), The analytic object in organisational work. Tavistock Consultancy Service, London (available from the Tavistock Library) Armstrong, David (1994), The Unthought Known. A Dialogue about a Consultant’s Experience in Organisational Role Analysis. London: The Grubb Institute Armstrong, David (1995), The psycho-analytic approach to institutional life: Why so little impact? Group Analysis 28, 33-45 Armstrong, David (1997), The 'Institution-in-the-Mind'. Reflections on the Relation of Psychoanalysis to Work with Institutions. Free Associations, Vol. 7, No 41, 1-14 Armstrong, David (1998), Thinking aloud: a contribution to three dialogues. In: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work, Karnac, London, 91-106 Armstrong, David (1998), Psychic retreats: the organisational relevance of a psycho-analytic formulation. Tavistock Consultancy Service (available from the Tavistock Library) Armstrong, David (1999), The recovery of meaning. In: Robert French and Russ Vince (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organisation, Oxford University Press, 145-154 Armstrong, David (2000), Emotions in organisations, disturbance or intelligence? Tavistock Consultancy Service (available from the Tavistock Library)
A
6
Armstrong, David (2002), Making present: reflections on a neglected function of leadership and its contemporary relevance. Organisational and Social Dynamics, 2,1, 89-98 Armstrong, David, Bazalgette, John & Hutton, Jean (1994), What does management really mean? In: R. Casemore et al (Eds.), What makes consultancy work: understanding the dynamics, South Bank University Press, London, 185-203 Armstrong, David & Lawrence, Gordon (1998), Destructiveness and creativity in organisational life. In: Parthenope Bion Talamo et al (eds), Bion’s Legacy to Groups, Karnac, London, 53 - 68 Aschback, Charles Aschback, Charles & Schermer, Victor L. (1987), Object relations, the self and the group: a conceptual prardigm, London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Astrachan, Boris M. Astrachan, Boris M., Hulda. R. Flynn, J. D. Geller & H. H. Harvey (1970/1975), Systems approach to day hospitalisation. In: Archives of General Psychiatry No. 22, 1970, 550–559, also in: Group Relations Reader Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 193ff. (Grex) Astrachan, Boris M., Hulda R. Flynn (1976), The Intergroup Exercise: A Paradigm for Learning about the Development of Organizational Structure. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, (1976), 47-69 (Wiley & Sons) Astrachan, Joseph H. Astrachan, Joseph H. (1990), Mergers, acquisitions and employee anxiety: A study of separation anxiety in a corporate context. New York: Praeger. Auchter, Thomas Auchter, Thomas, Laura Viviana Strauss (1999), Kleines Wörterbuch der Psychoanalyse. Göttingen (Vandenhoek & Ruprecht) Auer-Hunzinger, Verena Auer-Hunzinger, Verena and Burkard Sievers (1991), Organisatorische Rollenanalyse und -beratung. Ein Beitrag zur Aktionsforschung. Gruppendynamik 22, 33-46
B
7
B Bain, Alastair, Bain, Alastair (1999), On Socio-Analysis. Socio -Analysis 1, 1, 1– 17; dtsch.: Einige Überlegungen zur Sozioanalyse. Freie Assoziation 4, (2001) 135- 54 Bain, Alastair, Long, Susan & Ross, S. (1992), Paper Houses: The Absence of Authority in a Government School. Collins Dove, Melbourne. Barber, William H. Barber, William H. (1987), Role Analysis Group: Integrating and Applying Workshop Learning. In: W. B. Reddy & C. C. Henderson (Eds.), Training Theory and Practice. Arlington, Va. and San Diego: NTL Institute and University Associates, 179-184 Barnett, Carole K. Barnett, Carole K. & Hirschhorn, Larry (Eds.), (1993), The Psychodynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. Baum, Howell S. Baum, Howell S. (1982), The advisor as invited intruder. Public Administration Review, 42(6), 546-552. Baum, Howell S. (1983), Autonorny, shame, and doubt: Power in the bureaucratic lives of planners. Administration and Societv. 15(2), 147-184. Baum, Howell S. (1985), Predicaments of bureaucratic subordinacy: Dramatic escape and compensation. Political Psychology. 6(4), 681-703. Baum, Howell S. (1986), Response to commentary by Cynthia McSwain. Political Psychology. 7(1), 159-162. Baum, Howell S. (1987), The invisible bureaucracy; The unconscious in organizational problem solving. New York (Oxford University Press), Baum, Howell S. (1989), Organizational politics against organizational culture: A psychoanalytic perspective. Human Resource Management, 28(2), 191-206. Baum, Howell S. (1990), Organizational membership; Personal development in the workplace. Albany, New York (SUNY Press), Baum, Howell S. (1991), How bureaucracy discourages responsibility. In: Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the couch; Handbook of psychoanalysis and management. San Francisco (Jossey-Bass), 264-285.
B
8
Baum, Howell S. (1991), Trying to grow at work; A developmental perspective on organizational careers. In: Donald A Schön (Ed.), The reflective turn; Case studies in and on educational practice. New York (Teachers College Press), 126-141. Baum, Howell S. (1991), Creating a family in the workplace. Human Relations. 44(11), 137159. Baum, Howell S. (1992), Mentoring: Narcissistic fantasies and Oedipal realities. Human Relations. 45(3), 223-245. Baum, Howell S. (1993), Organizational politics against organizational culture: A psychoanalytic perspective. In: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The psychodynamics of organizations. Philadelphia (Temple University Press), 33-45. Baum, Howell S. (1994), Transference in organizational research. Administration & Society 26, 135-157 Baum, Howell S. (1994), Community and consensus: Reality and fantasy in planning. Journal of Planning Education and Research 13, 251-262. Baum, Howell S. (1994), Creating a family in the workplace (and) Mentoring: Narcissistic fantasies and oedipal realities. In :Michael Hofmann and Monika List (Eds.), Psychoanalysis and Management. Heidelberg (Physica-Verlag), 43-92. Baum, Howell S. (1996), Why the rational paradigm persists; Tales from the field. Journal of Planning Education and Research 15, 127-135. Baum, Howell S. (1999), Forgetting to plan. Journal of Planning Education and Research 19, 101-113. Baxter, Robert F. Baxter, Robert F., Elisabeth Morgan Heimburger (1985), An Advanced Training Group Within the Group Relations Conference: Evolution, Design and Outcome. In: Group Relation Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C. (1985), 5. 185-197 A. K. Rico Institute, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1980, No. 2-3, 89 ff. Bayes, Marjorie Bayes, Marjorie, L. Wisnent & L. A. Wilk (1977),The Mental Health Center and the Women's Liberation Group: An intergroup encounter, Psychiatry, No. 40 (1977), 66-78 Bayes, Marjorie & Newton, Peter M. (1978), Women in authority: A sociopsychological approach. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 14, 7 -20. Reprinted in Coleman and Geller (Eds.), (1986), Group Relations Reader, Washington, D.C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Reprinted by Conference Board.
B
9
Bayes, Marjorie & Peter M. Newton (1985), Women in Authority: A Sociopsychological Analysis. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C. (1985), 309-329 (A. K. Rice Institute). Becker, Hansjörg Becker, Hansjörg (1998), Psychoanalyse und Organisation. Zur Bedeutung unbewußter Sozialisation in Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 1, 81-100 Becker, Hansjörg (2000), Angst und Wandel in Organisationen. Eine supervisorischpsychoanalytische Perspektive. Freie Assoziation 3, Benson, M. C. Benson, M. C., Lundgren, J. & West, K. L. (1988), Psychiatrie residency training in the dynamics of groups and organizations. Journal of Psychiatric Education. 12, (2). Berg, David N. Berg, David N. (1990), A case in print. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 1, 65-68. Berg, David N. (1998), Resurrecting the Muse: Followership in Organizations. In: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, CT (Psychosocial Press) Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker & Coda, R. (Eds.), (1990), Motivacao & Liderance. Sao Paulo, Brazil: Biblioteca pioneira de administracao e negocios. Bergamini, Cecilia Withaker & Coda, R. (Eds.), (1990), Psicodinamica da vida organizacional. Motivacao & Lideranca. Sao Paulo, Brazil: Biblioteca pioneira de administracao e negocios. Bernardez, T. Bernardez, T. (1978), Women and anger: Conflicts with aggression in contemporary women. Journal of the AMWA. 33(5), 215-219. Bernardez, T. (1983), Women in authority: Psychodynamic and interactional aspects. Social Work with Groups. 6(3-4), 43-49. Berry, Tony Berry, Tony & Diane Tate (1988), Success in a New Task-A Role Consultation. Management Education and Development 19, 215–226 Bettelheim, Bruno Bettleheim, Bruno & Janowitz, Morris (1950), Social change and prejudice.. New York: Free Press.
B
10
Beumer, Ullrich Beumer, Ullrich (1998), „Schläft ein Lied in allen Dingen...“ Dingliche Objekte und räumliche Szenarien in der psychoanalytischen Organisationssupervision. Freie Assoziation 1, 277–303 Beumer, Ullrich & Burkard Sievers (2000), Einzelsupervision als Rollenberatung − Die Organisation als inneres Objekt. Supervision (3), 10–17 Beumer, Ullrich & Burkard Sievers (2001), Die Organisation als inneres ObjektEinzelsupervision als Rollenberatung. In: Bernd Oberhoff, Ullrich Beumer (Eds.):Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum, 108–123 Bexton, W. Harold Bexton, W. Harold (1975), Group Processes in Environmental Design: Exposing Architects and Planners to the Study of Group Relations. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 251-265 (Grex) Bexton, W. Harold (1975), The Architect and Planner: Change Agent or Scapegoat? In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 343-359 (Grex) Bion, Wilfred R. Bion, Wilfred R. (1955), Group Dynamics: A review. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis. Klein, M., P. Helmann & R. E. Money-Kyrle (Eds.) London (Tavistock Publications), Basic Books Bion, Wilfred R. (1959), Experiences in Groups. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1961), Experiences in Groups, London (Tavistock Publications) Bion, Wilfred R. (1962), Learning from experience. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1963), Elements of psycho-analysis. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1965), Transformations: Changes from learning to growth. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1967), Second thoughts: Selected papers on psychoanalysis. London: Heinemann Medical. Bion, Wilfred R. (1970), Attention and Interpretation, London (Tavistock Publications) Bion, Wilfred R. (1970), Attention and interpretation: A scientific approach to insight in psycho-analysis and groups. New York: Basic Books. Bion, Wilfred R. (1971), Erfahrungen in Gruppen und andere Schriften. Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta) Bion, Wilfred R. (1975), Selections from "Experiences In Groups". In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 11-21 Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Container and Contained. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, (1985), 127-135 (A. K. Rice Institute)
B
11
Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Bibliography of W. R. Bion. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, (1985), 391-393 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Bion, Wilfred R. (1990), Eine Theorie des Denkens. In: Elisabeth Bott Spilius (Ed.), Melanie Klein Heute. Bd. 1: Beiträge zur Theorie. München (Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse), 225–235 Bion Talamo, Parthenope Bion Talamo, Parthenope, Franco Borgogno, Silvio A. Merciai (1998), (Eds.) Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London (Karnac Books) Biran, Hanna Biran, Hanna & Chattopadhyay, Gouranga (1998), The burden of the barbarian within. In: journal of free associations, London UK, volume seven part two number 42, 151-170. Biran, Hanna (1989), To Dream the Impossible Dream: Thoughts on the SocioPsychological Situation of the Kibbutz. In: Changes, the magazine for the helping professions, volume 7 number 4, 130-135. Biran, Hanna (1994), Fear of the Other. In: Palestine-Israel journal, Psychological Dimensions of the Conflict, Jerusalem, Ziad Abu Zayyad + Victor Cygielman (ed) No. 4 Autumn 1994, 44-52. Biran, Hanna (1997), Myths, memories and roles-how they live again in the group process. In: journal of free associations, London UK, volume seven part one number 41, 31-48. Biran, Ha nna (1998), An attempt to apply Bion’s alpha- and beta-elements to processes in society at large. In: BION’S LEGACY TO GROUPS, Parthenope Bion Talamo, Franco Borgogno, Silvio A Merciai (ed), Karnac Books, London, UK, 95-100. Biran, Hanna (1999), Relationsh ip and Relatedness between the Elementary School as a System and its Violent Parts. Socio-Analysis 1 (2), 176–190 Biran, Hanna (2001), Die Beziehung des Systems Grundschule zu seinen gewalttätigen Teilen. Freie Assoziation 4, 309–323 Biran, Hanna & Chattopadhyay, Gouranga (1998), The burden of the barbarian within. In: journal of free associations, London UK, volume seven part two number 42, 151-170. Book, Howard E. Book, Howard E. (1993), "Why family dynasty becomes family feud," The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, October 123, 1993 Book, Howard E. (1994), “Why the family way can be the wrong way", The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, November 7, 1994 Book, Howard E. (1994),"The empathic manager," The Levinson Letter, 1994
B
12
Book, Howard E. (1995), "Father-son team--'all we do is fight'," The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, April 24, 1995 Book, Howard E. (1996), "Psychiatrist tackles family business problems," The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, August 26, 1996 Book, Howard E. (2000), "One big happy family: The emotionally intelligent organization," Ivey Business Journal, September/October 2000 Book, Howard E. (2000), "Stressed employees? Company, heal thyself," The Globe and Mail, Report on Business, June 9, 2000 Book, Howard E. (2000), "The EQ edge: Emotional intelligence and your success," Toronto: Stoddart Publishers, 2000 Bowlby, John Bowlby, John (1973), Separation: Anxiety and anger. New York: Basic Books. Bowlby, John (1980), Loss. New York: Basic Books. Bowlby, John (1982), Attachment. New York: Basic Books. Bowles, Martin Bowles, Martin (1990), Recognizing deep structures in organizations. Organization Studies. 11(3), 395-412. Bowles, Martin (1991), The Organization Shadow. Organization Studies 12, 387–404 Bowles, Martin (1997), The Myth of Management: Directions and Failures in Contemporary Organizations. Human Relations 50, 779–803 Bowles, Martin (1998), Der Management-Mythos: Seine Ausprägung und Unzulänglichkeit in gegenwärtigen Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 1, 245–275 Boxer, Philip J. Boxer, Philip J. (1980), Supporting Reflective Learning. Human Relations 33(1). Boxer, Philip J. (1993), Checkland: Soft Systems methodology. CFAR GOWG Seminar, www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1993), Schein: Process Consultation. CFAR Groups and Organisations Working Group (GOWG) Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1993), The Double Cross, Journal of the Centre for Freudian Analysis and Research (CFAR) No 1 Winter 92/93 p107 Boxe r, Philip J. (1994), Foucault’s Archaeological method. CFAR GOWG Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Freud’s Project and topologising organisation. CFAR GOWG Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Intent and the Future of Identity. In: Boot R., Lawrence J. & Morris J. (eds) Creating New Futures: A Manager's Guide to the Unknown, McGraw-Hill.
B
13
Boxer, Philip J. (1994), Maturana and Checkland’s Weltanschauung: paradigmatics. C FAR GOWG Seminar. www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1994), The Ethics of Psychoanalysis. CFAR Journal No 3 Winter 94 73-87. Boxer, Philip J. (1995), Consulting. CFAR GOWG Seminar www.brl.com Boxer, Philip J. (1996), Moment of Truth: The Newman Reference. Newsletter of the London Circle of European Psychoanalysis Issue 4 January. Boxer, Philip J. (1998), The Stratification of Cause: when does the desire of the leader become the leadership of desire? Psychanalytische Perspektieven, 32/33, pp137159. Boxer, Philip J. (1999), The dilemmas of ignorance In: Oakley, C. (ed) What is a Group? A fresh look at theory in practice, Rebus Press, London Boxer, Philip J. and Cohen, B. (1998), Analysing the ‘lack’ of Demand Organisation, In: Daniel M. Dubois (ed) Computing Anticipatory Systems, American Institute of Physics, pp157-181. Boxer, Philip J. and Cohen, B. (2000), Doing Time: the emergence of irreversibility. In: Chandler, J.L.R. & Van de Vijver, G. (e ds) Closure: Emergent Organisations and their Dynamics, Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, Vol 901. Boxer, Philip J. and Kenny, V. (1990), The economy of discourses: a third order cybernetics? Human Systems Management Volume 9 Number 4 205-224. Boxer, Philip J. and Kenny, V. (1992), Lacan and Maturana: constructivist origins for a 30 cybernetics. Communication and Cognition Vol 25. Number 1 73-100 Boxer, Philip J. and Palmer, B. (1994), Meeting the Challenge of the Case. In: Casemore et al (eds) What makes consultancy work-understanding the dynamics. South Bank University Press. 358-371. Boxer, Philip J. and Palmer, B. (1997), The Architecture of Quality: The Case of the Specialist Care Organisation. 1997 Symposium of The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, Philadelphia. www.brl.com Brearley, J. M. Brearley, J. M. (1985), Anxiety in organizational context: Experiences of consultancy. Journal of Social Work Practice. 1(4), 33-47. Bridger, Harold Bridger, Harold (1985), Northfield revisited. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, P. 87-108 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Broadbent, John Broadbent, John (1979), Darkness. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 193-205 (Wiley & Sons)
B
14
Brocher, Tobias Brocher, Tobias, Nath, R. & Cambor, C. G. (1973), Psychodynamics of group organizational development: A panel discussion. Psychiatric Communications. 14(1), 1-21. Brown, Dennis G. Brown, Dennis G. (1985), Bion and Foulkes: basic assumptions and beyond. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 192-220 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Brown, G. I. Brown, G. I. and Merry, U. (1985), Neurotic mechanisms applied to organizations. Gestalt Journal. 8(2), 49-85. Buchinger, Kurt Buchinger, Kurt (1990), Der paranoide Firmenchef: Organisationsberatung gruppendynamisch und systemisch (The paranoid boss: Group dynamic and systemic organizational consultation), Gruppendynamik. 21(1), 61-68. Buono, Anthony Buono, Anthony, Bowdith, James L. & Lewis, John (1985), When cultures collide: The anatomy of a merger. Human Relations. 38(5), 477-500. Buono, Anthony, Bowditch, James L., Lewis, John, & Nurick, Aaron (1985), "Paradise Lost: Violations of the Psychological Contract as a Friendly Merger Byproduct" (1985), Proceedings of the Association of Human Resources Management and Organizational Behavior, 583-587. Buono, Anthony, Bowditch, James L. & Nurick, Aaron (1987), "The Hidden Costs of Organizational Mergers", In: Larocque, et al. (Eds.) Psychologie Du Travail Et Nouveaux Milieux De Travail. Quebec: University of Quebec Press, 313-333. Buono, Anthony and Nurick, Aaron (1992), "Intervening in the Middle: Coping Strategies in Mergers and Acquisitions", Human Resource Planning, 15, 2, 19-34. Buono, Anthony, Nurick, Aaron, Hoffman, Alan (1995), "Management Consulting in the Schools: Lessons from a System-Wide Intervention", Journal of Organizational Change Management, 8,3, 18-30.
C
15
C Calder, K. T. Calder, K. T. (1979), Psychoanalytic knowledge of group processes. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 27(1), 145-156. Calogeras, Roy C. Calogeras, Roy C. (1989), Die Krupp-Dynastie und die Wurzeln des deutschen Nationalcharakters. Eine psychoanalytische Kulturstudie. München (Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse) Cargill, B. Cargill, B. and Long, Susan D. (1992) ‘Women and Leadership’. Published in the proceedings of Beyond Beginnings: Women’s Education, Employment and Training. National Centre for Women, Swinburne University, Melbourne. Carr, Wesley Carr, Wesley A. (1997), A Handbook of Pastoral Studies: Learning and Practising Christian ministry. London: SPCK Carr, Wesley A. & Gabelnick, Faith (Eds.), (1989), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations, Keble College, Oxford, July 15-18, 1988. Washington D.C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Carr, Wesley A. & Shapiro, Eduard (1991), Lost in familiar places: creating new connections between the individual and society. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Cavanaugh, J. C. Cavanaugh, J. C., Dunn, N. J., Mowery, D., Feller, C., Niederehe, G., Frugé, E. & Volpendesta, D. (1989), Problem solving strategies in dementia patient-caregiver dyads. The Gerontologist, Vol. 29, No. 2, 156-158. Chanlat, Jean-Francois Chanlat, Jean-Francois (Ed.), (1990), L'individu dans l'organisation. Les dimensions oubliees. Quebec/Paris: Les Presses de I'Universite Laval/Editions ESKA. Chattopadhyay, Gouranga P. Chattopadhyay, Gouranga P. (1985), Some speculations on the unconscious roots of organizational culture. Management and Labour Studies, 10(4), 169-183.
C
16
Chisholm, Rupe Chisholm, Rupe & Vansina, Leopold (1993), Varieties of participation in organisations, Public Administration Quarterly, XVII, 3, 291-315. Civin, Michael A. Civin, Michael A. (1998), Introduction to a symposium honoring Harold F. Searles. Free Associations, 7(42). Civin, Michael A. (1998), Therapeutic symbiosis, concordance and analytic transformation. Free Associations, 7(42). Civin, Michael A. (1999), On the vicissitudes of cyberspace as potential space. Human Relations, Volume 52(4). Civin, Michael A. (2000), Male, Female, Email: The Struggle for relatedness in a Paranoid Society. The Other Press. Civin, Michael A. and Lombardi, Karen L. (1990), The preconscious and potential space. Psychoanalytic Review, 77(4). Civin, Michael A. and Lombardi, Karen L. (1996), Chloeby the afternoon. In Gerson, B. (Ed.) The Therapist as a Person. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press. Clarke, Carolyn Clarke, Carolyn & Martin, Terry (1999), The Culture of Counselling as an Engine for Change. In Harry Tomlinson, H. Gunter and Pauline Smith (Eds.), Living Headship: Voices, Values and Vision. London (Paul Chapman Publishing Ltd), 27-40 Clifford, W. Clifford, W., M. Scott (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 571-579 (Maresfield Reprints) Colman, Arthur D. Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Environmental Design: Realities and Delusions. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Sexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 329–343 (Grex) Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Group Consciousness as a Developmental Phase. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, P. 35–43 (Grex) Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Irrational Aspects of Design. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 313–329 (Grex) Colman, Arthur D. & W. Harold Bexton (Eds.), (1975), Group Relations Reader. An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington (A. K. Rice Institute) Colman, Arthur D. & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), (1985), Group Relations Reader 2, An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington (A. K. Rice Institute)
C
17
Conger, Jay Conger, Jay & Kanungo, Rubindra V (Eds.), (1988), Charismatic leadership in management. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Cooper, Cary L. Cooper, Cary L. & Alderfer, Clayton P. (Eds.), (1980), Advances in experiential social processes. New York: Wiley. Cooper, Lowell Cooper, Lowell (1976-77), Mirroring: One vehicle to organizational clarity. International Journal of Social Psychiatry. 22(4), 288-295. Correa, M. E. Correa, M. E., E. B. Klein, S. R. Howe & W. N. Stone (1981), A bridge between training and practice: mental health professionals' learning in group relations conferences'. In: Social Psychiatry, No. 15, 137-142 Critchley, B. Critchley, B. & Casey, D. (1989), Organizations get stuck too. Leadership and Organization Development Journal. 10(4), 3 -12. Czander, William M. Czander, William M. (1993), The Psychodynamics of Work and Organizations. Theory and Application. New York (Guilford Press) Czander, William M. (2001), A failed consultation-Part One What Happened? C2M (consulting to management), vol.12 issue 2, June Czander, William M., Lawrence Jacobsberg, Rose Redding Mersky & Henry Nunberg (2002), Analysis of a Successful Consultative Effort from Four Psychoanalytic Perspectives: Classical, Object Relations and Self Psychology. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 17 (5), 338-434.
D
18
D Dalgleish, James Dalgleish, James (2001), Absent Managers: Emotion and Anxiety in Middle Level IT Management. Socio-Analysis 3(1) Dartington, Tim Dartington, Tim (1998), From Altruism to Action: Primary Task and the Not-for-Profit Organisation. Human Relations, 51, 12, 1477-1493. Dartington, Tim, Eric John Miller & Geraldine V. Gwynne (1981), A Life Together: an exploratory study of the distribution of attitudes around the disabled, London (Tavistock Publications) De Board, Robert De Board, Robert (1978), The psychoanalysis of organizations: A psychoanalytic approach to behavior in groups and organizations. London: Tavistock Publications. Denhardt, Robert B. Denhardt, Robert B. (1981), In the shadow of organization. Lawrence: University Press of Kansas. Denhardt, Robert B. (1987), Images of death and slavery in organizational life. Journal of Management. 13(3), 529-541. Deutsch, F. Deutsch, F. (1947), Job phobia. Journal of Social Casework. 28. 131-137. Diamond, Michael A. Diamond, Michael A. ( 1987), "The Psychodynamics of Regression in Work Groups," with Seth Allcorn. Human Relations, Vol. 40, No.8, 525-543. Diamond, Michael A. (1982), "Organization Psychiatry". In: Ralph P. Hummel's (2nd Edition) The Bureaucratic Experience, St. Martin's Press, Inc., New York. Diamond, Michael A. (1984), "Psychological Barriers to Personal Responsibility." with Seth Allcorn, Organizational Dynamics, Vol. 12, No. 4, Spring 1984, 66-77. Diamond, Michael A. (1984), Bureaucracy as externalized self-system: A view from the psychological interior. Administration and Society. 16(2), 195-214.
D
19
Diamond, Michael A. (1985), "Psychological Dimensions of Personal Responsibility for Public Management: An Object Relations Approach," Journal of Management Studies, Vol. 22, No. 6. Diamond, Michael A. (1985), "Psychological Dimensions of Role Use in Bureaucratic Organizations," with Seth Allcorn. Organizational Dynamics, Vol. 14, No. 1, Summer 1985, 35-59. Diamond, Michael A. (1985), "Psychological Responses to Stress in Complex Organizations," with Seth Allcorn. Administration and Society, Vol. 17, No. 2, August 1985, 217-239. Diamond, Michael A. (1985), The social character of bureaucracy: Anxiety and ritualistic defense. Political Psychology, 6(4), 663-679. Diamond, Michael A. (1986), "Role Formation As Defensive Activity in Bureaucratic Organzations," with Seth Allcorn. Po litical Psychology, Vol. 7, No. 4, December 1986. Diamond, Michael A. (1986), book reviews of Political Ensembles: A Psychosocial Approach to Politics and Leadership, by G. Little; and, Leadership: Multidisciplinary Perspectives, edited by B. Kellerman. Po litical Psychology, Vol.7, No. 3, September. Diamond, Michael A. (1986), Resistance to change: A psychoanalytic critique of Argyris and Schon's contributions to organization theory and intervention. Journal of Manaqement Studies, 23(5), 543-562. Diamond, Michael A. (1987), "The Psychological Dilemma of Bureaucratic Self Integrity," in R.P. Hummel's 3rd. Edition of The Bureaucratic Experience, St. Martin's Press, New York. Diamond, Michael A. (1987), book review, Strategy, Change and Defensive Routines by Chris Argyris, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 32, No.1, March 1987. Diamond, Michael A. (1988), "Organizational Identity: A Psychoanalytic Exploration of Organizational Meaning," Administration and Society, Volume 20, No. 2, August 1988, 166-190. Diamond, Michael A. (1989), book review, The Invisible Bureaucracy, by Howell S. Baum and The Workplace Within, by Larry Hirschhorn, Political Psychology, Vol.10, No.1, 169-172. Diamond, Michael A. (1990) "The Freudian Factor," with Seth Allcorn, Personnel Journal, March 1990. Diamond, Michael A. (1990) "Some Reflections on the Concept of Control as a Central Notion in Social and Behavioral Studies," The Social Science Journal, January 1990. Diamond, Michael A. (1990), Psychoanalytic phenomenology and organizational analysis. Public Administration Quarterly, 14(1), 21-42.
D
20
Diamond, Michael A. (1991), "Stresses of Group Membership: Balancing the Needs for Independence and Belonging," Organizations on the Couch, (Ed.) by M.F.R. Kets de Vries, Jossey Bass, Publishers. Diamond, Michael A. (1991), Dimensions of organizational culture and beyond. Political Psychology, 12(3), 509-522. Diamond, Michael A. (1992), Communication Skills and the Psychodynamics of Organizational Change. Administration & Society, 24(l) Diamond, Michael A. (1992), Hobbesian and Rousseauian identities: The psychodynamics of organizational leadership and change. Administration & Societv, 24(3), 267-289. Diamond, Michael A. (1992), Treating the parataxic organization: A case example of intervention strategy. Administration & Society, 24(1), 61-80. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), "Bureaucracy As Externalized Self-System: A View from the Psychological Interior," reprinted in Larry Hirschhorn, (Ed.), The Psychodynamics of Organizations, Temple University Press. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), Psychoanalytic Bases of Organizational Conflict: Theory and Intervention. In: Michael A. Diamond, The Unconscious Life of Organizations (Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing Group) Diamond, Michael A. (1993), The Impact o f Conflict Avoidance on Managerial Roles. In: Michael A. Diamond, The Unconscious Life of Organizations (Quorum Books) Diamond, Michael A. (1993), Havens case commentary. Harvard Business Review, 71(5), 30. Diamond, Michael A. (1993), The unconscious life of organizations Interpreting organizational identity. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Diamond, Michael A. (1994), "Resistance to Change: A Psychoanalytic Critique of Argyris and Schon's Contributions to Organization Theory and Intervention," editors BengtArne Vedin, Management of Change and Innovation, Dartmouth Publishing Co., reprinted for The International Library of Management. Diamond, Michael A. (1996), “Innovation and Diffusion of Technology: A Human Process.” Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol.48, No.4. Diamond, Michael A. (1997), “Administrative Assault: A Contemporary Psychoanalytic View of Violence and Aggression in the Workplace.” American Review of Public Administration, Vol.27, No.3, September 228-247. Diamond, Michael A. (1998), “Organizational and Personal Vicissitudes of Change.” Public Productivity and Management Review, Vol.21, No.4, June. Diamond, Michael A. (1998), “The Symbiotic Lure: Organizations As Defective Containers.” Administrative Theory & Praxis, Vol.20, No.3, September 315-325.
D
21
Diamond, Michael A. (1998), special editor, “An Introduction to the Symposium on Organizational Dynamics.” Administrative Theory & Praxis, Vol.20, No.3, September 298-299. Diamond, Michael A. (1999), “Embracing Organized Disorder: The Future of Organizational Membership.” Administrative Theory & Praxis, Vol.21, No.4, 1999: 433-440. Diamond, Michael A. (1999), The Psychodynamics of Ethical Behavior in Organizations. American Behavioral Scientist 43, 245-263 Diamond, Michael A. (2000), “Adapting to Chaos and Complexity: Organizing the Potential Space.” (Book chapter), Quorum Books, Greenwood Publishing, (forthcoming) Diamond, Michael A. and Adams, G.B. (1999), “Introduction: Psychodynamic Perspectives on Organizations: Identity, Politics, and Change.” American Behavioral Scientist, Vol.43, No.2, October 221-224. Diamond, Michael A. and Adams, G.B. (1999), “The Psychodynamics of Ethical Behavior in Organizations.” American Behavioral Scientist, Vol.43, No.2, October 245-263. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1984), Psychological barriers to personal responsibility. Organizational Dynamics, 12(4), 66-77. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1985), Psychological responses to stress in complex organizations. Administration & Society, 17(2), 217-239. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1985), Psychological dimensions of role use in bureaucratic organizations. Organizational Dynamics, 14(1), 35-59. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1986), Role formation as defensive activity in bureaucratic organizations. Political Psychology, 7(4), 709-732. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1987), The psychodynamics of regression in work groups. Human Relations, 40(8), 525-543. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1990), The Freudian factor. Personnel Journal, 69(3), 52-65. Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1991), "Managing Stress and Anxiety in Clinical Laboratories," Journal of Medical Laboratory Sciences, permission granted to repint CLMA (December 1991, Vol. 5 (2), Diamond, Michael A. and Allcorn, Seth (1997), “Narcissistic Processes and Consulting to Organizational Change: A Contemporary Psychoanalytic Perspective.” Administrative Theory and Praxis, Vol.19, No.2, 225-237. Dichter, Ernest Dichter, Erenst (1971), Motivating human behavior. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: McGraw Hill. Dichter, Ernest (1974), The naked manager. Boston: Cahners Publishing.
D
22
Dies, Robert R. Dies, Robert R. & MacKenzie, K. Roy (Eds.), (1983), Advances in group psychotherapy: integrating research and practice. New York: International Universities Press. Durkin, James E. Durkin, James E. (Ed.), (1981), Living groups: Group psychotherapy and general systems theory. New York: Brunner/Mazel. Durlabhji, S. Durlabhji, S. (1985), Freud in the organization: The unconscious in American and Japanese management. Management and Labour Studies, 10(3), 105-117.
E
23
E Eagle, Jeffrey Eagle, Jeffrey & Newton, Peter M. (1981), Scapegoating in small groups: An organizational approach. Human Relations, 34, 283-301. Eck, Claus D. Eck, Claus D. (1990), Rollencoaching als Supervision. In: Gerhard Fatzer & Claus D. Eck (Eds.), Supervision und Beratung: Ein Handbuch. Köln: Edition Humanistische Psychologie, 209–248 Eisenbach -Stangl, Irmgard Eisenbach-Stangl, Irmgard & Michael Ertl (Eds.), (1997), Unbewußtes in Organisationen. Zur Psychoanalyse von sozialen Systemen. Wien (Facultas Universitätsverlag) Eisold, Kenneth Eisold, Kenneth (??), Discussion of "Psychoanalysis and literature" by Norman N.Holland, Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 29, 22-27. Eisold, Kenneth (1985), Recovering Bion's Contributions to Group Analysis. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. N. Geller (Eds.) Washington. D. C., 37-49 (A. K. Rice Institute) Eisold, Kenneth (1991), On war: a group relations perspective, Psychologist-Psychoanalyst (1991), XI (Supplement), 32-35. Eisold, Kenneth (1993), Changing group relations: some problems and symptoms, Proceedings of the Ninth Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute, Hugg, Carson & Lipgar, (Eds.), Jupiter, FL: A.K.Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1993), On authority, Proceedings of the Tenth Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute, Cytrynbaum & Lee, (Eds.), Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1994), The intolerance of diversity in psychoanalytic institutes. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 75(4), 785-800 Eisold, Kenneth (1995), Clinical uses of dreams, The Interpersonal Handbook of Psychoanalysis, Lionells, Fiscalini, Mann, & Stern, (Eds.) (Chapter 32) 709-728, The Analytic Press, Hillsdale, NJ. Eisold, Kenneth (1 995), Creating authority: a task for group relations, Proceeding of the Eleventh Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute, West, Hayden, & Sharrin, (Eds.) Jupiter, FL, A.K. Rice Institute.
E
24
Eisold, Kenneth (1995), The group dynamics of war, in Group Process and Political Dynamics, Ettin, Fidler & Cohen, (Eds.), IUP: Madison, CT. Eisold, Kenneth (1995), Vision in organizations, Proceeding of the Eleventh Scientific Meeting of the A.K. Rice Institute, West, Hayden, & Sharrin, (Eds.) Jupiter, FL, A.K. Rice Institute. Eisold, Kenneth (1996), Psychoanalysis Today. Implications for Organizational Application. Free Associations 6, 2, 38, 174–191 Eisold, Kenneth (1997), Freud as leader: the early years of the Viennese Society, The International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 78, 1, 87-104. Eisold, Kenneth (1997), The task of leadership: leadership as an attribute of group life, ADE Bulletin, No. 116, 33-37. Eisold, Kenneth (1998), The splitting of the New York Psychoanalytic Society and the construction of psychoanalytic authority, The International Journal of PsychoAnalysis, 79, 5, 871-885. Eisold, Kenneth (1998), Vision in organizational life, in Social Dreaming @ Work, W.G.Lawrence, (Ed.) London, Karnac Books. Eisold, Kenneth (1999), L’intolerance a la diversite dans les societes psychanalytiques, Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie, V, 87-107 Eisold, Kenneth (1999), Review of “Freud: Conflict and Culture,” Michael Roth, ed, Psychoanalytic Books, 10, 245-248. Eisold, Kenneth (1999), Review of Otto Kernberg’s “Ideology, Conflict, and Leadership in Groups and Organizations.” Psychoanalytic Books, 10, 39-44. Eisold, Kenneth (1999), Teotie e poteri in psicoanalisi, Psiche: Rivista de Cultura Psicoanalitica, VII, 1-2, 239-252. Eisold, Kenneth (2000), The rediscovery of the unknown: An inquiry into psychoanalytic praxis. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 36, 57-75 Eisold, Kenneth, Zeborah Schachtel (1978), Application of a Study Group Experience to Personal Histories: Aspects of a Course on "Growing up", Journal of Perso nality and Social Systems, No. 3, 44 ff. El Hajj, Marina El Hajj, Marina, Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries & Danny Miller (1995), "Managing under Deadly Conditions," Administration & Society, 27 (2), 226-248. Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev Elieli, Rina Bar-Lev (1994), Psychoanalytic Thinking and Organizations. Psychiatry 57, 78– 91
E
25
Elmes, M. B. Elmes, M. B. & Gemmill, G. (1990), The psychodynamics of mindlessness and dissent in small groups. Small Group Research, 21(1), 28-44. Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs, Saute, Robert, Oglensky, Bonnie, and Gever, Martha (1995), Glass ceilings and open doors: Women’s advancement in the legal profession. Fordham Law Review, 200-360. (monograph) Epstein, Cynthia Fuchs, Seron, Carol, Oglensky, Bonnie, & Saute, Robert (1999), The parttime paradox: Time norms, professional life, family, and gender New York (Routledge) Erdheim, Mario Erdheim, Mario, Agathe Blaser (1998), Paranoide Verleugnungen und institutionelle Macht. Freie Assoziation 1, 101-112 Erlich, H. Shmuel Erlich, H. Shmuel (1996), How Should We Talk with an Enemy? Thoughts from a Psychoanalytic Perspective. Organizational Development in Israel, 2, 5-9. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1996), Ego and Self in the Group. Group Analysis, 29, 229-243. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1997), On Discourse with an Enemy. In: Edward R. Shapiro (Ed.), The Inner World in the Outer World: Psychoanalytic Perspectives, New Haven: Yale University Press, 123-142. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1998), Adolescents’ Reactions to Rabin’s Assassination-A Case of Patricide? Annals of American Society for Adolescent Psychiatry, 22, 189-205. Erlich, H. Shmuel (1998), The Search for the Subject and the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Plenary Address, Symposium of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Org anizations, Jerusalem, July 1 -3, 1998 (in ISPSO Web site), Erlich, H. Shmuel (2001), Enemies Within and Without: Paranoia and Regression in Groups and Organizations. In: L. J. Gould, L. F. Stapley, and M. Stein (Eds.), Applied Experiential Learning: The Group Relations Training Approach (A Festschrift for Dr Eric J. Miller), Erlich, H. Shmuel (2001), The Elusive Subject and the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Organizational & Social Dynamics, 2, 199-211 Erlich, H. Shmuel (in press), Joining, Experiencing, and Individuating: Ego and Self in the Group. In: Bruna I. Seu, (Ed.), Volume X of The Encyclopaedia of Psychoanalysis, ‘The Ego and the Self; Psychic Structures and Social Constructions [provisional title].
E
26
Erlich-Ginor, Mira Erlich-Ginor, Mira & Erlich, H. Shmuel (1999), Mental Health under Fire: Organizational Intervention in a Wounded Service. In: R. Vince and R. French (Eds.), Group Relations, Management, and Organization. Oxford University Press, 190-208. Eslin, J. C. Eslin, J. C. (1991-92), D enegation et reemploi du rite dans l'entreprise. Entree, sortie, transitions (Negation and reinstatement of rituals in the organization: Entry, exit, transitions), Psychanalystes, 41, 135-141. Ezriel, H. Ezriel, H. (1950), A psycho-analytic approach to group treatment. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 23, 59-74.
F
27
F Faber, M. D. Faber, M. D. (1984), The computer, the technological order, and psychoanalysis: Preliminary remarks. Psychoanalytic Review, 71(2), 263-277. Fatzer, Gerhard Fatzer, Gerhard (1 990), Rollencoaching als Supervision von Führungskräften. Supervision 17, 42-49. Feldman, S. P. Feldman, S. P. (1985), Culture and conformity: An essay on individual adaptation in centralized bureaucracy. Human Relations, 38(4), 341-356. Feldman, S. P. (1989), The idealization of technology: Power relations in an engineering department. Human Relations, 42(7), 575-592. Field, G. A. Field, G. A. (1974), The unconscious organization. Psychoanalytic Review, 61(3), 333-354. Fine, Reuben Fine, Reuben (1980), Work, depression, and creativity, psychoanalytical perspective. Psychological Reports, 46(3), 1195-1221. Fine, Reuben (1981), On history, theory and future of nonmedical psychoanalysis. Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology, 4(1), 93-119. Fine, Reuben (1990), Love and work: The value system of psychoanalysis. New York: Continuum Publishing Co. Fineman, Stephen Fineman, Stephen (Ed.), (1993), Emotion in organizations. London: Sage Publications. Flamholtz, Eric G. Flamholtz, Eric G. & Yvonne Randle (1987), The Inner Game of Management. How to Make the Transition to a Managerial Role. New York: AMACOM Fornari, Franco Fornari, Franco (1975), The Psychoanalysis of War. Bloomington (Indiana University Press)
F
28
Foulkes, Siegmund H. Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1957), Group analytic dynamics with special references to psychoanalytic concepts. In: International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, No. 7, 4052 Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1975), Group analytic psychotherapy. London: Gordon & Breach. Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1977), Probleme der großen Gruppe vom gruppenanalytischen Standpunkt aus. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 27-50 (Klett) French, Robert French, Robert (1993), ‘All Work is a Placement: An Analysis of Assumptions about Learning Possibilities Associated with Work Placements’. Management Education and Development, 24(4), 406-414. French, Robert (1997), ‘The Teacher as Container of Anxiety: Psychoanalysis and the Role of Teacher’. Journal of Management Education, 21(4), 483-495. French, Robert (1997), Review Article on Salzberger-Wittenberg, I., Henry, G. and Osborne, E. (1983) ‘The Emotional Experience of Learning and Teaching’. London: Routledge. Management Learning, 28 (1), 102-104. French, Robert (1998), ‘Cold Front Heading West’, Journal of Management Education. 22(4) 531-536. French, Robert (1999), ‘Teaching, Learning, and Research. An exploration of the Edge between Words and Experience’, Journal of Management Inquiry, 8(3), 257-270. French, Robert (1999), ‘The Importance of Capacities in Psychoanalysis and the Language of Human Development’. International Journal of Psycho-Analysis, 80(6), 1215-1226. French, Robert & Bazalgette, J. (1996), ‘From “Learning Organization” to “Teaching-Learning Organization”?’. Management Learning, 27(1), 113-128. French, Robert & Bazalgette, J. (1999),‘Fra “En laerende organisation” til “En undervisendelaerende Organisation”?’, in E. Larsen (Ed.), Lederskap og folgeskap: Perspektiver på menneskeutviklende og menneskeforandrende organisasjoner, 55-75. French, Robert & Grey, C. (eds), (1996), Rethinking Management Education. London: Sage. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1997), ‘A Systemic Approach to Organizational Role and the Management of Change’, in F.A. Stowell, R.L. Ison, R. Armson, J. Holloway, S. Jackson and S. McRobb, (eds), Systems for Sustainability: People, Organisations and Environments. London: Plenum. 709-713. French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (1999), ‘Our Best Work Happens When We Don’t Know What We’re Doing’. Journal of Socio-Analysis. 1(2): 216-230. French , Robert & Simpson, Peter (1999), Organizational Roles and the Management of Change: A Systemic Approach. In: Yiannis Gabriel, Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 99-102
F
29
French, Robert & Simpson, Peter (forthcoming 2001), ‘Learning at the edges between knowing and not-knowing’, in M. Pines and R. Lipgar (eds) Building on Bion. London: Jessica Kingsley. French, Robert & Thomas, J.J.R. (1999) ‘Maturity, Education and Enlightenment-An Introduction to Theodor Adorno and He llmut Becker: ‘Education for Maturity and Responsibility’, History of the Human Sciences. 12(3), 1-19. French, Robert & Vince, R. (1999), ‘Learning, Managing and Organizing: The Continuing Contribution of Group Relations to Management and Organization’ in Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 3-19. French, Robert & Vince, R. (Eds), (1999), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. French, Robert, Thomas, J.J.R. and Weymann, D. (1999), (trans.), ‘Erziehung zur Mündigkeit: Education for Maturity and Responsibility’, by Theodor Adorno and Hellmut Becker. History of the Human Sciences. 12(3), 21-34. Freud, Sigmund Freud, Sigmund (1958), The standard edition of the complete psychologica l works of Sigmund Freud (J. Strachey, Trans.), London: Hogarth Press. Friedman, Georges Friedman, Georges (1964), The anatomy of work (W. Rawson, Trans), New York: Free Press. Fromm, Erich Fromm, Erich (1941), Escape from freedom. New York: Holt, Rinehart & Winston. Frost, Peter J. Frost, Peter J. (1985), Special issue on organizational symbolism. Journal of Management, 11, 5-12. Frugé, Ernest Frugé, Ernest (1983), Working with the parents of severely ill children. In: D. Copeland, B. Pfefferbaum & A. Sto vall (Eds.), The Mind of the Child Who is Said to be Ill. Springfield, Ill.: Charles C. Thomas. Frugé, Ernest & Adams, C. (1992), Chronic illness and family systems. In: J. van Eys, D.R. Copeland & E.R. Davidson (Eds.), Teaching More Than Medicine. Houston, TX: The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center.
F
30
Frugé, Ernest & Adams, C. (1995), Applications of the Tavistock Group Relations model in community mental health and protective service systems. Residential Treatment for Children and Youth, Vol. 13, No. 1, 29-54. Frugé, E. & Bell, M. (1997), The Emperor Has No Customers: A Novice Director’s Attempt to Enhance Consumer Comprehension of Conference Experience and Its Applicability Proceedings of the Twelfth Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Frugé, Ernest. & Cole, P. (1993), Between a rock and heartache: Applications of Tavistock theory and methods in the context of a child protective service system. In Hugg, T.W., Carson, N.M. & Lipgar, R.M. (Eds.), Changing Group Relations: The Next TwentyFive Years in America: Proceedings of the Ninth Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Frugé, Ernest & Horowitz, M. (in press), Through group-analysis to paediatrics: A transitional approach to training in pediatric hematology/oncology. In: G. Amado & A. Ambrose (Eds.) The Transitional Approach to Change: The Harold Bridger Transitional Series. Vol. II, London: Karnac. Frugé, Ernest & Niederehe, G. (1985), Family dimensions of health care for the ag(Ed.) In: S. Henao and N. Grose (Eds.), Principles of Family Systems in Family Medicine. New York, N.Y.: Brunner/Mazel. Frugé, Ernest, Cain, K. & Adams, C. (1995), Vision, skill and the primary prevention of violence: Video-based training programs for families and children. Proceedings of the Eleventh Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Frugé, Ernest, Crouch, M. & Bray, J. (1998), Family dynamics and health. In R. Rakel (Ed.) Essentials of Family Medicine 2nd Edition. Philadelphia, PA: W.B. Saunders, Co. Frugé, Ernest, Horowitz, M., Blaney, S., Lau, C. & Strother, D. (in press), Leadership in pediatric oncology: An approach to training and professional development. In P.A. Pizzo & D.G. Poplack (Eds.) Principles and Practice of Pediatric Oncology 4th Edition. Philadelphia, PA: Lippincott-Raven.
G
31
G Gabelnick, Faith Gabelnick, Faith, Klein, Edward B. & Herr, Peter (Eds.), (1998), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial Press) Gabelnick, Faith, Klein, Edward B. & Herr, Peter (Eds.), (2000), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial Press) Gabelnick, Faith & Carr, Wesley (Eds.), (1989), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations, Keble College, Oxford, July 15-18, 1988. Washington D.C.: A. K. Rice Institute. Gabriel, Yiannis Gabriel, Yiannis (1982), "Freud, Rieff and the Critique of American Culture", Psychoanalytic Review, Vol. 69, No. 3, 341-366. Gabriel, Yiannis (1982), "The Fate of the Unconscious in the Human Sciences", Psychoanalytic Quarterly, Vol. LI, No. 2, 246-283. Gabriel, Yiannis (1983), "Discontents and Illusions: The Inevitable Costs of Civilization?". Group Analysis, Vol XVI, No. 2; (revised Italian edition "Disagi e illusioni: prezzo inevitabile della civilta?", Psichoterapia e Scienze Umane, Anno XIX, No. 2. Gabriel, Yiannis (1983), Freud and Society, London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Gabriel, Yiannis (1984), "A Psychoanalytic Contribution to the Sociology of Suffering", International Review of Psychoanalysis, Vol. 11, Part 4; (Catalan translation in Catalan Revista de Psicho-analisi, Vol. IV, No. 2, 1988). Gabriel, Yiannis (1985),"Unbehagen und Illusionen in Freuds Kulturtheorie", Psyche, 40, 2148. Gabriel, Yiannis (1991), "Organizations and Their Discontents: A Psychoanalytic Contribution to the Study of Corporate Culture", Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 27, 3, 318336. Gabriel, Yiannis (1991), "Turning Facts into Stories and Stories Into Facts: A Hermeneutic Exploration of Organizational Folklore", Human Relations, 44, 8, 857-875. Gabriel, Yiannis (1991), "Why it is Easier to Slay a Dragon than to Kill a Myth: On Organizational Stories and Myths", International Sociology, 6, 4, 427-442. Gabriel, Yiannis (1992), "Heroes, Villains, Fools and Magic Wands: The Presence of Computers in Organizational Folklore", International Journal of Information Resource Management, 3, 1, 3 -12.
G
32
Gabriel, Yiannis (1992), Putting the organization on the analyst's couch. European Management Journal, 10(3), 348-351. Gabriel, Yiannis (1993), Organizational nostalgia: Reflections on the golden age. In: S. Fineman (Ed.), Emotion in Organizations. London (Sage), 118-141. Gabriel, Yiannis (1995), The unmanaged organization: Stories, fantasies and subjectivity. Organization Studies, 16(3), 477-501 Gabriel, Yiannis (1996), Experiencing Organizations, London: Sage. Gabriel, Yiannis (1997), Meeting God: When organizational members come face to face with the supreme leader. Human Relations, 50(4), 315-342 Gabriel, Yiannis (1998), An introduction to the social psychology of insults in organizations. Human Relations, 51(11), 1329-1354 Gabriel, Yiannis (1998), The Hubris of Management. Administration Theory and Praxis, 20, 257-273. Gabriel, Yiannis (1998), "Psychoanalytic Contributions to the Study of the Emotional Life of Organizations", Administration and Society, 30, 3, 291-314. Gabriel, Yiannis (1999 "L’Incontro con Dio" in Ed. G. P. Quaglino, Leadership, 237-266, Milano: Raffaello Cortina Gabriel, Yiannis (1999), Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London (Sage) Gabriel, Yiannis (1999), "Beyond Happy Families: A Critical Re-evaluation of the ControlResistance-Identity Triangle", Human Relations, 52, 2, 179-203. Gabriel, Yiannis (2000), Storytelling in Organizations, Oxford: Oxford University Press. Gabriel, Yiannis, Stephen Fineman & David Sims (2000), Organizing and Organizations: An Introduction, 2nd Edition, London: Sage. Gabriel, Yiannis & Howard S. Schwartz (1999), "Organizations, from concepts to constructs: Psychoanalytic theories of character and the meaning of organization", Administrative Theory and Praxis, 21, 2, 176-191. Gagliardi, Pasquale Gagliardi, Pasquale (Ed.), (1990), Symbols and artifacts: Views of the corporate landscape. Berlin: de Gruyter. Geber, B. Geber, B. (1992), Q & A with Harry Levinson. Training, 29(3), 37-41. Gemmill, G. Gemmill, G. (1986), The dynamics of the group shadow in intergroup relations. Small Group Behavior, 17(2), 229-240.
G
33
Gemmill, G. (1986), The mythology of the leader role in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 17(1), 41-50. Gemmill, G. (1989), The dynamics of scapegoating in small groups. Small Group Behavior, 20(4), 406-418. Gemmill, G., & Costello, M. (1990), Group mirroring as a means for exploring the group shadow: A perspective for organizational consultation. Consultation: An International Journal, 9(4), 277-291. Gemmill, G., & Kraus, G. (1988), Dynamics of covert role analysis: Small groups. Small Group Behavior, 19(3), 299-311. Gemmill, G., & Oakley, J. (1992), The meaning of boredom in organizational life. Group and Organization Management, 17(4), 358-369. Gemmill, G., & Schiable, L. Z. (1991), The psychodynamics of female/male role differentiation within small groups. Small Group Research, 22(2), 220-239. Gemmill, G., & Smith, C. (1985), A dissipative structure model of organzation transformation. Human Relations, 38(8), 751-766. Gemmill, G., & Wynkoop, C. (1990), The psychodynamics of the client-consultant nexus in organizational process consulting. Consultation: An International Journal. 9(2), 129140. Gemmill, G., & Wynkoop, C. (1991), The psychodynamics of small group transformation. Small Group Research, 22(1), 4-23. Gibbard, G. S. Gibbard, G. S. & Hartmann, J. J. (1973), The Oedipal paradigm in group development. A clinical and empirical study. Small Group Behavior, 4, 305-364. Gibbart, G. S. & Hartmann, J. J. (1973), The significance of utopian fantasies in small groups, International Journal of Group Psychotherapy. No. 23, 125-147 Gillette, Jonathan Gillette, Jonathan & McCollom, Marion (Eds.), (1990), Groups in context: a new perspective on group dynamicws. Reading, MA: AddisonWesley. Gilmore, Thomas N. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1982), Leadership and boundary management. The Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 343-356. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1982), Triangular framework: Leadership and followershipunderstanding organizations. Applications of Family Systems,73–94. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1983), Overcoming crisis and uncertainty: The search conference. In: Hirschhorn, Larry and Associates. Cutting back: Retrenchment and redevelopment inhuman and community services. Jossey-Bass, S.F. 70–89.
G
34
Gilmore, Thomas N. (1989), Making a leadership change. How organizations and leaders can handle leadership transitions successfully. Jossey-Bass, S.F. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1991), Building and maintaining effective working alliances. In: Managing hospitals: lessons from the J&J Wharton Fellows Program in Management for Nurses, (Eds.) Rovin and Ginsberg. Jossey-Bass, S.F. 201–231. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1997), Social architecture of group interventions. In: DawsonShepherd, A., J. E. Neumann and K. Kellner. Developing organizational consultancy. Routledge, London, 32–48. Gilmore, Thomas N. (1998), The challenges of strategy in corrections. Corrections Management Quarterly, Issue 2.4, Fall, 37–45. Gilmore, Thomas N. (2000), Issues in ending consultancies. In: Robert T. Golembiewski (Ed.), Handbook of organizational consultation. Marcel Dekker, Inc., New York, 337– 345. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Austin, Michael (1993), Executive exit: Multiple perspectives on managing the leadership transition. Administration in Social Work, Vol. 17, No. 1, 47– 60. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Barnett, Charles (1992), Designing the social architecture of participation in large groups to effect organizational change. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, Vol. 28, No. 4, 534–548. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1980), Application of family therapy concepts to influencing organizational behavior. Administrative Science Quarterly, March, 18–37. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1985), “Downsizing dilemma: Leadership in the age of discontinuity.” The Wharton Annual, 94–104. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1989), Psychodynamics of a cultural change: Learnings from a factory. Human Resource Management, Vol. 28, No. 2, 211–233. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), New boundaries of the boundaryless company. Harvard Business Review, May–June, 104–115. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Hirschhorn, Larry (1998), Working in retreats: learning from the group relations tradition.. Forthcoming in Volume, edited by L. Gould. Gilmore, Thomas N. and Krantz, James S. (1985), Projective identification in the consulting relationship: Exploring the unconscious dimensions of a client. Human Relations, 1159-1177. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1990), The Splitting of leadership and management as a social defense. Human relations, Vol. 43, No. 2, 183–204. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1991), Innovation in the public sector: Dilemmas in the use of ad hoc processes. Journal of Policy Analysis and Managment, Vol. 10, No. 3, 301-318.
G
35
Gilmore, Thomas N. & Krantz, James S. (1991), Understanding the dynamics between consulting teams and client systems. In: Organizations on the couch: Clinical Perspectives on Organizational Behavior & Change. Kel Devries, (Ed.), Jossey-Bass, S.F., 306–330. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Ronchi, Don (1995), Managing predecessors shadows in executive transitions. Human Resource Management, Vol. 34, No 1, 11–26. Gilmore, Thomas N. & Schall, Ellen (1996), Staying alive to learning: Integrating enactments with case teaching to develop leaders. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, Vol. 15, No. 3, 444–456. Gilmore, Thomas N. and Shea, Gregory (1997), Organizational learning and the leadership skill of time travel. Journal of Management Development, Vol. 16, No. 4, 302–311. Gilmore, Thomas N., Shea, Gregory & Useem, Michael (1997), Side effects of corporate cultural transformation. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, Vol. 33, No 2, 175– 190. Gilmore, Thomas N., Herrick, Ketchum (1994), Eric Trist remembered: 2. The North American years. Journal of Management Inquiry, Vol. 3, No .1, 23–37. Gilmore, Thomas N., Hirschhorn, Larry & Newell, Terry (1989), Training and learning in a post-industrial world. In Part III: Studies in research of instruments of change in socialization and learning at work: a new approach to the learning process in the workplace and society. Heinz Leymann and Hyu Kornbluh, (Eds.) Aldershot, Hants, England: Avebury ; Brookfield, Vt., USA, Gower,185–200. Gordon, Michael Gordon, Michael & Nurick, Aaron (1981), "Psychological Approaches to the Study of Unions and Union-Management Relations", Psychological Bulletin, 90, 2, 293-306. Gosling, Robert H. Gosling, Robert H. (1979), Another Source of Conservatism in Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 77-87 (Whey & So ns) Gosling, Robert H. (1985), A Study of Very Small Groups. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 5. 151-163 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 627-633 (Maresfield Reprints) Gosling, Robert H., D. Miller, P. M. Turquet & D. L. Woodhouse (1967), The Use of Small Groups in the Training, London (Condicote Press)
G
36
Gould, Laurence J. Gould, Laurence J. (1975), Attitudes toward women in authority. In: Women and Men-Roles, Attitudes and Power Relationships. Zuckerman E. (Ed.), New York (Radcliffe Club) Gould, Laurence J. (1989), The Key to Charismatic Executive Leadership-The Organisational Role Analysis Method. Manuscript Gould, Laurence J. (1991), Using Psychoanalytic Frameworks for Organizational Analysis. In: M. F. R. Kets de Vries (Ed.), Organizations on the Couch. San Francisco (JosseyBass), 25-44 Gould, Laurence J. (1993), Contemporary Perspectives on Personal and Organizational Authority: The Self in a System of Work Relationships. In: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 49-63 Gould, Laurence J. (1999), A Political Visionary in Mid-Life: Notes on Leadership and the Life Cycle. In: French, Robert & Russ Vince (Eds.) Group Relations, Management, and Organization, Oxford: University Press, 70-86 Gould, Laurence J. (2000), Coping with a Divestiture: The Psychological and Managerial Dilemmas o f Ebding Personal, Work, Organizational and Community Relationships. In: E. B. Klein, F. Gabelnick & P. Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, CT (Psychosocial Press), 97-112 Gould, Laurence J., R. Clinchy & R. Ebers (1999), The Systems Psychodynamics of a Joint Venture. Human Relations, 52(6), 697–722 Gould, Laurence J., Lionel F. Stapley & Mark Stein (Eds.), (2001), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations. Integrating the Group Relations Approach, Psychoanalytic, and Open Systems Perspectives. New York, London (Karnac) Graen, George Graen, George (1976), Role-Making Processes Within Complex Organizations. In: Marvin P. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology. Chicago: Rand-McNally, 1201-1245 Grande, T. Grande, T., Wilke, St., Nübling, R. (1992): Symptomschilderungen und initiale Beziehungsangebote von weiblichen und männlichen Patienten in psychoanalytischen Erstinterviews. Zschr. psychosom. M(Ed.) 38, 31-48; The portrayal of symptoms and initial attempts to establish a relationship by male and female patients in psychoanalytic interviews.
G
37
Greenblatt, M. Greenblatt, M. (1986), "End runs" and "reverse end runs": A note on organizational dynamics. American Journal of Psychiatry, 6(2), 114-119. Grey, A. L. Grey, A. L. (1989), The analytic career: Identity change through the adult work role. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 25(4), 641-662. Grey, C. Grey, C. & French, Robert B. (1996), ‘Rethinking Management Education: An Introduction’. In: Robert B. Fre nch & C. Grey (Eds), Rethinking Management Education, London: Sage. 1-16. Grinberg, Leon Grinberg, Leon (1983), The "Oedipus" as a Resistance Against the "Oedipus" in the Psychoanalytic Practice. In: Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 341-357 (Maresfield Reprints) Grinberg, Leon (1985), Bion's contribution to the understanding of the individual and the group. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 176-192 Grinberg, Leon, et. al. (1993), New introduction to the work of Bion. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson. Grotstein, James Grotstein, James (Ed.), (1983) Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London (MaresfieldReprints) Grotstein, James (1983), Wilfried R. Bion: The Man, the Psychoanalyst, the Mystic. A Perspective on His Life and Work. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 1–37 (Maresfield Reprints) Guereca, Dennis Guereca, Dennis (1979), A Manager's View of the Institutional Event. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 103-111 (Wiley & Sons) Guiter, M. Guiter, M. (1991), Sublimacion (Sublimation), Revista de Psicoanalisis, 48(4), 737-759. Gummer, B. Gummer, B. (1987), Groups as substance and symbol: Group processes and organizational politics. Social Work with Groups, 10(2), 25-39.
G
38
Gustafson, James P. Gustafson, James P. (1976), The passive small group: Working concepts. Human Relations, 29, 793-803. Gustafson, James P. (1976), The pseudo-mutual small group or organization. Human Relations, 29, 989-997. Gustafson, James P. (1977), Injury to the self-concept in the working small group, an perspective. Journal of Personality and Social Systems, 1, 539-551. Gustafson, James P. (1978), Schismatic groups. Human Relations, 31, 139-154. Gustafson, James P. (1979), The Pseudomutual Small Group or Institution. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chin chester, New York, 69-77 (Wiley & Sons) Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1978), Collaboration in small groups: Theory and technique for the study of small group processes. Human Relation, 31, 155-171. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1978), Towards the study of society in microcosm: critical problems of group relations conferences, Human Relations, No. 31, 843-862 Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1979), Unconscious planning in small groups. Human Relations, 32, 1039-1064. Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), After basic assumptions: on holding a specialized versus a general theory of participant observation in small groups. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 157–176 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), Collaboration in Small Groups: Theory and Technique for the Study of Small-Group Processes. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 139-151 (A. K. Rice Institute) Gustafson, James P., Cooper, Lowell, Lathrop, N., Ringler, K., Seldin, F., & Wright, M. K. (1981), Cooperative and clashing interests in small groups, Part I. Human Relations, 34, 315-337. Gustafson, James P., Cooper, Lowell, Lathrop, N., Ringler, K., S eldin, F. & Wright, M. K. (1981), Cooperative and clashing interests in small groups, Part II. Human Relations, 34, 367-368. Gustafson, James P.& Cooper, Lowell (1990), The modern contest. New York: W. W. Norton. Gustafson, James, Coleman, Frederick, Hankins, Roy, Kipperman, Allan & Whitman, Helen (1978), A Cancer Patients' Group-The Problem of Containment, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 3, 1 –14 Gustafson, James P. & Hausman, W. (1975), The phenomenon of splitting in a small psychiatric organization, Social Psychiatry, No. 10, 199-203
G
39
Gutman, Robert Gutman, Robert (1998-99), Design, Forme et Reparation. Revue Internationale de Psychosociologie, vol. V, No. 10-11, 149 -159.
H
40
H Halpern, H. Halpern, H. (1964), Psychodynamic and cultural determinants of work inhibitions in children and adolescents. Psychoanalytic Review, 51(2), 5 -21. Halton, William Halton, William (1994), Some Unconscious Aspects of Organizational Life: Contributions from Psychoanalysis. In: Obholzer, Roberts (1994), 11-18 Hants chk, Ilse Hantschk, Ilse (1994), Rollenberatung. In: Harald Pühl (Ed.), Handbuch der Supervision 2. Berlin: Edition Marhold, 162-172 Harris, Martha Harris, Martha (1983), The Individual in the Group: On Learning to Work with the Psychoanalytic Method. In: Do I Dare Disturbe the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 647-661 (Maresfield Reprints) Harris, Martha & Bergman, H. C. (1987), The narcissistically vulnerable system: A case study of the public mental hospital. Psychiatric Quarterly, 58(3), 202-212. Harrison, Roger Harrison, Roger (1972), Role Negotiation: A Tough Minded Approach to Team Development. In: W. Warner Burke & Harvey A. Hornstein (Eds.), The Social Technology of Organization Development. Fairfax, Va.: NTL Learning Resources Corp., 84-96 Harrison, Roger (1977), Rollenverhandeln: Ein ‘harter‘ Ansatz zur Team-Entwicklung. In: Burkard Sievers (Ed.), Organisationsentwicklung als Problem. Stuttgart: Klett, 116133 Hausmann, William Hausmann, William (1976), The Reorganization of a University Department of Psychiatry: A Blueprint for Change.In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, 309-327 (Wiley & Sons) Heath, E. S. Heath, E. S. & H. A. Basal (1972), A method of group psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic. In: Progress in Group and Family Therapy. Sajar, E. J. & H. S. Kaplan (Eds.) New York (Brunner/Mazel)
H
41
Heimburger, Elizabeth M. Heimburger, Elizabeth M. & Robert F. Baxter (1979): The Group Relations Conference as a Supplemental Training Experience for Physicians and other Health Care Professionals, Journal of Pesonality and Social Systems, No. 2, 43–52 Heimer, C. Heimer, C. & Vince, R. (1998) Sustainable Learning and Change in International Teams: From imperceptible behaviour to rigorous practice. Leadership and Organisational Development Journal 19, 2, 83-88. Heintel, Peter Heintel, Peter (1997), Psychoanalyse und Organisationsanalyse. In: Eisenbach-Stangl, Irmgard & Ertl, Michael (Eds.), Unbewußtes in Organisationen. 55-86 Hendrick, I. Hendrick, I. (1943), Work and the pleasure principle. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 12, 311-329. Henry, W. E. Henry, W. E. (1948), Executive personality and job success. Personnel Series. No. 120. New York: American Management Association. Henry, W. E. (1949), The business executive: The psychodynamics of a social role. The American Journal of Sociology, 54, 286-291. Higgins, G. W. Higgins, G. W. & H. Bridger (1964), The psychodynamics of an Inter-group experience, Human Relations, No. 17, 391-446 Hill, Robert F. Hill, Robert F., Fortenberry, J. Dennis & Stein, Howard F. (1990), "Culture in Clinical Medicine", Southern Medical Journal 83 (9), 1071-1080. Hill, Robert F.& Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Oklahoma's Image", High Plains Applied Anthropologist 8(2), 29-43; [also included in Oklahoma Department of Commerce, Executive Report, Oklahoma Economic Action Task Force: Image (Internal/External), October 1987.] Hills, Dione Hills, Dione & Child, Camilla (1999) Leadership in Residential Care: Evaluating Qualification Training. Chichester [u.a.]: Wiley.
H
42
Hinshelwood, Robert D. Hinshelwood, Robert D. & Marco Chiesa (Eds.), (2002), Organisations, Anxieties & Defences. Towards a Psychoanalytic Social Psychology. London (Whurr) Hinshelwood, Robert D. (1993), Wörterbuch der Kleinianischen Psychoanalyse. Stuttgart (Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse) Hirsch, L. Hirsch, L. (1985), The rediscovery of the advantage of the participant-observation model. Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought, 8, 441-459. Hirschhorn, Larry Hirschhorn, Larry (1983), Managing rumors, Cutting back: Retrenchment and redevelopment in human and community services, Jossey-Bass, S.F. Hirschhorn, Larry (1984), Child abuse and the sacrifical lamb, Social Policy. Hirschhorn, Larry (1985), The Psychodynamics of Taking the Role, Group Relations Reader, 2nd Edition, Arthur Coleman and Marvin Geller, (Eds.), A.K. Rice Institute, Washington, D.C. Hirschhorn, Larry (1988), The Workplace Within. Psychodynamics of Organizational Life. Cambridge (MIT Press) Hirschhorn, Larry (1989), Professional Authority and Group Life, Human Resources Management. Hirschhorn, Larry (1989), The psychodynamics of cultural change: Learnings from a factory, Human Resource Management (with Tom Gilmore), Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Managing in the new team environment: Skills tools and methods. Addison Wesley, Reading. Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Organizing feelings toward authority: A case study of reflection in action: The Reflective Turn: Case Studies of Reflections in and on Practice, Donald Schon, (Ed.), Teachers College Press, New York. Hirschhorn, Larry (1990), Leaders and followers in a postindustrial age: A psychodynamic view. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 26(4), 529-542. Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), Developing and evaluating talent in architecture firms, JAE. July Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), Unconscious life in organizations: Anxiety, authority and boundaries (Interview with Jeff Goldstein), Organizational Development Journal. Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), The psychodynamics of organizations. Carole Barnett, (Ed.), Temple University Press, Philadelphia. Hirschhorn, Larry (1992), The destruction of a synagogue community polarization in a postindustrial world. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 28(4), 549-564.
H
43
Hirschhorn, Larry (1994), Transference, the primary task and primary risk, what makes consultancy work, Roger Casemore, et al, (Eds.), South Bank University Press, London. Hirschhorn, Larry (1995), The destruction of a synagogue community: Polarization in a postindustrial word, Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, December 1992. (Reprinted in Revue Internationale De Psychosociologie) Hirschhorn, Larry (1996), Brining Feelings to the Surface, Across the board. March Hirschhorn, Larry (1997), The psychology of vision, the psychodynamics of le adership. Faith Gabelnick and Edward Klein, (Eds.), International Universities Press, Madison, WI. Hirschhorn, Larry (1997), Reworking authority: Leading and following in the post-modern organization. MIT Press, Cambridge. Hirschhorn, Larry (1999) The primary risk. Human Relations, Vol. 52, No.1. Hirschhorn, Larry (2000), Changing structure is not enough: The moral meaning of organization Design. In: Breaking the code of change, Michael Beer et al, Harvard Business School Press, Cambridge, Forthcoming. Hirschhorn, Larry & Barnett, Carole K. (Eds.), (1993), The Psychodynamics of Organization. Philadelphia (Temple University Press) Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1980), The application of family therapy concepts to influencing organizational behavior, A dministrative Science Quarterly. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1989), The psychodynamics of a cultural change: Learnings from a factory. Human Resource Management, 28(2), 211-233. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1992), The new boundaries of the "boundaryless" company. Harvard Business Review, 70(3), 104-115. Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1993) The new boundaries of the boundaryless corporation, with Harvard Business Review, May-June 1992. (Reprinted in The Learning Imperative, Robert Howard, (Ed.) HBS Press, Cambridge.) Hirschhorn, Larry & Gilmore, Thomas (1993), Die Grenzen der flexiblen Organisation. Harvard Business Manager, 16, 1, 29-39 Hirschhorn, Larry & Krantz, James S. (1982), Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study in process consultation. Human Relations, 35(10), 805-844. Hirschhorn, Larry & Krantz, James S. (1982), Unconscious planning in a natural work group: A case study in process consultation, Human Relations. Hirschhorn, Larry & May, Linda (1999), Stress in a nursing department, stress in health professionals: Psychological and organizational causes and intervention, Jenny FirthCozens & Roy Payne, (Eds.), Chichester, U.K., John Wiley & Sons. Hirschhorn, Larry & Young, Donald (1991), Dealing with the nxiety of working, organizations on the couch., Manfred Kets deVries, (Ed.), Jossey-Bass, S.F.
H
44
Hochschild, Arlie Russel Hochschild, Arlie Russel (1983), The managed heart: comerzialisation of human feelings. Berkeley: University of California Press. Hodgson, Richard C. Hodgson, Richard C., Levinson, Daniel J., & Zaleznik, Abraham (1965), The executive role constellation: An analysis of personality and role relations in management. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Division of Research. Hoffman, Alan Hoffman, Alan & Nurick, Aaron (1991), "Choosing Health Care Coverage: Considerations of Physician Motivation", Business Horizons, 34, 3, 67-71. Holdeman, Q. L. Holdeman, Q. L. (1989), The symbiotic chain. Transactional Analysis Journal, 19(3), 137144. Holmes, D. Holmes, D. (1965), A contribution to a psychoanalytic theory of work. In The psychoanalytic study of the child. Vol. XX (384-393), New York: International University Press. Homer, L. E. Homer, L. E. (1984), Organizational defenses against the anxiety of terminal illness: A case study. Death Education, 8(2 -3), 137-154. Hopper, Earl Hopper, Earl (1985), The problems of context in group-analytic psychotherapy: a clinical illustration and brief theoretical discussion. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 330-354 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Hopper, Earl & Anne Weyman (1977), Große Gruppen aus soziologischer Sicht: In: Die Großgruppe, Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 154-186 (Klett) Hopper, Myles Hopper, Myles (1977), Große Gruppen in natürlichen Settings. Eine anthropologische Betrachtung. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 245-264 (Klett) Horney, Karen Horney, Karen (1947), Inhibitions at work. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 10, 80-82.
H
45
Horney, Karen (1950), Neurosis and human growth: The struggle toward self realization. New York: W. W. Norton. Horowitz, L. Horowitz, L. (1983), Projective identification in dyads and groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33(3), 259-275. Horowitz, L. (1984), The self in groups. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34(4), 519-540. Horowitz, M. J. Horowitz, M. J. & Arthur, R. J. (1988), Narcissistic rage in leaders: The intersection of individual dynamics and group process. International Journal of Social Psychiatry, 34(2), 135-141. Horwitz, Leonhard Horwitz, Leonhard (1985), Projective Identification in Dyads and Groups. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 21-37 (A. K. Rice Institute) Howard, Ann Howard, A. (1994), Diagnosis for organizational change: Methods and models. New York: Guilford. Howells, John G. Howells, John G. (Ed.), (1988) Modern perspectives in psychosocial pathology. New York: Brunner/Mazel, Inc. Hugg, Terry W. Hugg, Terry W., Frugé, E., Sheely, M. & Knight, E. (1993), Group relations in psychiatric training: Evaluation of an eight-year experience. In: Hugg, Terry W., Carson, Neil M. & Lipgar, Robert M. (Eds.), Changing Group Relations: The Ne xt Twenty-Five Years in America: Proceedings of the Ninth Scientific Meetings of the A.K. Rice Institute. Jupiter, FL: AKRI. Hughes, Everett Cherrington Hughes, Everett Cherrington (1958), Men and their work. Glencoe: Free Press. Hummel, Ralph P. Hummel, Ralph P. (1994), The bureaucratic experience: a ctritique of life in the modern organization (4th (Ed.)), New York: St. Martin's Press.
H
46
Hundsalz, A. Hundsalz, A. (1985), Psychodrama in der Supervision von Sozialarbeitern (Psychodrama in the supervision of social workers), Gruppendynamik, 16(4), 369-379. Hunt, James Hunt, James & Marion McCollum (1994), Using psychoanalytic approaches in organizational consulting. Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol. 46, No. 2, Spring,. 1-11. Hutton, Jean M. Hutton, Jean M. (1 996), Re-imagining the Organisation of the Institution: Management in Human Service Institutions. In: Eileen Smith (Ed.) Integrity and Change: Mental Health in the Marketplace. London: Routledge, 66-82 Hutton, Jean M. & C. Quine (1992), Finding, Making and Taking the Role of Head. A Grubb Institute Perspective on Mentoring for Headteachers. London: The Grubb Institute Hutton, Jean, John Bazalgette & David Armstrong (1994), What Does Management Really Mean? In: Roger Casemore, Gail Dyos, Angela Eden, Kamil Kellner, John McAuley & Stephen Moss (Eds.) What Makes Consultancy Work − Understanding the Dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 185-203 Hutton, Jean, John Bazalgette & Bruce Reed (1997), Organisation-in-the-Mind: A Tool for Leadership and Management of Institutions. In: Jean E. Neumann, Kamil Kellner & A. Dawson-Shepherd (Eds.), Developing Organizational Consultancy, London: Routledge, 113-126
I
47
I Ingersoll, Virginia Hill Ingersoll, Virginia Hill & Adams, Guy B. (1992), The tacit organization. London: JAI Press.
J
48
J James, C. James, C. & Vince, R. (2001), Developing the leadership capability of headteachers. Educational Management and Administration. In Press. James, D. James, D. (1984), Bion's "containing" and Winnicott's "holding" in the context of the group matrix. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 34(2), 201-213. James, Kim James, Kim (1997), ‘Beyond individual stress management programmes; towards an organisational system approach’, Cranfield Working Paper. James, Kim (1997), ‘The Service Shop; Extending the service operations taxonomy, understanding the management issues in different service environments, and managing transitions’ , with Graham Clark, at the British Academy of Management, London, September 1997 James, Kim (1998), ‘Group Dynamics and Unconscious Organisational Behaviour: Educating MBA Students in Non-Rational Aspects of Change’ with Michael Jarrett and Jean Neumann in Educational Innovation in Economics and Business 111; Innovative Practices in Business Education, Kluwer Academic , Dortrecht, Netherlands, pp 79-98 James, Kim (1998), ‘Group Regression and Team Development; implications for the top team consultant.’ with Michael Jarrett , Cranfield Working Paper Series James, Kim (1999), ‘Re-energising the Workplace -A Strategic Response to Stress’ with Tanya Arroba, Gower, May James, Kim (1999), ‘Issues in Management Research, and the Value of a Psychoanalytic Perspective; A Case Study in Organisational Stress in a Japanese Multi-National Company’ with Clare Huffington to the ISPSO conference, Toronto, June James, Kim (1999), ‘Re-thinking Organisation Stress; the transition to the new employment age’, Journal of Managerial Psychology, Vol. 14, 545-557 Janis, Irving L. Janis, Irving L. (1963), Group identification under conditions of extreme danger. British Journal of Medical Psychology, 36, 227-238. Janis, Irving L. (1972), Victims of groupthink: a psychological study of foreign-policy decisions and fiascos, Boston: Houghton, Mifflin.
J
49
Jaques, Elliot Jaques, Elliot (1948), Interpretive group discussion as a method of facilitating social change, Human Relation, No. 1, 533-549 Jaques, Elliot (1951), The changing culture of a factory. London: Tavistock Publications. Jaques, Elliot (1953), On the dynamic of social structure. In: Human Relations, No. 6, 3-24 Jaques, Elliot (1956), Measurement of Responsibility: A Study of Work, Payment and Individual Capacity, London (Tavistock Publications); Cambridge, Mass. (Harvard University Press) Jaques, Elliot (1960), Disturbances in the capacity to work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 41, 357-367. Jaques, Elliot (1961), Equitable payment. New York: Wiley. Jaques, Elliot (1961), The Changing Culture of a Factory: a study of authority and participation in an industrial setting, London (Tavistock) Jaques, Elliot (1970), Work, Creativity and social justice, London (Heinemann) Jaques, Elliot (1974), Social systems as defence against persecutory and depressive anxiety. In: Analysis of Groups. Gibbard, G. S., J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.) San Francisco (Jossey-Bass) Jaques, Elliot (1976), A General Theory of Bureaucracy, New York (Halsted) Jaques, Elliot (1982), The Form of Time, New York (Crane, Russak) Jaques, Elliot (1983), The Aims of Psycho-Analytic Treatment. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 417427 (Maresfield Reprints) Jaques, Elliot (1990), Creativity and work. Madison, CT: International Universities Press. Jaques, Elliot (1995), Why the Psychoanalytic Approach to Understanding Organization is Dysfunctional. Human Relations 48, 343-349 Jaques, Elliot, Rice, A. K., & Hill, J. M. (1951), The social and psychological impact of a change in method of wage payment. Human Relations, 4, 315-340. Jardim, Anne Jardim, Anne (1970), The first Henry Ford: A study of personality and business leadership. Cambridge, MA: MIT Press. Johnson, John L. Johnson, John L. & Kristine Fleisher (1980), Reactions of Teachers of Emotionally Disturbed Children to Group Relations Conferences: A New Application of Tavistock Training, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2, 11-25
J
50
Jordan, Ann F. Jordan, Ann F. (Ed.), (1993), Practicing anthropology in corporate America: Consulting on organizational culture. Washington D.C.: National Association of Practicing Anthropologists. Joseph. D. I. Joseph. D. I., E. B. Klein & B. M. Astrachan (1975), Mental health students' reactions to a group training conference: Understanding from a system's perspective, Social Psychiatry, No. 10, 79-85
K
51
K Kaes, R. Kaes, R. (1984), Quelques notes sur Freud la question du groupe et la psychanalyse (Some notes on Freud: The question of group and psychoanalysis), Bulletin de Psychologie, 37(1 -5), 109-112. Kahn, Robert L. Kahn, Robert L. (1976), Individual and Corporation: The Problem of Responsibility. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 69-87 (Wiley & Sons) Kamm, Judith Kamm, Judith & Nurick, Aaron (1993), "The Stages of Venture Formation: A Decision-Making Model" (with J. Kamm), Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, 17, 2, 17-28. Kamm, Judith, Seeger, John, Shuman, Jeffrey & Nurick, Aaron (1990). "Entrepreneurial Teams in New Venture Creation: A Research Agenda," Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice 14, 4, 7 -17. Kao, John S. Kao, John S. (Ed.), (1989), Entrepreneurship, creativity, and organization: texts, cases and readings. Englewood Cliffs: Prentice Hall. Kaplan, R. E. Kaplan, R. E. (1982), The dynamics of injury in encounter groups: Power, splitting, and the mismanagement of resistance. International Journal of Psychotherapy, 32, 163-187. Karterud, S. Karterud, S. (1989), A study of Bion's basic assumption groups. Human Relations, 42(4), 315. Katz, Daniel Katz, Daniel & Kahn, Robert L. (1978), The social psychology of organizations. 2. Edition, New York: John Wiley & Sons. Kernberg, Otto F. Kernberg, Otto F. (1973), Psychoanalytic object-relations theory, group processes, and administration: toward an integrative theory of hospital treatment, Annual of Psychoanalysis, No. 1, 363-388
K
52
Kernberg, Otto F. (1976), Object Relations Theory and Clinical Psychoanalysis, New York (Jason Aronson) Kernberg, Otto F. (1978), Leadership and organizational functioning: Organizational regression. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 21, 3 -25. Kernberg, Otto F. (1979), Regression in organizational leadership. Psychiatry, 42, 24-39. Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Appli(Ed.) New York (Jason Aronson) Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Regression in Groups: Some Clinical Findings and Theoretical Implications. Journal of Personality and Social Systems No. 2-3, 51-77 Kernberg, Otto F. (1984), The couch at sea: Psychoanalytic studies of group and organizational leadership. International Journ al of Group Psychotherapy, 34(1), 5-23. Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), Regression in Organizational Leadership. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 89-109, (A. K. Rice Institute) Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), The Couch at Sea: Psychoanalytic Studies of a Group and Organizational Leadership. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 339-413 (A. K. Rice Institute) Kernberg, Otto F. (2000), Psychoanalytische Theorien der Gruppenpsychologie. In: Ders., Ideologie, Konflikt und Führung. Psychoanalyse von Gruppenprozessen und Persönlichkeitstruktur. Stuttgart (Klett Cotta), 17-37 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1976), "Stress als Sozialindikator," Manager-Briefe, 3, February, 1 -11. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), "The Entrepreneurial Personality: A Person at the Cross Roads," Journal of Management Studies, 14(1), 34-57. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), "Organizations and Stress Reactions", In Issues in Management: The Canadian Context, R. Kanungo and Jain (Eds.), Toronto: McGraw Hill, 557-574. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), "Stress im Organisationsleben," Manager Forum, Ausgaben 4 & 5, pp.107-114, pp.175-182. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1977), Crisis leadership and the paranoid potential: An organizational perspective. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 41(4), 349-365. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1978), "Defective Adaptation to Work: An Approach to Conceptualization," Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 42 (1), 35-50. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1978), "Folie a Deux: Acting Out Your Subordinates' Fantasies," Human Relations, 31 (10), 905-924.
K
53
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1978), "The Mid-Career Conundrum," Organizational Dynamics, Autumn, 45-62. Published in Japanese: Live, Vol. 86, 1979. Published in Dutch. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1979), "Is There Life After Retirement," California Management Review, Fall, 69-76. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1979), "Managers Can Drive Their Subordinates Mad," Harvard Business Review, July/August, 125-134. Reprinted in The Executive Life and Coping With The Difficult Employee, Harvard Business Review Book Series and Eliza G.C. Collins (Ed.), The Executive Dilemma: Handling People Problems at Work, New York: John Wiley and Sons, 1985. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1979), "Organizational Stress: A Call for Management Action," Sloan Management Review, Fall, 3 -14 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), "Ecological Stress: A Deadly Reminder," Psychoanalytic Review, 67 (3), 389-408. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), "Leiderschap in een narcistisch tijdperk," Management Totaal, May, 5, 20-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), "Psychanalyse Appliquée et Comportement au Travail," Journal Le Contact, April, 27-30. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), "Stress and Entrepreneurship," In Occupational Stress, R.Cooper and M. Payne (Eds.), Chichester: John Wiley and Sons, 43-59. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), (1994), Organizational Paradoxes: Clinical Approaches to Management, London and New York: Tavistock/Methuen. Translated into Dutch as Raadsels in de Organisatie, Alphen aan de Rijn: Samson, 1981, and Swedish as Myten om det Rationella Ledarskapet, Stockholm: Natur och Kultur, 1983. New edition, Routledge, 1994. Second Dutch edition of Organisatie Paradoxen. Amsterdam: Academic Service, 1996 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1980), Psychanalyse appliquee et comportement au travail. Journal Le Contact, April, 27-30. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1981), "The Assessment of Organizational Stress: Combatting Neurotic Organizations," R.T. Stiefel (Ed.), In Annual Yearbook of ManagementAndragogy and Organizational Development. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1981), Leiderschap in een narcistisch tijdperk (Leadership in a narcissistic age), Management Totaal, 5, 20-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), "Neurotic Organizations," Harper's, December, 24-25. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), "Organizational Stress Management Strategies: The Stress Audit," In Handbook of Organizational Stress Coping Strategies, A. Singh Sethi and R.S. Schuler (Eds.), Cambridge, Mass: Ballinger Publishing Co.
K
54
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1984), "Unstable at the Top," (cover story), Psychology Today, October, 26-34. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (Ed.), (1984), The Irrational Executive: Psychoanalytic Explorations in Management, New York: International Universities Press, 1984 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985), "Narcissism and Leadership: An Object Relations Perspective," Human Relations, 38, 583-601. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985), "Organisationspathologien und Management-Neurose," Manager Forum, Band 5, Seite 3-24. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985), "The Dark Side of Entrepreneurship," Harvard Business Review, November/December, pp.160-167. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1986), "De stijl van de strateeg: Persoonlijkheidsinvloeden op organisatie en strategie keuze," J.M.L. Janssen (Ed.), In Ondernemingsstrategie, Leiden: Stenfert Kroese. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1986), "Personality, Culture and Organization", Academy of Management Review, 11, 2, 266-279. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1987), "Interpreting Organizational Texts," Journal of Management Studies, 24, 3, 233-247 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1987), "Why Follow the Leader," Bedrijfskunde, 3, 197-207. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1988), "Prisoners of Leadership," Human Relations, 41, 261280. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1988), "The Dark Side of CEO Succession," Harvard Business Review, January-February, pp.56-60. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1988), "The Well-Spring of Charisma," J. Conger and R. Kanungo (Eds.), In Charismatic Leadership in Management, San Francisco: JosseyBass. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "Alexithymia in Organizational Life : The Organization Man Revisited," Human Relations, 42 (12), 1079-1093 Reprinted in The Psychodynamics of Organizations, L. Hirschhorn & C. K Barnett (Eds.), Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 1993. Reprinted in Psychoanalysis and Management, M. Hofmann & M. List (Eds.), Heidelberg: Physica Verlag, 1994. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "Can you Survive as Entrepreneur?" J. Kao (Ed.), In Entrepreneurship, Creativity, and Organization, Englewood Cilffs: Prentice Hall. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "De Essenties van het Leiderschap," Van der Wolk (Ed.), In Management, Haarlem: De Toorts. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "De Organizatie van de Leegte," Filosofie in Bedrijf, 1989 1 (4), 28-31.
K
55
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "Leaders Who Self-Destruct," Organizational Dynamics, Spring, 17, 4-17. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "L'Envie, Grande Oubliée des Facteurs de Motivation en Gestion," Gestion, 14 (2), 10-20 (translated into Portuguese as "A Injeva, grande Esquiecida dos Fatores de Motivacoa em Gestao" in O Individuo na Organizacao dimensoes esquecidas, J-P. Chanlat (Ed.) Atlas: Sao Paulo, 1992. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), "The Leader as Mirror: Clinical Perspectives," Human Relations, 42 (7), 607-628. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), Prisoners of Leadership, New York: Wiley, 1989. Translated into Dutch as De F-Factor : Psychologische Aspecten van het Leiderschap, Amsterdam: Sijthoff. Translated into French as Profession Leader, Paris: McGraw Hill International. Translated into German as Chef-Typen, Wiesbaden: Gabler. Translated into Finnish as Yritysmaailman Sankarit Ja Haviajat, Helsinki: Weilin and Goos, 1991. Translated into Indonesian. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), "The Organizational Fool: Balancing a Leader's Hubris" Human Relations, 43 (8), 751-770. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), "The Impostor Syndrome: Organizational Implications", Human Relations, 43 (7), 667-686. Reprinted in Psychoanalysis and Management, M. Hofmann & M. List (Eds.), Heidelberg: Physica Verlag, 1994. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), "Whatever Happened to the Philosopher-King: The Leader's Addiction to Power," Journal of Management Studies, 28 (4), 339-352 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1990), The organizational fool: Balancing a leader's hubris. Human Relations, 43(8), 751-770. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), "Hoe ontstaan leiders?", In Handboek Management, Laren: Van der Wolk. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), "J. Edgar Hoover et le F.B.I." In L'Imaginaire et le Leadership: Fantasmes Inconscients et Pratiques de Direction, Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), Montreal: Presses de l'Universite Laval/Eska. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), "Narcissime et Leadership: Une Perspective de Relations d'Objets", In L'Imaginaire et le Leadership: Fantasmes Inconscients et Pratiques de Direction, Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), Montreal: Presses de L'Universite Laval/Eska. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Organizations on the Couch, San Francisco: JosseyBass, 1991. Translated into Dutch as Organisaties op de divan, Schiedam: Scriptum Books, 1993. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), "Devenir P.D.G." Gestion, 16 (3), 59-68.
K
56
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), "Leaders on the Couch" Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 26 (4), 423-431. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), "The Motivating Role of Envy: A Forgotten Factor in Management Theory," Administration and Society, 24 (1), 41-60. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Leaders, fools, and impostors: Essays on the psychology of leadership. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991), Whatever happened to the philosopher-king? The leader's addiction to power. Journal of Management Studies, 28(4), 339-351. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), "Commentary on Case Study 9" in Organisational Behaviour, Frank Sligo, New Zealand: The Dunmore Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), "John Ridgeway's School of Adventure", In Frontiers of Leadership: An Essential Reader, Michel Syrett & Clare Hogg (Eds.), Oxford: Blackwell. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), "Leaders Who Self-Destruct: The Causes and Cures," In Frontiers of Leadership: An Essential Reader, Michel Syrett & Clare Hogg (Eds.), Oxford: Blackwell. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), "The Development of the Global Leader within the Multinational Corporation" In Globalizing Management: Creating and Leading the Competitive Organization, Vladimir Pucik, Noel Tichy, Carole Barnett (Eds.), New York: John Wiley and Sons. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), "The CEO Who Couldn't Talk Straight, and Other Tales from the Boardroom", European Management Journal, 10 (1), 39-48. Translated into Dutch as "De directeur die zich probeerde te verstoppen" in Holland Management Review, 1992, 31, 38-48. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), “Psycho-analyse Voor Organisaties” Management Selectuur, 4, 1-15. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1992), A injeva, grande esquiecida dos fatores de motivacoa em gestao. In J. P. Chanlat (Ed.), O individuo na organizacao dimensoes esquecidas. Atlas: Sao Paulo. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), " The Family Firm: The Good News and the Bad News," Organizational Dynamics, Winter, 59-71. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), "Doing a Maxwell," European Management Journal, 11(2), 169-174. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), "Manager? Leider? Of leidende manager?" in Management Team, 8-2, pp.81-88. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), "Over de Top," Management Team, 15-11-93. pp 125142
K
57
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1993), Leaders, Fools and Imposters, San Francisco: JosseyBass, 1993. Translated into Dutch as Leiders, Narren en Bedriegers, Schiedam: Spectrum, 1994. Translated in French as Leaders, Fous et Imposteurs, Paris: Editions Eska, 1995. Translated in Italian as Leader, giullari e impostori. Sulla psicologia della leadership, Milano: Raffaello Cortina Editori, 1994. Translated into German, Stuttgart: Klett-Cotta Verlag forthcoming 1999. Translated into Polish as Przywodcy, Blazny I Oszusci:Skierniewice, 1998 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "Can you Manage the Rest of your Life?," European Management Journal, 12(2), 133-137. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "CEOs also have the Blues," European Management Journal, 12 (3), 259-264. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "Making a Giant Dance," Across the Board, 31 (9), 2733. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "Percy Barnevik and ABB," Gestion, 19 (4),72-87. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "The Leadership Mystique," Academy of Management Executive, 8 (3): 73-92. Translated into Portuguese as “A Mística da Liderança” in Comportamento Organizacional e Gestão vol. 4, (1) 97-116, April, 1998. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "Toppling the Cultural Tower of Babel," Chief Executive, 94, 68-71. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994), "Welcome to the Snakepit -- You're the New Boss!," European Leaders, 1, 20-23. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1994),, Life and death on the executive lane: Lessons on leadership. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), "Asea Brown Boveri," In Financial Times Handbook ofManagement, Stuart Crainer (Ed.), Financial Times, 1995. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), "Dysfunctionale Entscheidungsfindung und Organisatorische Pathologien, "In Strategisches Euromanagement, Christian Scholz & Joachim Zentes (Eds.), Stuttgart: Schäffer-Poeschel Verlag. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), "The Life Cycles of CEOs" Across The Board, Vol 32, (8), 32-37. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), "Touched By the Shadow of Freud," Personnel Psychology, Vol 48 (2), 471-474. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), “The Fast Track Factor: Developing Tomorrow’s Directors,” Director, December, 45-48. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1995), Life and Death in the Executive Fast Lane: Essays on Irrational Organizations and their Leaders, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1995. Translated into German as Leben und Sterben im Business, Düsseldorp: Econ, 1996.
K
58 Translated into Dutch as Leven en Dood in de Directie Kamer, Schiedam: Scriptum 1996. French translation forthcoming.Translated into Spanish as La Conducta del Directivo. Bilbao: Ediciones Deusto, S.A., 1996. Translated into Korean by Korean Journalistic Information Publishing Co., 1997. Translated into Japanese by Sogen Sha Publishers, 1998. Translated into Italian as Vita e Morte del Manager Rampante, Milano: II Sole 24 Ore S.p.A., 1998
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), "The Anatomy of the Entrepreneur: Clinical Observations," Human Relations, 49 (7), 853-883. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), “Leaders Who Make a Difference,” European Management Journal, Vol 14, No. 5, 486-493, 1996. Translated into French as “Les patrons qui font la différence” in L’Expansion Management Review, March 1997, 4654. To be translated into Portuguese in Fortunas. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), “The Virgin Iconoclast,” Across the Board, 32 (2), 36-41. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Contribution to Cases and Readings in Organizational Behaviour,Mark Mendenhall and Gary Oddou (Eds.), London: Blackwell Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Contribution to Encyclopedic Dictionary of OrganizationalBehaviour, Nigel Nicholson (Ed.), London; Blackwell Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Contribution to Psychologie du Travail et des organisations, Shimon L.Dolan, Gérald Lamoureux and Eric Gosselin, Québec: Gaëtan Morin. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), De uitdaging van het leiderschap, Schoonhoven: Academic Service, 1996. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Family Business: Human Dilemmas in the Family Firm, London: Thomson Publishing, 1996. Translated into Dutch as Een Zaak Van de Familie: Menselijke dilemma’s in het Familiebedrijf, Schoonhoven: Academic Service, 1996. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1996), Leben und Sterben im Business. Düsseldorf. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “A Three-Stage Life Cycle for Chief Executives” The Antidote, Issue 6, pp.19-21. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “Case Study: The Ghost in the Boardroom” Family Business, 8, (2), 42-47. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “Creative Leadership: Jazzing up Business” Chief Executive, 121, 64-66, March. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “Creative Rebels with a Cause” In Financial Times: Mastering Enterprise, Sue Birley & Daniel Muzyka (eds), London, Pitman Publishing.
K
59
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “Leaders Who Self-Destruct: The Causes and Cures” In Leadership: Understanding the Dynamics of Power and Influence in Organizations, Robert P. Vecchio (Ed.), Notre dame: University of Notre Dame Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “Leadership Mystique” In Leadership: Classical, Contemporary, and Critical Approaches, Keith Grint (Ed.), Oxford: Oxford University Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “Richard Branson: The Enigmatic Entrepreneur” In Financial Times: Mastering Enterprise, Sue Birley & Daniel Muzyka (eds), London: Pitman Publishing. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “The All Too Human Side of Downsizing” The Antidote, Issue 5, pp.24-25 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “The Dark Side of Leadership: What drives people to become leaders?” The Antidote, Issue 6, pp.11-13. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1997), “What’s stifling the Creativity at Coolburst-a commentary” Harvard Business Review, September-October, 36-51. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), "Quién es el lider? Nadia Corporation," Perspectivas de Gestion, Año III, No 3, 4 -13. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), “Charisma in Action: The Transformational Abilities of Virgin’s Richard Branson and ABB’s Percy Barnevik,” Organizational Dynamics, Winter, 7 -21. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), “Vicissitudes of Leadership” In Navigating Change: How CEOs, Top Teams, and Boards Steer Transformation, Donald C. Hambrick, David A. Nadler & Michael L. Tushman (Eds.), Boston: Harvard Business School Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Case study “The Dunor Company,” Translated into Spanish as ‘Exorcismo de un fantasma: El caso de la Empresa Dunor’ in Perspectivas de Gestion, Nr 2, March 1998, 20-28. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1998), Führer, Narren, Hochstapler. Essays über die Psychologie der Führung. Stuttgart (Verlag Internationale Psychoanalyse) Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “A Journey into the “Wild East”: Leadership Style and Organizational Practises in Russia” Organizational Dynamics, Volume 28, No. 4, Spring 2000, 67-81. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “Creating Authentizotic Organizations: Well-functioning Individuals in Vibrant Companies” Human Relations, Forthcoming. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “High Performance Teams: Lessons From the Pygmies,” Organizational Dynamics, Winter 1999, pp 66-77. Translated into Swedish as “Effektivitet I grupp lärdomar från Afrikas hjärta” in Ledmotiv 2/99, 25-35.
K
60
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “Managing Puzzling Personalities: Navigating Between ‘Live Volcanoes’ and ‘Dead Fish”. European Management Journal, No 1, Volume 17, February 1999, 8-19. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “Organizational Sleepwalkers: Emotional Distress at Mid-life," Human Relations, Volume 52, No. 11, 1999, pp 1-25 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “The Clinical Paradigm: Manfred Kets de Vries’ Reflections on Organizational Theory: Interview by Erik van de Loo” Academy of Management Executive & European Management Journal. Volume 18, No 1, February 2000, 2-21. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “The Graduation Speech: Reflections on Happiness” European Management Journal, No 3, Volume 18, June 2000, 302-311. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), “What’s Playing in the Organizational Theatre: Collusive Relationships in Management,” Human Relations, Volume 52, No. 6, 1999, pp 745773. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), Struggling with the Demon: Perspectives on Individual and Organizational Irrationality, forthcoming. Translated into Dutch as Worstelen met de demon: overemoties. Irrationsliteit en onbewuste processen in mens en organisatie, Amsterdam: Uitgeverij Nieuwezijds, 1999. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1999), The Anarchist Within: Clinical Reflections on Russian Character and Leadership Style Human Relations, forthcoming. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), "Entrepreneurship: A Clinical Perspective," In Entrepreneurs, E.M. Lyon, France, Ecole de Management, 22-27. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), “Beyond Sloan: Trust is at the Core of Corporate Values”Financial Times, Mastering Management, October 2nd, 14-15. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2000), “When Everything isn’t Half Enough-a commentary” Harvard Business Review, March -April, 5-11. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (2001), "Leadership in Organizations," In International Encyclopedia of the Social & Behavioral Sciences, Neil J. Smelser and Paul B. Baltes (eds), London: Pergamon. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1996), “The Human Side of Downsizing,”European Management Journal, 14 (2) 111-120. Translated into French as ‘La Dimension Humaine des Restructurations’ in L’Expansion Management Review, June 1996, 39-50. Translated into Dutch as “De menselijke kant van inkrimpen,” Holland/Belgian Management Review, 48, 16-25. Translated into German as ‘Die Menschliche Seite des Personalabbaus’ in Organisationsentwicklung 4/96, 418. Used as the basis of an article for World Link, January/February 1997, entitled “Downsizing Hurts the CEO Too," 108-111.
K
61
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1996), De Menselijke Kant Van Reorganiseren, Schoonhoven: Academic Service, 1996. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1997), “Bang & Olufsen” In Strategic Management and Business Policy (7th. Edition), Thomas L. Wheelen & J. David Hunger (Eds.), New York: Addison Wesley Longman Publishers, 2000. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1997), “The Downside of Downsizing,” Human Relations, 50 (1), 11-50. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1997), Mentaliteitverandering in Organisaties, Amsterdam: Academic Service, 1997. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1998), “Beyond the Quick Fix: The Psychodynamics of Organizational Transformation and Change”. European Management Journal, 16 (5), 611-622. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1998), “Transforming the Mind-set of the Organization: An Owner’s Manual”. FOCUS, Vol 2, Fall, 30-36. “Mentaliteitsverandering in Organisaties”Management Briefing, 1997. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1999), "Creating the Authentizotic Organization: Corporate Transformation and its Vicissitudes — A Rejoinder," Administration & Society, No. 2, Volume 31, May 1999 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (1999), “Transforming the Mind-set of the Organization: A Clinical Perspective”. Administration & Society, No. 6, Volume 30, January 1999, 640-675 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Balazs, Katharina (2000), “Die Psychodynamik des Organisationswandels” In Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung: Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen, Mathias Lohmer (Ed.),Stuttgart:Klett-Cotta, 2000. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Busetti, Massimo (1989), "Carlo de Benedetti, Entrepreneur", De Groene Amsterdammer, March 1, 6-7. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Cannizzo, Marc (1998), “Carl Zeiss Jena: Managing Catastrophy (A&B),” In Strategy: Process, Content, Context: An International Perspective (second edition), B. De Wit & R. Meyer (Eds.), London: International Thomson Business Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Dick, Robert (1995), “Richard Branson et Virgin: L’âge de raison d’une enterprise contra -culturelle,” Gestion, 20 (4), 63-76. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Dick, Robert (1998), “Branson’s Virgin: The Coming of Age of a Counter-Cultural Enterprise”. In Strategy, Process, Content, Context: An international Perspective (second edition), B. De Wit & R. Meyer (Eds.), London: International Thomson Business Press, 930-947.
K
62
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Florent, Elizabeth (1998), "Rolmodellen voor morgen: Branson, Barnevik en Simon," Holland/Belgium Manageme nt Review, Nr 62, 72-84. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. with Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (1999), The New Global Leaders, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, April 1999. Translated into Dutch as Leiderschap Van Wereldklasse, Amsterdam: Uitgeverij Nieuwezijds, (1998),, Chinese translation forthcoming with Sitak Publishing group, Taipei, Taiwan. Spanish translation forthcoming with Grupo Editorial Norma, Bogota, Colombia. Czech, Slovak and Thai translations also forthcoming. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Florent-Treacy, Elizabeth (2000), “Authentizotic Organizations: Global Leadership from A-Z” Sloan M.I.T., Under review. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1989), "La Nouvelle Dimension Mondiale du Leadership et des Organisations," Gestion, 14 (3), 36-47. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1989), La nouvelle dimension mondiale leadership et des organisations. Gestion, 14(3), 36-47. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1991), "Identifying Management Talent for a Pan-European Environment," In Single Market Europe-Opportunities and Challenges for Business, Spyros Makridakis (Ed.), San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1991), Devenir P. D. G. Gestion, 16(3), 5968. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Mead, Christine (1991), The motivating role of envy: A forgotten factor in management theory. Administration & Society, 24(1), 41-60. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), "Group Fantasies and Organizational Functioning," Human Relations, 37: 111-134 Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), "Neurotic Style and Organizational Pathology," Strategic Management Journal, 5, 35-55. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), The Neurotic Organization: Diagnosing and Changing Counterprod uctive Styles of Management, San Francisco: JosseyBass. Translated into French as L'Entreprise Nevrosée, Paris: McGraw Hill International, 1985. Translated into Dutch as De Neurotische Organisatie, Amsterdam: Børsen, 1987, pocket edition, 1990. Translated into Spanish as La Organizacion Neurotica, Barcelona: Clasicos Del Management, Apostrofe, 1993; Mentor paperback edition 1988. Translated into Italian as l'Organizzazione Neurotica, Milano: Raeffaelo Corfina, 1992. Translated into Japanese, 1994. Paperback edition, Harper and Row, 1991. Parts reprinted in the Washington Post, The Globe and Mail, MacLeans, The Economist, J. Pierce & J Newstrom's The Manager's Bookshelf (Harper & Row, 1988),, Gareth Morgan's Creative Organization's Theory
K
63 (Sage, 1989), J-F Chanlat's L' Individu dans l'organization (Laval University Press, 1990)
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1984), Narcissim and leadership. Human Relations, 38(6), 583-601. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1986), "The Development of Leaders," A. Kieser, G. Reber & R. Wunderer (Eds.), In Handwörterbuch des Fuehrung, Stuttgart: C.E. Poeschel Verlag. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1986), Personality, culture, and organization. Academy of Management Review, 11(2), 226-279. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1987), Unstable at the Top, New York: New American Library, 1987. Translated into Dutch as Balanceren aan de Top, Amsterdam: Sijthoff. Paperback edition, Mentor Books, 1989. Translated into Swedish, as Den Neurotiske Chefen, Malmo: Liber, 1990. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1987), Interpreting organizational texts. Journal of Management Studies, 24(3), 233-248. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1988), "Personality, Culture and Organizations," P. Albanese (Ed.), In Psychological Foundations of Economic Behavior, New York: Praeger. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny (1997), “Narcissism and Leadership: An Object Relations Perspective” In Leadership: Understanding the Dyn amics of Power and Influence in Organizations, Robert P. Vecchio (Ed.), Notre dame: University of Notre Dame Press. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Morcos, Raafat (1995), “As mil empresas da ABB,” Executive Digest, December, 38-41. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Perzow, Sidney (Eds.), (1991), Handbook of Character Studies: Psychoanalytic Explorations, New York: International Universities Press, 1991. Selected by the Behavioral Science Book Club Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Schein, Edgar (1999), “Crosstalk: Transatlantic Exchanges” The Academy of Management Executive. Volume 14, No 1, February 2000, 30-51. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. Miller, Danny & Reagan, Gaylord (1993),"Organizational-Type Inventory," In The 1994 Annual Developing Human Resources, J. William Pfeiffer (Ed.), London: Pfeiffer & Company. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Miller, Danny Noel, A. (1992), Understanding the leader strategy interface: The application of the strategic relationship interview method. Human Relations, 46(1), 4-22.
K
64
Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., Miller, Danny, Toulouse, Jean-Marie, Friesen, Peter & Boivert, Maurice (1984), "Using the Life Cycle to Anticipate Satisfaction at Work," Journal of Forecasting, 3, 161-172. Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. u.a. (Eds.), (1991), Organizations on the Couch. Clinical Perspectives on Organizational Behavior and Change. San Francisco, Cal (JosseyBass) Khaleelee, Olya Khaleelee, Olya (1994), New Futures: New Citizenship. In: R. Boot, J. Lawrence & J. Morris, (Eds.), Managing the Unknown: by creating new futures. Berkshire: McGraw-Hill, 95106. Khaleelee, Olya & Eric Miller (1985), Beyond the small group: society as an intelligible field of study. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 354-386 (Institute of Group Analysis and TavIstock Clinic) Kieser, Alfred Kieser, Alfred, Reber, Gerhard, & Wunderer, Rolf (Eds.), (1987), Handwörterbuch der Führung. Stuttgart: C. E. Poeschel Verlag. Kilmann, Ralph H. Kilmann, Ralph H. & Kilmann, Ines (Eds.), (1994), Managing ego energy. The transformation of personell meaning into organizational seuccess. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Klein, Edward B. Klein, Edward B. (1977), Transference in Training Groups, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 53-64 Klein, Edward B. (1978), An Overview of Recent Tavistock Work in the United States. In: Advances in Experimental Social Processes. Cooper, C. L, & C. Alderfer (Eds.) New York (Wiley) Klein, Edward B. (1979), Manifestation of Transference in Small Training Groups. In: Exploring Individ ual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 87-103 (Wiley & Sons) Klein, Edward B. (1985), Belfast Communities Intervention. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 299-306 (A. K. Rice Institute) Klein, Edward B. (Ed.), (1992), Handbook of contemporary group psychotherapy. Madison, CT: International Universities Press. Klein, Edward B. (2000), Consultant as Container. In: Klein, Edward B. B.B., Gabelnick, F. & Herr, P. (Eds.), Dynamic consulting in a changing workplace. Madison, CT (Psychosocial Press), 193-208
K
65
Klein, Edward B. & Astrachan, M. (1971), Learning in Groups: A comparison of study groups and T-groups, Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, No. 7, 659-683 Klein, Edward B & Gould, L. J. (1973), Boundary issues and organizational dynamics: A case study. Social Psychiatry, 8(4), 204-211. Klein, Edward B., Correa, M. E., Howe, S. R.& Stone, W. N. (1983), The effect of social systems on group relations training, Social Psychiatry, No. 18, 7-12 Klein, Edward B., Thomas, C. S., & Bellis, E. C. (1971), When warring groups meet. Social Psychiatry, 6(2), 93-99. Klein, Edward, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), (1998), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial P ress) Klein, Edward B., Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), (2000), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial Press) Klein, Edward B., Kahn, R. L. (1973), Boundary issues and organizational dynamics: a case study, Social Psychiatry, No. 8, 204-211 Klein, Melanie Klein, Melanie (1948), Contributions to psychoanalysis: 1921-1945. London: Hogarth Press. Klein, Melanie (Ed.), (1955), New directions in psychoanalysis. New York: Basic Books. Klein, Melanie (1959), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy, Human Relations, No. 12, 291-303 Klein, Melanie (1972), Das Seelenleben des Kleinkindes und andere Beiträge zur Psychoanalyse, Reinbek b. Hamburg (Rowohlt TB) Klein, Melanie (1975), Envy and gratitude & other works. 1946-1963. New York: Delacorte Press. Klein, Melanie (1985), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 5 -21 (A. K. Rice Institute) Klein, Melanie (1998), Gesammelte Schriften. Bd. I-III. Stuttgart (frommann-holzboog) Klein, Melanie & Rivere, Joan (1964), Love, hate and reparation. New York: W. W. Norton. Klein, Melanie & Riviere, Joan (1983), Seelische Urkonflikte. Liebe, Haß und Schuldgefühl, Frankfurt (Fischer TB) Klein, Robert H. Klein, Robert H. (1979), A Model for Distinguishing Supportive from insight-oriented Psychotherapy Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, W. G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 135-153 (Wiley & Sons) Klotter, J. P. Klotter, J. P. (1973), The psychological contract: Managing the joining up process. California Management Review, 15(3), 91-99.
K
66
Kohler, A. Kohler, A., Miller, J. C. & Klein, Edward B. (1973), Some effects of intergroup experience on study group phenomena. Human Relations, 26(3), 293-305. Kohut, Heinz Kohut, Heinz (1971), The analysis of the self: a systematic approach to the psychoanalytic treatment of narcissistic personality disorders. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, Heinz (1977), The restoration of the self. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, Heinz (1978), The search for self: Selected writings of Heinz Kohut. New York: International Universities Press. Kohut, Heinz (1985), Self psychology and the humanities: Reflections on a new psychoanalytic approach. New York: W. W. Norton. König, Karl König, Karl (1985), Basic assumption groups and working groups revisited. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 151-157 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Könnecke, R. Könnecke, R., Wilke, St., Ermel, S. & Rudolf, G. (2001), Zur Bedeutung des Kinderwunsches bei ungewollt kinderlosen Männern-Ergebnisse einer qualitativen Untersuchung. Zs. für Medizinische Psychologie, i. Druck; The subjective importance of the desired child in involuntarily childless men. A qualitative study. In press. Kovavevic, V. Kovavevic, V. (1985), Dinamika timskog rada u dnevnoi bolnici u odnosu na pojedine pshihijatrijske poremecaje (Dynamics of teamwork in a day hospital regarding individual mental disorders), Socijalna Psihijatrija, 13(4), 295-301. Kramer, Y. Kramer, Y. (1977), Work compulsion: A psychoanalytic study. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 46(3), 361-385. Krantz, James S. Krantz, James S. (1982), "Unconscious Planning in Natural Work Groups," with L. Hirschhorn, Human Relations, Vol. 35, No. 10. Krantz, James S. (1985), "Developmental Processes of Residency Education," with H. Rotbart, W. Nelson & R. Doughty. American Journal of Diseases of Children. Vol. 139, August.
K
67
Krantz, James S. (1985), "Projective Identification in the Consulting Relationship: Exploring the Unconscious Dimensions of a Client System," with T. Gilmore. Human Relations. Vol. 38, No. 12, 1159-1177. Krantz, James S. (1985), "Teaching Fundamental Issues in Group and Interpersonal Relations: An Intervention Designed to Enhance Resident Learning, Productivity, and the Quality of Work Life." with R. Doughty, American Journal of Diseases of Children. Vol. 139, Dec., 1206-1210. Krantz, James S. (1985), Editor: Theory Section. In: Group Relations Reader II. A. Colman & M. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D.C.: A.K. Rice Institute. Krantz, James S. (1985), "Group Process under Conditions of Organizational Decline". Journal of Applied Behavioral Science. Vol. 21, No. 1, February 1985. Reprinted in Readings in Organizational Decline. K. Cameron, R. Sutton and D. Whetten (Eds.), Cambridge, MA: Ballinger Pubs., Co. Krantz, James S. (Ed.), (1987), Irrationality in social and organizational life. Washington: A. K. Rice Institute. Krantz, James S. (1988), "Action-Based Modes of Inquiry and the Host-Researcher Relationship" with T. Gilmore, R. Ramirez, Consultation, Vol. 5, No. 3. Krantz, James S. (1988), Review of "In The Age of the Smart Machine" Zuboff, Soshanna. New York: Basic Books, Sloan Management Review. Fall. Krantz, James S. (1988), Review of "The Family in Business" Rosenblatt, P., de Mik, L; Anderson, R; Johnson, P., San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, Family Business Review. Vol. 1, No. 2, Summer Krantz, James S. (1989), Review of "Industrialization Revisited" Savage, Jr., Charles and Lombard, George. Sons of the Machine. Cambridge, MA: The MIT Press, Contemporary Sociology, May, 1989. Krantz, James S. (1989), The managerial couple: The superior-subordinate relationship as a unit of analysis. Journal of Human Resource Management, 28(2), 161-175. Krantz, James S. (1990), "Group Relations in Context" in J. Gillette & M. McCollom (Eds.) Groups In Context: A New Perspective on Group Dynamics. New York: AddisonWesley. Krantz, James S. (1990), "Lessons from the Field: An Essay on the Crisis of Leadership in Contemporary Organizations." Journal of Applied Behavioral Science. Vol. 26, No. 1, 49-64. Krantz, James S. (1990), "The Splitting of Leadership and Management as a Social Defense" with T. Gilmore. Human Relations. Vol 43, No. 2, 83-204. Krantz, James S. (1990), Institutional approaches to child abuse. Journal of Child and Youth Care, 4(6), 35-45.
K
68
Krantz, James S. (1991), "Listening with the Third Ear in Organizational Consulting: Projective Identification in the Consulting Relationship". In: M. Kets de Vries (Ed.) Organizations on the Couch: Handbook of Psychoanalysis and Management. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 1991 Krantz, James S. (1992), "Innovation in the Public Sector: Managing the T ension between Protection and Encapsulation" with T. Gilmore. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management. Vol. 10, No. 3, Summer Krantz, James S. (1993), "The Managerial Couple: The Superior-Subordinate Relationship as a Unit of Analysis." Journal of Human Resource Management. Vol. 28, No. 2, 161175. Reprinted in The Dynamics of Organizations. L. Hirschhorn and C. Barnett (Eds.), Philadelphia, PA: Temple University Press. Krantz, James S. (1997), “A Framework for Consulting to Organizational Role.” with M. Maltz. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research. Spring 1997. Volume 49, No. 2., 137-151. Krantz, James S. (1997), “Parallel Processes as Scaffolding: Resolving The Dilemmas of Ad Hoc Processes” with T. Gilmore. In: Alan A. Altschuler & Robert D. Behn Innovations in American Government: Opportunities, Challenges and Dilemmas. Washington, D.C. The Brookings Institution. Krantz, James S. (1998), “Anxiety & The New Order”. In: E. Klein, F. Gabelnick & P. Herr (Eds.) Leadership in the 21st Century. Madison, CT: International Universities Press. Krantz, James S. (2001), “Dilemmas of Organizational Change: A Systems Perspective”. In: L. Gould, M. Stein & L. Stapley (Eds.) Experiences in Groups and Organizations: Learning from the Inside Out. London: Oxford University Press, forthcoming. Krantz, James S. & Doughty, R. (1985), Teaching fundamental issues in hospital based medical practice: An intervention designed to enhance resident learning, productivity, and the quality of work life. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 139, 12061210. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, T. (1985), Projective identification in the consulting relationship: Exploring the unconscious dimension of a client system. Human Relations, 38(12), 1159-1177. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, T. (1990), The splitting of leadership and management as a social defense. Human Relations, 43(2), 183-204. Krantz, James S. & Gilmore, T. (1991), Innovation in organizations: Managing the structural tension between protection and encapsulation. Journal of Policy Analysis and Management, 10(3) Krantz, James S., Gilmore, T. & Ramirez, R. (1986), Action-based modes of inquiry and the host-researcher relationship. Consultation, 5(3),
K
69
Krantz, James S., Rotbart, H., Nelson, W. & Doughty, R. (1985), Developmental processes of residency education. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 139. Krantz, James S. & Maltz, Marc (1997), A Framework for Consulting to Organizational Role. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 49, 2, 137-158 Kreeger, Lione l Kreeger, Lionel (Ed.), (1975), The large group: Dynamics and therapy. London: Constable, Peacock Publishers. Kreeger, Lionel (Ed.), (1977), Die Großgruppe, Stuttgart, 1. Aufl. (Klett) Krejci, Erika Krejci, Erika (1999), Zusammenkommen und Zerfallen. Das Modell des Behälters und die PS<->D-Bewegung als Brennpunkte von Bions Theorie des Geistes. Forum der Psychoanalyse 15, 25-41 Kren, George M. Kren, George M. & Rappoport, Leon (1980), The Holocaust and the crises of human behavior. New York: Holmes & Meier. Kubie, L. Kubie, L. (1953), Some unsolved problems of the scientific career. The American Scientist, 41, 596-613. Kutash, Irwin L. Kutash, Irwin L. & Schlesinger, B. Louis (1980), Handbook on stress and anxiety: contemporary knowledge, theory and treatment. London: Jossey-Bass. Kutash, Irwin L. & Wolf, Alexander (1984), Psychoanalysis in groups: The primacy of the individual. Current Issues in Psychoanalytic Practice, 1(1), 29-42. Kutash, Irwin L. & Wolf, Alexander (Eds.), (1990), The group psychotherapist's handbook: Contemporary theory and technique. New York: Columbia University Press.
L
70
L LaBier, Douglas LaBier, Douglas (1983), Bureaucracy and psychopathology. Political Psychology, 4(2), 223244. LaBier, Douglas (1983), Emotional disturbances in the federal bureaucracy. Administration and Society, 14(4), 403-448. LaBier, Douglas (1986), Modern madness: the emotional fallout of success. New York: A Touchstone Book. LaFarge, Vicki LaFarge, Vicki & Nurick, Aaron (1993), "Issues of Separation and Loss in the Organizational Exit". Journal of Management Inquiry, 2, 4, 356-365. LaFarge, Vicki & Nurick, Aaron (1993), "Mourning Becomes Elective: Teaching About and Managing Termination in the Classroom". Journal of Management Education, 17, 1, 27-38. Lantos, B. Lantos, B. (1943), Work and instincts. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 24, 114-119. Lantos, B. (1952),Meta psychological considerations on the concept of work. International Journal of Psychoanalysis, 33, 429-443. Lapierre, Laurent Lapierre, Laurent (1986), Imaginaire, gestion et leadership. Gestion, Revue internationale de gestion, 12(1), 6 -14. Lapierre, Laurent (1988), Puissance, leadership et gestion. Gestion, Revue internationale el gestion, 13(2), 39-50. Lapierre, Laurent (1989), Imaginario, administracao e lideranca. Revista de Admnistracao de Empresas, 29(4), 5-16. Lapierre, Laurent (1989), Mourning, potency and power in management. Human Resource Management, 28(2), 177-189. Lapierre, Laurent (1991), L'approche clinique comme methode de rech erche et de formation des gestionnaires d'entreprises artistiques. In Actes de la premiere conference internationale sur la gestion des arts (527-544), Ecole des HEC et University of Waterloo.
L
71
Lapierre, Laurent (1991), Le leadership: Le meilleur et le pire. Gestion, Revue internationale de gestion, 16(3), 8-14. Lapierre, Laurent (Ed.), (1990), Clinical approaches to the study of managerial and organizational dvnamics. Montreal: Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales. Lapierre, Laurent (Ed.), (1991), Imaginaire et leadership: Fantasmes inconscients et pratiques du leadership (The imaginary and leadership: Unconscious fantasies and leadership practices), Quebec: Les Presses de l'Universite Laval. Lapierre, Laurent & Kisfalvi, V. (Eds.), (1992), Proceedings of the International Symposium of the ISPSO: Clinical Approaches to Management. Montreal, Quebeq Canada. Lapierre, Laurent, Sicotte, G. & Seguin, F. (1993), Roland Arpin et le Musee de la civilisation. Presses de l'Universite du Quebec et Presses HEC. Laplanche , Jean Laplanche, Jean, Jean-Bertrand Pontalis (1986), Das Vokabular der Psychoanalyse. Frankfurt a.M. (Suhrkamp) Lasswell, Harold Dwight Lasswell, Harold Dwight (1948), Power and personality. New York: W. W. Norton. Lasswell, Harold Dwight (1977), Psychopathology and politics. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon Lawrence, W. Gordon (1977). Management Development: Ideals, Images and Realities. Journal of European Industrial Training, Vol. I, 2. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1979), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach, Chinchester, New York (Wiley & Sons) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, W. G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 235-251 (Whey & Sons) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Die Methode der offenen Systeme für das Gruppenbeziehungstraining des Tavistock-Institutes. In: Die Psychologie des 20. Jahrhunderts, Bd. VIII, Zürich, S. 659-666 (Kindler) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Exploring Boundaries. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. W. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 1-21 (Wiley & Sons) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1980), Citizenship and the Work Place. In Sievers, Burkard, Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschaftswissenschaft der Gesamthochschule Wuppertal. Heft No. 44.
L
72
Lawrence, W. Gordon (1982), Some Psychic and Political Dimensions of Work Experience. Occasional Paper No. 2. London: The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1983), Unemployment and Strain as Sources of Renewal. Personnel Management Review, No 58. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1984), …dann ist der Ofen aus. Organisationsentwicklung, No. 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Beyond the Frames. In Pines, Malcolm, (Ed.), Bion and Group Psychotherapy. London: Routledge and Kegan Paul. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), La Prospective et la Sante Mentale. Du Nouveau un Temps pour la Prospective. Paris: SICS. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Management Development.Ideals, images and realities. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 231-240 (A. K. Rice Institute) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Religious Transformations. Changes, Vol. 3, 2. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1986), A Psychoanalytic Perspective for Understanding Organisational Life. In Chattopadhyay, G., Gangee, Z., Hunt, L, & Lawrence, W.G. When the Twain Meet: Western Theory and Eastern Insight in Exploring Indian Organisations. Allahabad: Wheeler & Co. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1986), Hearing the Voices: Social Psychosis in Britain. Changes, Vol. 4, 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1986), Surprendre l’Ame. Paris: SICS. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1987), Case Study: Stress. Business Case Files in Behavioural Science. London: Van Nostrand Reinhold (UK), Lawrence, W. Gordon (1987), Grande Bretagne, l’Aube d’une Desillusion. Centre d’Observation Social, No. 263. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1987), Stress, Death and Life Itself. Ibid. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1987), The Inner World of the Individual and Stress. In Lolas, F. & Mayer, H. (Eds.), Perspectives on Stress and Stress Related Topics. Berlin: Springer Verlag. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1988), Ein Psychoanalytische Perspektive zum Verständnis des Lebens in Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung. No. 4. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1989), Ventures in Social Dreaming. Changes, Vol. 7 No. 3. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1991), Group Relations Training. Group Relations. Vol. 3, Lawrence, W. Gordon (1991), Won from the void and formless infinite: experiences of social dreaming. Free Associations, Vol. 2, Part 2, No. 22. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1993), How do we develop our tradition. In Hugg, T., N. Carson & R. Lipgar (Eds.), Changing Group Relations. Jupiter, FL: A.K. Rice Institute.
L
73
Lawrence, W. Gordon (1993), Signals of Transcendence in Large Groups as Systems. Group, Vol.17, No. 4. New York, NY: Brunner/Mazel. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1994), Salient Dynamics in Religious Life. In Allcorn, Seth, (Ed.), Psychoanalytic Interpretations of Organisational Cultures. Chicago, IL: ISPSO. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1994), The Politics of Salvation and Revelation in the Practice of Consultancy. In Casemore, R., G. Dyos, A. Eden, K. Kellner, J. McAuley, S. Moss, (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work. London: South Bank University Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), The Seductiveness of Totalitarian States-of-Mind. Journal of Health Care Chaplancy 7, October, 11-22 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1995), Totalitaere sindsilstande i institutioner. Aggrippa-Psykiatriske Tekster. 16. Jahrgang, Nr. 1 -2. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1996), Joan M. Hutten: an appreciation. In: Varma, V., (Ed.), Managing Children with Problems. London : Cassell. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1996), Socialt drommande och vardagsliv. In Boethius, S., & S. Jern, (Eds.), Den svarfangade organisationen. Stockholm: Natur Och Kultur. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1997), Centring on the Sphinx for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Vortrag, Symposium, International Society for the Psycho-Analytic Study of Organizations, Philadelphia http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1997/Lawr.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon (1997), Totalitarian States of Mind in Institutions. In: Antrobus, S., (Ed.), Nursing Leadership. London: RCN. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Selbstmanagement-in-Rollen. Ein aktuelles Konzept. Freie Assoziation 1, 37-57 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Social Dreaming as a Tool of Consultancy and Action Research. In: Lawrence (1998a), 123-140 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Unconscious Social Pressures on Leaders. In: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick, Peter Herr (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial Press), 53-75 Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1998), Social Dreaming @ Work. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Soziales Träumen und Organisationsberatung. Freie Assoziation, 1, 3, 304-328. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999) Foreword. In Christopher, E and H. Solomon, (Eds.), Jungian Thought in the Modern World. London: Free Association Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role. In: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach. London: Karnac, 235-249; reprint of 1979: Wiley & Sons (Ed.)
L
74
Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Centring of the Sphinx for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations. Socio -Analysis 1(2) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Das Denken im Spiegel der Organisationen. Das Endliche und das Unendliche-Das Bewußte und das Unbewußte. Freie Assoziation, 2(3), 303-322 Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1999), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open System Approach. London (Karnac Books) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), Thinking Refracted in Organizations. The Finite and the Infinite / The Conscious and the Unconscious. Paper presented at the 1999 Symposium „The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations“ Toronto http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1999Symp osium/Lawrence1999a.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), The Contribution of Social Dreaming to Socio-Analysis. SocioAnalysis 1, 1, 18-33 Lawrence, W. Gordon (2000) Tongued with Fire: Groups in Experience. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon (2000), Emotion in Organizations: Narcissism v. Socialism. Paper presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations 2000 Symposium, London http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/2000Symposium/Lawrence2000.htm Lawrence, W. Gordon & Armstrong, D. (1998), Destructiveness and creativity in organisational life: experiencing the psychotic edge. In Bion-Talemo, P., F. Borgogna & S.A. Merciai, (Eds.), Bion’s Legacy to Groups. London: Karnac Books. Lawrence, W. Gordon, Bain, A. & Gould, L. (1996), The fifth basic assumption. Free Associations, Vol 6, Part 1, No. 37, 28-55 Lawrence, W. Gordon, Bain, A. & Gould, L. (1999), Il quinto assunto di base. Psico-Terapia e Scienze Umane, Anno XXXIII, No 1. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Chattopadhyay, G. (1985), The Private Nature of Public Enterprises in India. Decision, Oct-Dec. Lawrence, W. Gordon, Chattopadhyay, G. & Sen, S. (1977), Managing the Irrational. All India Management Association Short Study Series, No.2 Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller, E.J. (1976) Epilogue. In: Miller, E.J. (Ed.), Task and Organisation. Chichester: John Wiley and Sons. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller, E.J. (1982) Psychic and Political Constraints on the Growth of Industrial Democracies. In: Pines, Malcolm and Rafaelson, L., (Eds.), Proceedings of the VII International Congress of Group Psychotherapy. New York: Plenum Press. Lawrence, W. Gordon & Miller, E.J. (1993), A Church of England Diocese. In: E.J.Miller, From Dependency to Autonomy. London: Free Association Books.
L
75
Lawrence, W. Gordon et alia (1981), The Role of the Parties Concerned in New Forms of Work Organisation. Dublin: European Foundation for Improving Living and Working Conditions. Lawrence, W. Gordon et alia (1982), Physical and Psychological Stress at Work. Dublin: European Foundation for Improving Living and Working Conditions. Laxenaire, M. Laxenaire, M. (1983), Group analytic psychotherapy according to Foulkes and psychoanalysis according to Lacan. In: Pines, Malcom (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis London, 167 -. 183 , Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Lazar, Ross A. Lazar, Ross A. (1986), Die psychoanalytische Beobachtung von Babys innerhalb der Familie. In: Stork, J. (Eds.), Zur Psychologie und Psychopathologie des Säuglingsneue Ergebnisse in der psychoanalytischen Reflexion. Stuttgart-Bad Cannstatt, problemata fromann-holzboog (185-211), (Trans.: The psycho-analytic Observation of Babies in their Families) Lazar, Ross A. (1987), Die Trennung und ihre Bedeutung im frühesten Lebensalter. Kind und Umwelt, Heft 56, Nov. 1987. Fellbach, Verlag Adolf Bonz (36-60), (Trans.: Separation and its Meaning in Early Infancy) Lazar, Ross A. (1988), Vorläufer der Triangulierung: Die ersten dreidimensionalen Teilobjektbeziehungen des Säuglings. Forum der Psychoanalyse, Heft 4. Heidelberg, Springer Verlag (28-39), (Trans.: Precursors of Triangulation: the first threedimensional Part-object Relations of the Infant) Lazar, Ross A. (1990), Supervision ist unmöglich!-Wilfred R. Bions Modell "Container Contained": Seine Relevanz und Anwendung in der Supervision von Einzelnen und Gruppen. In: Pühl, H (Hrsg) Handbuch der Supervision: Beratung und Reflexion in Ausbildung, Beruf und Organisation, Berlin, Edition Marhold im Wissenschaftsverlag Volker Spiess (371-394), (Trans.: Supervision is impossible! Bion's Model "ContainerContained"; its Relevance and Use in the Supervision of Individuals and Groups) Lazar, Ross A. (1991), Die psychoanalytische Beobachtung von Babys und ihrer Familien: Ein Rückblick. Köln, VAKJP/DGPT, (47-82), (Trans.: The psycho-analytic Observation of Infants and their Families: A Review) Lazar, Ross A. (1992), "'Ich brauch´ ein Schwert', weil...ob Bub oder Mädchen, ein Phallus ist immer gut!", Kassel, Arbeitshefte Kinderpsychoanalyse, Nr 15, (7 -23), (Trans.: "I need a Sword`, because whether you´re a boy or a girl-a Phallus is always a good thing to have!")
L
76
Lazar, Ross A. (1993), "Container-Contained" und die 'helfende' Beziehung. In: Ermann, M. (Eds.) Die hilfreiche Beziehung in der Psychoanalyse. Göttingen, Vandenhoek & Ruprecht, (68-91), (Trans.: Bion´s Model "Container-Contained" as an Example of a helping Relationship in the Practice of Psychoanalysis) Lazar, Ross A. (1994), Einige Hauptaspekte von W.R. Bions Modell der Gru ppe und ihre Anwendung in der Supervision und Beratung sozialer Institutionen. In: Verein für Psychoanalytische Sozialarbeit (Eds.) Supervision in der psychoanalytischen Sozialarbeit. Tübingen, edition diskord, (86-120), (Trans.: Some Main Aspects of W.R. Bion´s Model of the Group and their Application in the Supervision of and Consultation to Social Institutions) Lazar, Ross A. (1994), W.R. Bions Modell "Container-Contained" als eine psychoanalytische Leitidee in der Supervision. In: Pühl, H. (Eds.) Handbuch der Supervision 2. Berlin, Edition Marhold im Wissenschaftsverlag Volker Spiess, (380-402), (Trans.: W.R. Bion´s Model "Container -Contained" as a Guiding Concept in Supervision), Lazar, Ross A. (1997), Das Verstehen psychodynamischer Prozesse als Aufgabe der Supervision. Wege zum Menschen, 49. Jg. Heft 4 Mai/Juni 1997. Göttingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, (188-213), (Trans.: Understanding psychodynamic Processes as a Task of Supervision) Lazar, Ross A. (1998), Das Individuum, das Unbewusste und die Organisation: Ein BionTavistock Modell von Beratung und Supervision in Organisationen. In: Eckes-Lapp, R. und Körner, J. Psychoanalyse im sozialen Feld. Giessen, Psychosozial-Verlag, (263-291), (Trans.: The Individual, the Unconscious and the Organisation: A BionTavistock Model of Consultation and Supervision in Organisations Lazar, Ross A. (1999), Mrs Klein und WRB: Die Kleinianische Wurzeln des Bionischen Denkens. Kinderanalyse Heft 3, September, 1999, (189-222) Stuttgart, Klett-Cotta (Trans: Mrs Klein and WRB: The Kleinian Roots of Bion´s Thinking) Lazar, Ross A. (2000), "Container-Contained". In: Mertens, W. & Waldvogel, B. (Eds.) Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart, Verlag W. Kohlhammer (114118) Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Der Prozess der Geschlechtsidentitätsbildung und die Entwicklung der Persönlichkeit. Studien zur Kinderanalyse XVI, Bd. 16. Göttingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht (29-54), (Trans.: The Process of Gender Identity Formation and the Development of the Personality) Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Die Entstehung der Persönlichkeit und das Hervortreten der Identität. In: Wiesse, J. (Hg.) Identität und Einsamkeit Zur Psychoanalyse von Narzißmus und Beziehung. Göttingen, Vandenhoeck & Ruprecht, (133-151), (Trans: The Genesis of Personality and the Emergence of Identity)
L
77
Lazar, Ross A. (2000), Psychoanalyse, "Group Relations" und Organisation: Konfliktbearbeitung nach dem Tavistock Arbeitskonferenzmodells. In: Lohmer, M. (Hg.) Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung-Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen, Stuttgart, Klett-Cotta, (40-78), (Trans: Psychoanalysis, "Group Relations" and Organisation-Working through conflicts with the Tavistock "Working Conference" Model. Lazar, Ross A. (In Press), Die klinische Bedeutung des Ödipuskomplexes heute-mit Beispielen aus der Kinder- und Jugendlichenpsychotherapie und der Säuglingsbeobachtung. Trans: The Clinical Significance of the Oedipus Complex Today-with examples from child and adolescent psychotherapy and infant observation Lazar, Ross A. (In Press), Erforschen und Erfahren: Teilnehmende Säuglingsbeobachtung"Empathietraining" oder empirische Forschungsmethode? (Trans.: Researching and Experiencing: Participant Observation of Infants-training in empathy or empirical research method? Lazar, Ross A. (In Press), Experiencing, Understanding and Dealing with Intergroup and Institutional Conflict. (Trans.: Das Erfahren, das Verstehen und der Umgang mit Intergruppen- und institutionellen Konflikte) Lazar, Ross A. (In Press), Fremde in einem fremden Land ...oder Du kannst nie wieder heimkehren: psychoanalytische Psychotherapie mit Immigranten. (Trans.: "Strangers in a Strange Land" or "You can´t go home again"-Psychoanalytic psychotherapy with immigrant patients) Lazar, Ross A., Ermann, G. and Röpke, Chr. (1998) Learning to be: on the observation of a premature baby. London, Infant Observation Vol. 2 No. 1, Oct. 1998 Lazar, Ross A. and Giernalczyk, Thomas (In Press)Der Supervisor/Berater, die Rolle und die Aufgabe. (Trans.: The Supervisor/Consultant, the Rôle and the Task) Lazar, Ross A. and Lohmer, Mathias (2000), A search for new partners or an invitation to join a harem? The interplay of emotion and structure in the expansion process of a consulting firm. www.sba.oakland.edu/ISPSO/ Lazar, Ross A. and Lohmer, Mathias (In Press), A search for new Partners... or an Invitation to join a Harem? The interplay of emotion and structure in the expansion process of a consulting firm) Levi, Judith Levi, Judith (1984), ‘‘The Aspern Papers’: A Lacanian Reading," Hebrew University Studies in Literature 12:1 (Spring, 1984), 65-84. Levi, Judith (1996), “From Oppression to Repression, from Subjection to Subject,” Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 1:2 (Fall 1996), 113-117.
L
78
Levi, Judith (1998), "Subjectivity and Criticism: A Psychoanalytic Reflection," Hungarian Journal of English and American Studies, 4:1-2 (1998), 165-176. Levi, Judith (2001), Creativity on the Boundary: A Reflection on Art and Organizations. Organisational & Social Dynamics, 1(2), 212-226 Levi, Judith & Naipaul, V. S. (1995), Autobiography and Displacement, New York, Garland Press 1995 Levine, David Levine, David (1998), „Demanding Justice,“ Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, Spring. Levine, David (1998), „Hatred of Government,“ Administrative Theory and Praxis, Fall. Levine, David (1999), „Creativity and Change: On the Psychodynamics of Modernity,“ American Behavioral Scientist 43:2, October. Levine, David (1999), „Identity, the Group, and the Social Construction of Reality,“ Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, Spring. Levine, David (1999), „The Capacity for Ethical Conduct,“ Psychoanalytic Studies 1:1 March. Levine, David (2000), „Closed Systems, So cial Symptoms, and Social Change,“ Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society,“ 5:1, Spring. Levine, David (2000), „The Attachment of Greed to Self-Interest,“ Psychoanalytic Studies, Spring. Levine, David (2001), „Know No Limits: The Destruction of Self-Knowledge in Organizations,“ Psychoanalytic Studies 3:2, June. Levine, David (2001), „The Fantasy of Inevitability in Organizations,“ Human Relations 54:10, October. Levine, David (2001), Normative Political Economy: Subjective Freedom, the Market, and the State (London: Routledge, 2001) Levine, David (2002), „Tolerating Difference and Coping with the Infidel,“ Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 7,1: 43-53, Spring. Levine, David, Thinking about Doing: On learning by Doing and the Flight from Thinking,“ Human Relations (forthcoming), Levinson, D. Levinson, D. (1959), Role, personality and social structure in the organizational setting. Journal of Abnormal Social Psychology, 58, 170-180. Levinson, Harry Levinson, Harry (1954), “Industrial Mental Health: Some Observations and Trends,” (with William C. Menninger), Menninger Quarterly, VIII:4, 1-31, Fall. Levinson, Harry (1954), When is it sick to be sad? Menninger Quarterly, 8(2), 16-20.
L
79
Levinson, Harry (1955), Consultation clinic for alcoholism. Menninger Quarterly, 9(1), 713. Levinson, Harry (1955), What can a psychiatrist do in industry? Menninger Quarterly, 9(2), 19-21. Levinson, Harry (1956), Employee counseling in industry. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 20(1), 76-84. Levinson, Harry (1956), Experimental seminars and industrial mental health. Menninger Quarterly, 10(2), 21-23. Levinson, Harry (1956), Seminars for executives and industrial physicians. The American Journal of Psychiatry, CXIII(5), 451-454. Levinson, Harry (1957), “Social Action for Mental Health,” Mental Hygiene, XXXXI:3, 353360, July. Levinson, Harry (1957), Alcoholism in industry. Menninger Quarterly, 11(4), Levinson, Harry (1957), Emotional first aid on the job. Menninger Quarterly, 11(3), 6-15. Levinson, Harry (1957), Illogical logic of accident prevention. Menninger Quarterly, 11 (1), 19-26. Levinson, Harry (1957), Review: Industrial mental health. Menninger Quarterly, 11(2), 17-21. Levinson, Harry (1959), The psychologist in industry. Harvard Business Review, 37, 9399. Levinson, Harry (1960), “Dilemmas of the Occupational Physician in Mental Health Programming: Part II,” Journal of Occupational Medicine, 2:205-208, May. Levinson, Harry (1960), “Industrial Mental Health: Progress and Prospects,” Bureau of Industrial Relations, University of Michigan, October. Levinson, Harry (1961), Cause and cure of personality clashes. Nation's Business, 49(4), 8486. Levinson, Harry (1961), Industrial mental health: Progress and prospects. Menninger Quarterly, 15(4), 20-28. Levinson, Harry (1962), Men, Management, and Mental Health (with Charlton R. Price, Kenneth J. Munden, Harold J. Mandl, Charles M. Solley), Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1962), A psychologist looks at executive development. Harvard Business Review, 40(5), 69-75. Levinson, Harry (1962), Seminars for executives and occupational physicians. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 26(1), 18-29. Levinson, Harry (1963), What killed Bob Lyons? Harvard Business Review, 41(1), 127-144. Levinson, Harry (1963), Work and mental health. Encyclopedia of Mental Health. New York: Franklin Watts.
L
80
Levinson, Harry (1964), “Work and Mental Health,” (with Charlton R. Price), Blue Collar World: Studies of the American Worker, Arthur B. Shostak and William Gomberg (Eds.), Englewood Cliffs: Prentice -Hall, 397-405. Levinson, Harry (1964), Anger, guilt, and executive action. Think, 30(2), 10-14. Levinson, Harry (1964), Emotional health in the world of work. Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1964), What work means to a man. Think, 30(1), 7-12. Levinson, Harry (1965), “Reciprocation: The Relationship between Man and Organization,” Administrative Science Quarterly, 9, 370-390, March. Levinson, Harry (1965), The problems of promotion. Think, 31(1), 7-10. Levinson, Harry (1965), Who is to blame for maladaptive managers? Harvard Business Review, 43(6), 143-158. Levinson, Harry (1966), Are You Nobody? (with Paul Tournier, Victor E. Frankl, Helmut Thielicke, Paul Lehmann, and Samuel H. Miller), Richmond: John Knox Press. Levinson, Harry (1966), How to undermine an organization. Think, 32(4), 15-19. Levinson, Harry (1966), Whatever happened to loyalty? Think, 32(1), 8-12. Levinson, Harry (1968), “Psychiatric Consultation in Industry,” The Psychiatric Consultation, Mendel and Solomon (Eds.), New York: Grune & Stratton, Inc., 159-180. Levinson, Harry (1968), Is there an obsolescent executive in your company--Or in your chair? Think, 34(1), 26-30. Levinson, Harry (1968), The exceptional executive: A psychological conception. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1969), “Emotional Toxicology of the Work Environment,” Archives of Environmental Health, 19:2, 239-243, August. Levinson, Harry (1969), “Seminars for Executives and Occupational Physicians,” Occupational Psychiatry, Ralph T. Collins (Ed.), International Psychiatry Clinics, 6:4, Boston: Little, Brown & Co. Levinson, Harry (1969), On being a middle -aged manager. Harvard Business Review, 47(4), 51-60. Levinson, Harry (1970), “The Impact of Organization on Mental Health,” (with Louis Weinbaum), Mental Health and Work Organizations, Alan A. McLean (Ed.), New York: Rand McNally. Levinson, Harry (1970), A psychologist diagnoses merger failures. Harvard Business Review, 44(2), 139-147. Levinson, Harry (1970), Executive stress. New York: Harper & Row. Levinson, Harry (1970), Management by whose objective. Harvard Business Review, 44(4), 125-134.
L
81
Levinson, Harry (1971), “Conflicts that Plague Family Businesses,” Harvard Business Review, 45:2, 90-98, March-April. Levinson, Harry (1971), Psychiatry in industry. Psychiatric Annals, 1(2), 60-71. Levinson, Harry (1971), Various perspectives on managerial theory and practice on motivation in industry. Archives of Environmental Health, 22, 612-618. Levinson, Harry (1972), “Easing the Pain of Personal Loss,” Harvard Business Review, 50:5, 80-88, September-October. Levinson, Harry (1972), “Problems that Worry Executives,” The Failure of Success, Alfred Marrow (Ed.), New York: American Management Association. Levinson, Harry (1972), Organizational Diagnosis (with Andrew G. Spohn and Janice Molinari), Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1972), An effort toward understanding man at work. European Business, 33, 19-29. Levinson, Harry (1972), The clinical psychologist as organizational diagnostician. Professional Psychology, 3(1), 34-40. Levinson, Harry (1973), A psychoanalytic view of occupational stress. Occupational Mental Health, 3(2), Levinson, Harry (1973), Asinine attitudes toward motivation. Harvard Business Review, 51(1), 70-76. Levinson, Harry (1973), The great jackass fallacy. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1974), Don't choose your own successor. Harvard Business Review, 52(6), 53-62. Levinson, Harry (1975), On executive suicide. Harvard Business Review, 53(4), 118-122. Levinson, Harry (1976), Appraisal of what performance? Harvard Business Review, 54(4), 30-46. Levinson, Harry (1976), Psychological man. Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1977), Managing psychological man. Management Review, 66(6), 2728. Levinson, Harry (1977), Oedipus in the board room. Psychology Today, 11(7), 4446. Levinson, Harry (1978), “Organizational Diagnosis in Mental Health Consultation,” Proceedings of the Advanced Workshop on Program Consultation in Mental Health Services, Thomas E. Backer and Edward M. Glaser (Eds.), Los Angeles: Human Interaction Institute, 23-50. Levinson, Harry (1978), Is HRD a hoax or a necessity: Answers from an organizational psychologist and a no-nonsense executive. Training, October, 52-54. Levinson, Harry (1978), The abrasive personality at the office. Psychology Today, 11(12), 78-84. Levinson, Harry (1979), Picking up the pieces. Manager, 1, 10-13.
L
82
Levinson, Harry (1980), “An Overview of Stress and Satisfaction: The Contract with Self,” Competence and Coping During Adulthood, Lynne A. Bond and James C. Rosen (Eds.), Hanover, New Hampshire, and London, England: University Press of New England, Vermont Conference on the Primary Prevention of Psychopathology, 224239. Levinson, Harry (1980), “Criteria for Choosing Chief Executives,” Harvard Business Review, 58:4, 113 -120, July-August. Levinson, Harry (1980), Emotional Health in the World of Work. New York: Harper & Row, 1964. Revised Edition: Cambridge: The Levinson Institute. Levinson, Harry (1980), Power, leadership, and the management of stress. Professional Psychology, 11(3), 497-508. Levinson, Harry (1981), “What Killed Bob Lyons,” Harvard Business Review, 41:1, 127-144, January-February 1963. Reprinted as a Harvard Business Review “Classic,” 59:2, 144-162, March -April. Levinson, Harry (1981), The Exceptional Executive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1968. Revised as: Executive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1981), Exe cutive. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. Levinson, Harry (1981), Seminar on organizational diagnosis. Consultation, 1(1), 45-47. Levinson, Harry (1981), When executives burnout. Harvard Business Review, 59(3), 7381. Levinson, Harry (1982), “Diagnosis and Intervention in Organizational Settings,” The Modern Practice of Community Mental Health, Herbert C. Schulberg and Marie Killilea (Eds.), San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, Chapter 11, 289-311. Levinson, Harry (1982), Professionalizing consultation. Consultation, 1(2), 38-41. Levinson, Harry (1983), Clinical psychology in organizational practice. In J. S. Manuso (Ed.), Occupational clinical psychology (7-13), New York: Praeger. Levinson, Harry (1983), Consulting with family business: What to look for, what to look our for. Organizational Dvnamics, Summer, 71-80. Levinson, Harry (1983), Intuition vs. rationality in organizational diagnosis. Consultation, 2(2), 27-31. Levinson, Harry (1983), The second career: The possible dream. Harvard Business Review, 61(3), 122-129. Levinson, Harry (1984), “Organizational Diagnosis,” Encyclopedia of Psychology, Raymond J. Corsini (Ed.), New York: John Wiley & Sons, Inc., 460. Levinson, Harry (1985), Fate, fads, and the fickle fingers thereof. Consulting Psycholog Bulletin, 37(3), 3 -11. Levinson, Harry (1986), Ready, Fire, Aim: Avoiding Management by Impulse. Cambridge: The Levinson Institute.
L
83
Levinson, Harry (1986), The dark side of entrepreneurial personalities. The President, July/August, 1. Levinson, Harry (1987), “Psychoanalytic Theory in Organizational Behavior,” Handbook of Organizational Behavior, Jay W. Lorsch (Ed.), Englewood Cliffs: Prentice-Hall, Chapter II, 51. Levinson, Harry (1988), “To Thine Own Self Be True: Coping with the Dilemmas of Integrity,” Executive Integrity: The Search for High Human Values in Organizational Life, Suresh Srivastva and Associates. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, Inc., first edition, March. Levinson, Harry (1989), Designing and Managing Your Career. Editor, Boston: Harvard Business School Press. Levinson, Harry (1990), “Freud as an Entrepreneur: Implications for Contemporary Psychoanalytic Institutes,” Clinical Approaches to the Study of Managerial and Organizational Dynamics, Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), Proceedings of the Fourth Annual Symposium of the International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations. Montreal: Ecole des Hautes Etudes Commerciales, May. Levinson, Harry (1990), Ego ideal and commitment to the organization. Levinson letter, March 15, Cambridge, MA. Levinson, Harry (1991), “Counseling with Top Management,” Consulting Psychology Bulletin, Vol. 43, No. 1, 10-15, Winter/Spring. Levinson, Harry (1991), “Diagnosing Organizations Systematically,” Organizations on the Couch, Manfred Kets de Vries (Ed.), San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Levinson, Harry (1991), Career mastery. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler. Levinson, Harry (1992), “Bearding the Lion that Roared: A Case Study in Organizational Consultation,” with Joseph Sabbath and Jeffrey Connor, Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol. 44, No. 4, 2-16, Fall. Levinson, Harry (1992), “Fads, Fantasies, and Psychological Management,” Presented to Division 13, American Psychological Association, San Francisco, August 18. 1991; in Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol 44, No. 1, 1-12, Winter 1992. Levinson, Harry (1992), “How Organizational Consultation Differs from Counseling,” in “What is Consultation? That’s a Good Question,” Consulting Psychology Journal, Skipton Leonard (Ed.), Vol. 44, No. 1, 21-22, Summer. Levinson, Harry (1992), Career Mastery. San Francisco: Berrett-Koehler. Levinson, Harry (1993), “Between CEO and COO,” Academy of Management Executive, Vol. 7, No. 2. Levinson, Harry (1993), “Looking Ahead: Caplan’s Ideas and the Future of Organizational Consultation,” Consultation in Community, School, and Organizational Practice, William P. Erchul (Ed.), Washington, DC: Taylor & Francis, 193-204.
L
84
Levinson, Harry (1993), “Teacher as Leader,” in Arthur G. Bedeian (Ed.), Management Laureates: A Collection of Autobiographical Essays, Vol. 2. Greenwich, CT: JAI Press, 177-214. Levinson, Harry (1994), “Beyond the Selection Failures,” Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol. 46, No. 1, 3 -8, Winter. Levinson, Harry (1994), “The Changing Psychoanalytic Organization and Its Influence on the Ego Ideal of Psychoanalysis,” Psychoanalytic Psychology, Vol. 11, No. 2, 233-249, Spring. Levinson, Harry (1994), “The Practitioner as Diagnostic Instrument,” in Ann Howard and Associates (Eds.), Diagnosis for Organizational Change: Methods and Models. New York: Guilford Press, 27-52. Levinson, Harry (1994), “Why the Behemoths Fell: Psychological Roots of Corporate Failure,” American Psychologist, 428-436, May. Levinson, Harry (1996), “Executive Coaching,” Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol. 48, No. 2, 115-123, Spring. Levinson, Harry (1996), “Giving Psychological Meaning to Consultation: Consultant as Storyteller,” Consulting Psychology Journal, Vol. 48, No. 1, 3-11, Winter 1996. Levinson, Harry (1996), “Introduction” to Sperry, Len, Corporate Therapy and Consulting. New York: Brunner Mazel. Levinson, Harry (1996), “What Motivates Directors?” Directorship, 4-1-3-11. Levinson, Harry (1999), “A Clinical Approach to Executive Selection,” in Richard Jennerett and Robert Silzer (Eds.), Individual Psychological Assessme nt. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Levinson, Harry (1999), “A Recipe to Change,” HSM Management Magazine (Brazil), No. 16, September-October. Levinson, Harry (1999), “Diagnosis before Investment,” in Lawrence E. Lifson and Richard A. Geist (Eds.), The Psychology of Investing. New York: Wiley. Levinson, Harry (2000), “Approaching Retirement as the Flexibility Phase,” (with Jerry Wofford), Academy of Management Executive, 14:2, 84-95. Levinson, Harry, “On Becoming an Entrepreneur,” Psychologist-Manager Journal (in press), Levinson, Harry, “Understanding the Personality of the Executive,” (with Leslie Pratch), in Robert F. Silzer (Ed.), The Effective Executive (in press), Levinson, Harry & Menninger, W. C. (1957), Human understanding in industry. Chicago: Science Research Associates. Levinson, Harry & Price, C. (1964), Work and mental health. In A. B. Shostack & W. Gomberg (Eds.), Blue-collar world: Studies of the American worker. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall.
L
85
Levinson, Harry & Rosenthal, S. (1984), CEO: Corporate leadership in action. New York: Basic Books. Levinson, Harry, Sabbath, J. & Connor, J. (1992), Bearding the lion that roared: A case study in organizational consultation. Consulting Psychology Journal, 44(4), 216. Lieberman, M. Lieberman, M. (1976), Change induction in small groups. Annual Review of Psychology, 21, 217-250. Lifton, Robert Jay Lifton, Robert Jay (1986), The Nazi doctors: Medical killing and the psychology of genocide. New York: Basic Books. Like, R.C. Like, R.C., R.P. Steiner, A.J. Rubel, primary authors; H.F. Stein, Contributing Co-Author (1996),“STFM [Society of Teachers of Family Medicine] Core Curriculum Guidlines: Recommended Core Curriculum Guidlines on Culturally Sensitive and Competent Health Care,” Family Medicine 28(4), April, 291-297. Liu, S. Liu, S. & Vince, R. (1999), The Cultural Context of Learning in International Joint Ventures. Journal of Management Development Vol. 18, 8, 666-675. Lofgren, Lars B. Lofgren, Lars B. (1976), Organizational Design and Therapeutic Effect. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 235-243 (Wiley & Sons) Lohmer, Mathias Lohmer, Mathias (Eds.), (2000), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen.Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta) Lohmer, Mathias (2000), Das Unbewußte im Unternehmen: Konzepte und Praxis Psychodynamischer Organisationsberatung. In: Lohmer, Mathias (Eds.), (2000), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta), 18-39 Lohmer, Mathias (2000), Die Lizenz zum Nichtwissen: der Psychoanalytiker als Organisationsberater. In: Schlösser, Anne-Marie, Höhfeld, Kurt (Eds.), PsychoAnalyse als Beruf. Gießen (Psychozial-Verlag), 425-442 Lohmer, Mathias & Wernz, Corinna (2000), Zwischen Veränderungsdruck und Homöostaseneigung: Die narzißtische Balance in therapeutischen Institutionen. In: Lohmer, Mathias (Eds.), Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Stuttgart (KlettCotta), 233-254
L
86
Long, Susan D. Long, Susan D. (1984), ‘Early Integration in Groups: A Group to Join and a Group to Create’. Human Relations. Vol. 37, No. 4, 311-332. Long, Susan D. (1991), ‘Leadership and Gender’. Analysis. No. 1. Publication of the Centre for Psychoanalytic Research. Long, Susan D. (1991), ‘The Signifier and the Group’ Human Relations, Vol. 44, No 4. Long, Susan D. (1992), A Structural Analysis of Small Groups. Routledge, London. Long, Susan D. (1993), ‘Working with Potential Space: Individuals, Groups and Organisations’. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy. Vol. 11, No.2, 64-78. Long, Susa n D. (1994), ‘The Nature of Symptom Formation in the Individual and its Relevance to other Human Systems’. Australian Journal of Psychotherapy. Vol. 12, 166-184. Long, Susan D. (1995), ‘Teaching Organisation Behaviour to Eastern European Managers’.Journal of Teaching in International Business. Vol.7 No 2. Philadelphia, USA Special Edition. Long, Susan D. (1995), A Structural Analysis of Small Groups. Hebrew Translation. ACH Publishers, Kiryat Bialik, Israel. Long, Susan D. (1995), Teaching Organisation Behaviour to Eastern European Managers: A Process of Adaptation to Change. In: Jerome Witt (Ed.) Central and Eastern Europe and the CIS. Haworth Press, N.Y. Long, Susan D. (Ed), (1995), International Perspectives on Organisations in Times of Turbulence. Swinburne University, Melbourne. Long, Susan D. (1995), ‘Action Learning in Management Education’ Leading and Managing Vol.1 No. 4. pp 292-304 Melbourne. Long, Susan D. (1997), ‘Women and Corporate Leadership: The Transformers or the Transformed’. In: E. Klein and F. Gabelnick. The Psychodynamics of Leadership. Psychosocial Press, Madison, USA. Long, Susan D. (1999), The Tyranny of the Customer and the Cost of Consumerism: An Analysis Using Systems and Psychoanalytic Approaches to Groups and Society. Human Relations 52, 6, 722-743; dtsch: s. u. Long, Susan D. (1999), Who am I at Work? An Exploration of Work Identifications and Identity. Socio -Analysis 1, 48-64 Long, Susan D. (2000), Tyrannei und Preis der Kundenorientierung: Eine Gruppen- und Gesellschaftsanalyse aus systemischer und psychoanalytischer Sicht. Freie Assoziation 3, 9-34 Long, Susan D. (2001), Wer bin ich bei der Arbeit? Ein Beitrag zur Identifikation und Identität bei der Arbeit. Freie Assoziation 4, 47-69
L
87
Long, Susan D. (2001), Working with Organizations: The contribution of the psychoanalytic discourse. Organization and Social Dynamics Vol. 1. No.2, 174-198. Long, Susan D. (2002)‚ The Internal Team: A discussion of the socio-emotional dynamics of team(work), In: Weisner, R. & Millett, B. (Eds.) New Directions in Human Resource Management: An interactive book on CD Rom Jacaranda (Wiley, Qld.) Long, Susan D., Cargill, B. & Stewart, J. (1995), ‘Action Learning: A Case Study in Business Planning in Local Government’, The Journal of Contemporary Issues in Business and Government. Vol 1 No 1. Curtain Univ. W.A. Long, Susan D. & Newton, John (1997), Educating the Gut: Socio-emotional aspects of the learning organisation. The Journal of Management Development Vol.16, No.4., 284301 Long, Susan, Newton, John & Chapman, Jane (1999), Working Across the Tensions: Organisational Role Analysis With Pairs From the Same Organisation. Presentation at the ISPSO Symposium, Toronto, Canada. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1999Symposium/Long1999.htm Long, Susan D., Newton, J. & Dalgleish, J. (2000), ‘In the Presence of the Other: Developing working relations for organisational learning’. In: E. Klein, F. Gablenick and P. Herr (Eds.) Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Psychosocial Press: Madison Conn. Long, Susan D., Schapper, J. & Wild, T. (1996), ‘Action learning in a Professional Doctorate for Managers’ Proceedings of “Which Way for Professional Doctorates” Conference, Coffs Harbour, 16-18th October Long, Susan D. (Invited chapter for forthcoming book), ‘Building an Institution for Experiential Learning’ in L. Gould, L. Stapley and E. Stein (Eds.) Experiences in Groups and Organisations: learning from the inside out. A Festchrift for Dr. Eric Miller.
Lorenzen, Zanne Lorenzen, Zanne (1996), Female Leadership: Some Personal and Professional Reflections. Leadership & Organization Development Journal 17, 6, 24-31 Lorenzen, Zanne: Kvindelig Ledelse-nogle personlige og professionelle refleksioner i: artikkelsamlingen Lederskab og Følgeskab; Red: Erik Larsen, SIR-gruppen a/s, Oslo, Norge. Löwe, B. Löwe, B., Wilke, St., Zipfel, St., Herzog, W. (2000): Somatoforme Störungen: Zur Diagnostik, Ätiologie und Therapie eines heterogenen Störungsbildes. Z.Allg. Med., 76, 122-126; Somatoform disorders. Diagnostics, aetiology, and therapy.
M
88
M Maccoby, Michael Maccoby, Michael (1976), The gamesman. New York: Simon & Schuster. Maccoby, Michael (1980), Work and human development. Professional Psychology, 11(3), 509-519. Maccoby, Michael (1981), The leader. New York: Simon and Schuster. Maccoby, Michael (1988), Managers must unlearn the psychology of control. ResearchTechnology Management, 36(1), 49. Maccoby, Michael (1988), Why work. New York: Simon and Schuster. Maccoby, Michael & Milian, I. T. (1975), What is social psychoanalysis? Revista de Psicoanalisis Psiquiatria y Psicologia, 7-8, 9-44. MacDonald, D. M. MacDonald, D. M. (1988), Psychiatric services in general hospitals: Rational and irrational consideration. General Hospital Psychiatry, 10(5), 352-359. Maguire, Thomas V. Maguire, Thomas V., Stan Hirson, Zeborah Schachtel & Kathleen White (1980), Organizational Dynamics of an Institution Whose Primary Task is "Group Relations" Work: The Case of the Center of the A. K. Rice Institute, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2-3, 77-89 Main, Tom Main, Tom (1977), Zur Psychodynamik großer Gruppen. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 50 ff. (Klett) Main, Ton (1983), The concept of the therapeutic community: variations and vicissitudes. In: The Evolution of Group Analysis. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 197-218 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Main, Ton (1985), Some Psychodynamics of Large Groups. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 49-71 (A. K. Rice Institute) Maltz, Marc Maltz, M. & Walker, E.M. (1998), Simultaneity and Parallel Process: an online social dreaming matrix. In: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Social Dreaming @ Work. London (Karnac Books)
M
89
Mann, Floyd Christopher Mann, Floyd Christopher & Hoffman, L. Richard (1960), Automation and the worker: a study of social change in power plants. New York: Holt & Dryden. Mann, Richard D. Mann, Richard D., Gibbard, Graham S. & Hartmann, John J. (1967), Interpersonal styles and group development: an analysis of member-leader relationship New York: Wiley. Manning, P. K. Manning, P. K. (1979), Metaphors of the field: Varieties of organizational discourse. Administrative Science Quarterly, 24, 660-671. Mare de, Patrick B. Mare de, Patrick B. (1977), Die Politik der großen Gruppe. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 140-154 (Klett) Mare de, Patrick B. (1985), Major Bion. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 108-114 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Marks, M. L. Marks, M. L., & Mirvis, P. H. (1985), Merger syndrome: Stress and uncertainty. Mergers and Acquisitions, Summer, 50-55. Marrow, Alfred J. Marrow, Alfred J. (Ed.), (1972), The failure of success. New York: American Management Association. Marsettin, P. E. Marsettin, P. E. (1979), Analysis of an institutional experience of change: Learning in the field. Archivo di Psicologia, Neurologia e Psichiatria, 40(3), 407-412. Martin, J. Martin, J., Feldman, M., Hatch, M. J., & Sitkin, S. B. (1983), The uniqueness paradox in organizational stories. Administrative Science Quarterly, 28(3), 438-453. Martin, Terry Martin, Terry (1995), Institutional blockages to learning and changing-a psychodynamic perspective’ in Educational Change and Development. 16(1), 45-50 Martin, Terry (2000), Management Training Without Social Defenses: A Case Study of Case Studies. Educational Management and Administration. 28(4) 447-458
M
90
May, Rollo May, Rollo (1977), The meaning of anxiety. New York: W. W. Norton. Mayes, S. Mayes, S. (1979), Women in positions of authority: A case study of changing sex roles. Signs, 4(3), 556-568. McCaughan, Nao McCaughan, Nano & Palmer, Barry (1994). Systems Thinking for Harassed Managers. London: Karnac. McClelland, David C. McClelland, David C. (1975), Power: The inner experience. New York: Irvington Publishers. McLean, Alan McLean, Alan (Ed.), (1970), Mental health and work organizations. New York: Rand McNally. McMillan, S.D. McMillan, S.D. (1981), ‘An Application of Turquet’s Basic Assumption Oneness to a Group in Search of Utopia’. Human Relations. Vol. 34, No. 6, 475-490. McMurray, R. N. McMurray, R. N. (1952), The executive neurosis. Harvard B usiness Review, 30, 33-47. McSwain, C. J. McSwain, C. J. (1986), Predicaments of Freudian organizational analysis: A reply. Political Psychology, 7(1), 153-157. Mechanic, D. Mechanic, D. (1963), The power to resist change among low-ranking personnel. Perso nnel Administration, 26, 5-11. Medders, Niles M. Medders, Niles M. & Arthur D. Colman (1985), The Assisted Independent Living Program: A New Model for Community Care. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 273-284 (A. K. Rice Institute) Medina, S. C. Medina, S. C. (1981), Corporations on the couch. Time, 118 (9), 67.
M
91
Meek, Harriet W. Meek, Harriet W. (1996), Bringing Elusive Thoughts into Sharper Focus: Infant Observation Training. Chicago Center for Psychoanalysis Perspectives, Vol. 4, #1, 1-7. Meek, Harriet W. (2000), Review of Managing Mental Health in the Community: Chaos and Containment. 1998. Angela Foster and Vega Zagier Roberts, Editors. Routledge, London and New York. Published in Journal of Psychodynamic Counselling. 6(3) August. Meek, Harriet W. & Marilyn Pietroni (1994), Communication in Cancer Care Journal of Interprofessional Care (UK). Meek, Harriet W. & Marilyn Pietroni (1995), The Use of Group Relations Techniques in the Exploration of Difficult Communication in Cancer Treatment. 1993 A.K. Rice Institute Conference Proceedings : A.K. Rice Association, Jupiter, Florida Meek, Harriet W. & Marilyn Pietroni (1996), Communication in Cancer Care. In: Patrick Pietroni and Christopher Pietroni, Eds. Innovation in Community Care and Primary Health: The Marylebone Experiment. Churchill Livingston: London, 247-253 Meltzer, Donald Meltzer, Donald (1998), The Clinical Significance of the Work of Bion. In: Ders., The Kleinian Development. London (Karnac Bokks), 269-396 Memery, L. Memery, L. (1990), Psychopathologie de la culture d'entreprise (Psychopathologies of the organizational culture), Perspectives-Psychiatriques. 29(22), 96-101. Mendel, Werner M. Mendel, Werner M., & Solomon, Philip (Eds.), (1968), The psychiatric consultation. New York: Grune & Stratton, Inc. Mendes, Leal Mendes, Leal, & Maria, Rita (1983), Why group analysis work. In: The Evolution of Group Analysis. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 183-197 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Menninger, Roy W. Menninger, Roy W. (1972), The impact of group relations conferences on organizational growth. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22, 415-432. Menninger, Roy W. (1975), The Impact of Group Relations Conferences on Organizational Growth. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Sexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 265-281 (Grex)
M
92
Menninger, Roy W. (1985), A Retrospective View of a Hospital-Wide Group Relations Training Program: Costs, Consequences and Conclusions. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 285-298 (A. K. Rice Institute) Menzies, Isabel E. P. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1970), The functioning of social systems as a defense against anxiety. London: Tavisto ck Institute of Human Relations. Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1974), Die Angstabwehr-Funktion sozialer Systeme -ein Fallbericht, Gruppendynamik 1974/5, S. 183-216 Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1975), A Case-Study In the Functioning of Social Systems as a Defense Against Anxiety. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael. P. 281-313 (Grex) Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1979), Staff Support Systems: Task and Anti-Task in Adolescent Institutions. In: Therapeutic Communities. Hinshelwood, R. D. & N. McManning (Eds.) London (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1983), Bion's Contribution to Thinking About Groups. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Edition, 661-667 (Maresfield Reprints) Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1988), Containing anxiety in institutions: Selected essays Vol. 1. London: Free Associations Books. Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1989), The dynamics of the social: Selected essays Vol. 2. London: Free Associations Books. Merry, Uri Merry, Uri, George I. Brown (1987), The Neurotic Behavior of Organizations. New York (Gardner Press) Mersky, Rose Redding Mersky, Rose Redding (1992), How Consultants Learn: Training Program and Professional Study Group as LaboratoryPresented, International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations New York, New York. Mersky, Rose Redding (1993), Emotional Evocation in Consultation: Moving Beyond the Limitations of Countertransference Presented, International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations New York, New York. Mersky, Rose Redding (1998), The Bereaved Consultant -- at the Intersection of Personal and Professional LossPresented, International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study
M
93 of Organizations Jerusalem, Israel http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1998Mersky.htm
Mersky, Rose Redding (1999), Die trauernde Beraterin und die Beendigung einer längerfristigen Beratung-und was ich daraus lernte. Freie Assoziation 2, 53-72. Mersky, Rose Redding (1999), 'Falling From Grace' -- When Consultants Go Out of Role: Enactment in the Service of Organizational Consultancy Winner, William Alanson White Institute annual prize for best paper on the application of psychoanalysis, June 2000 (to be published) Presented, International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of OrganizationsToronto, Canada (1999) http://www.sbaoakland.edu/ispso/html/1999symposim/Mersky1999.htm Mersky, Rose Redding (2001), 'Falling From Grace'-When Consultants Go Out of Role: Enactment in the Service of Organizational Consultation. Socio-Analysis, 3, 37-53. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), Die Klientin, die ich nie gesehen habe: Organisatorische Rollenberatung über das Telefon. Freie Assoziation 5, 79-101. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), "Till Death Do We Part…". In: William Czander, Lawrence Jacobsberg, Rose Redding Mersky & Henry Nunberg, Analysis of a Successful Consultative Effort from Four Psychoanalytic Perspectives: Classical, Object Relations and Self Psychology. Journal of Managerial Psychology, 17 (5), 338-434. Mersky, Rose Redding (2002), The Bereaved Consultant – At the Intersection of Personal and Professional Loss. Socio-Analysis 4 (in print) Mertens, Wolfgang Mertens, Wolfgang & Lang, Hans Jörg (1991), Die Seele im Unternehmen: psychoanalytische Aspekte von Führung und Organisation im Unternehmen. Berlin: Springer Verlag. Merton, R. K. Merton, R. K. (1940), Bureaucratic structure and personality. Social Forces, 17, 560-568. Miles, R. Miles, R. (1980), Organization Boundary Roles and Units. Reprinted in: John F. Veiga & J.Yanouzas (Eds.), The Dynamics of Org anization Theory. 2nd (Ed.) 1984, New York: West Publishing Miller, Danny Miller, Danny (1990), The icarus paradox. New York: Harper & Row. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. (1977), Strategy making in context: Ten empirical archetypes. Journal of Management Studies, 14, 258-280.
M
94
Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. (1980), Archetypes of organizational transition. Administrative Science Quarterly, 25, 266-299. Miller, Danny & Friesen, P. (1984), Organizations: A quantum view. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Miller, Danny, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R., & Toulouse, J. (1982), Top executive loss of control and its relationship to strategy-making, structure and environment. Academy of Management Journal, 25, 237-253. Miller, Eric J. Miller, Eric J. (1959), Technology, territory, and time. Human Relations, 12, 243-272. Miller, Eric J. (1976), Introductory Essay: Role Perspectives and the Understanding of Organizational Behaviour. In: E. J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London: John Wiley & Sons, 1-16 Miller, Eric J. (1976), (Ed.), Task and Organization, London, New York, Sydney, Toronto (Wiley & Sons) Miller, Eric J. (1976), The open-system approach to organizational analysis, with special reference to the work of A. K. Rice. In: European contributions to organization theory. Hofstede, G. & M. Sami Kassem (Eds.) Assen/Amsterdam (Van Gorcum) Miller, Eric J. (1979), Autonomy, Dependency and Organizational Change. In: Innovation in Patient Care: an action research study of change in a psychiatric hospital, Towell, D. & C. Harries (Eds.) 172-190 (Croon Helm) Miller, Eric J. (1979), Open Systems Revisited: A Proposition About Development and Change. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Change. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 217-235 (Wiley & Sons) Miller, Eric J. (1983). Work and Creativity. (Paper #6), London: The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations Miller, Eric J. (1985), Organizational Development and Industrial Democracy: A Current Case-Study. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 243-272 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Organizational Development in the UK and the USA: A Joint Evaluation. Cooper, C. (Ed.) 31-63 (Macmillan) Miller, Eric J. (1985), The Politics of Involvement. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. C. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 383-399 (A. K. Rice Institute), also Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2-3, 37-51 Miller, Eric J. (1989), The "Leicester" model: Experiential study of group and organizational processes (Paper #10), London: The Tavistock Institute of Human Relations. Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups I: The Development of the Leicester Model. In: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social
M
95 Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London (Free Association Books), 165-185
Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups II: Recent Developments in Dissemination and Application. In: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The SocioPsychological Perspective. London (Free Association Books), 186-198 Miller, Eric J. (1993), From Dependency to Autonomy: Studies in Organisation and Change. London: Free Association Books. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.), (2000), The Tavistock Institute Contribution to Job and Organisational Design. Vol. I & II. Aldershot: Ashgate/Dartmouth. Miller, Eric J. & Gwynne, G. V. (1972), A Life Apart: a pilot study of the residential institutions for the physically handicapped and the young chronic sick, London (Tavistock) Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (1967), Systems of organization. London: Tavistock Publications. Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (1975), Selections from: "Systems of Organization”. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 43-69 (Grex) Miller, James C. Miller, James C. (1977), The psychology of conflict in Belfast: Conferences as microcosm, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 17-38 Miller, James C. (1978), Reparation and change. Washington, D.C.: CEGO Publ. O.B.57018. Miller, James C. (1979), The Psychology of Innovation in an Industrial Setting. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 205-217, (Wiley & Sons) Mills, Theodore Mills, Theodore & Michal P. Farrell (1977), Group Relations and Science: The Question of Compatibility, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2 Mills, Theodore (1978), Seven Steps in Developing Group Awareness, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 4, 15-33 Mitchell, Juliet Mitchell, Juliet (Ed.), (1986), The selected Melanie Klein. New York: The Free Press. Mitroff, Ian I. Mitroff, Ian I. (1983), Archetypal social system analysis: On the deeper structure of human systems. Academy of Management Review, 1387-1397. Mitroff, Ian I. (1983), Stakeholders of the organizational mind. San Francisco: JosseyBass.
M
96
Mitscherlich, Alexander Mitscherlich, Alexander & Mitscherlich, Margarete (1975), The inability to mourn: Principles of collective behavior. New York: Grove Press. Mold, James W. Mold, James W. & Stein, Howard F. (1986), "The Cascade Effect in the Clinical Care of Patients," The New England Journal of Medicine 314(8)(February 20, 1986): 512-514. Correspondence and Mold/Stein response appeared in issue 315(5), (July 31, 1986): 319-320. Moment, David Moment, David & Zaleznik, Abraham (1963), Role development and interpersonal competence : An experimental study of role performances in problem-solving groups. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Division of Research. Morgan, Gareth Morgan, Gareth (1986), Images of organization. Beverly Hills: Sage Publications. Morgan, Gareth (1997), Bilder der Organisation. Stuttgart: Klett-Kotta. Mortimer, Jeylan T. Mortimer, Jeaylan T., Lorence, Jon P. & Kumka, Donald S. (1986), Work, family and personality: Transition to adulthood. Norwood, NJ: Albex. Mosse, James Mosse, James (1994), Introduction: The Institutional Roots of Consulting to Institutions. In: Obholzer, Roberts (1994), 1 -8 Moxnes, P. Moxnes, P. (1999), Understanding Roles: A Psychodynamic Model for Role Differentiation in Groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice 3 (2), 99-113 Mullen, E. Mullen, E., & Spiegel, R. (1974), Depressive reactions in trainees of service organizations. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 10(2), 173-187. Mumby, Trevor Mumby, Trevor (1977), Große Gruppen in der Industrie. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 264-281 (Klett)
M
97
Munich, R. L. Munich, R. L.& Ginsberg, T. (1988), The psychodynamics of work. In. J. A. Ciardello & M. D. Bell (Eds.), Vocational rehabilitation of persons with prolonged psychiatric disorders (120-136), Baltimore, MD: Johns Hopkins University Press. Munro, Helle Munro, Helle (1983), Historical perspectives of group analysis. In: The Evolution of Group Analysis. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 232-265 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Musto, D. F. Musto, D. F. & B. M. A strachan (1975/1968), Strange Encounters: The Use of Study Groups with Graduate Students in History. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 235-251 (Grex) Myerson, W. A. Myerson, W. A., Frugé, E. & Pierrel, S. A. (1989), EAP structure: A model for ethical appraisal. Health Values, Vol. 13, 50-53. Myerson, W.A., Pierrel, S. A.. & Frugé, E. (1992), Joining mental health and medical treatments in care: Dilemmas, dilemmas, dilemmas. In. J. van Eys, D.R. Copeland & E.R. Davidson (Eds.), Teaching More Than Medicine. Houston, TX: The University of Texas M.D. Anderson Cancer Center.
N
98
N Nahum, Tania Nahum, Tania (2002), Transition and Management of Role: Bringing who I am into what I do. Socio Analysis 3, 2, 123-136 Nahum, Tania (2002), Wie ich das, was ich bin, mit dem in Einklang bringe, was ich tu Einige Überlegungen und Erfahrungen auf meinem Weg von der psychotherapeutischen Gruppenanalytikerin zur sozioanalytischen Organisationsberaterin. Freie Assoziation 5, 159-172 Neff, Walter S. Neff, Walter S. (1985), Work and human behavior. New York: Aldine Publishing Co. Neilsen, E. H. Neilsen, E. H., & Gypen, J. (1979), The subordinate's predicament. Harvard Business Review, 57, 133-143. Neumann, Jean E. Neumann, Jean E., Holti, Richard & Standing, Hilary (1995), Change Everything at Once! The Tavistock’s Guide to Developing Teamwork in Manufacturing. Didcot: Management Books 2000. Neumann, Jean E., Kellner, Kamil & Dawson-Shepherd, Andrea (Eds.), (1997), Developing Organisational Consultancy. London: Routledge. Newman, Ruth G. Newman, Ruth G. (1977), The Dimensions of Aging in Work Roles, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2, Vol. I, 1-10 Newton, J. F. Newton, J. F. (1998), Dynamics of Diversity and Change in Management Education: Fragment from a Case. Journal of Australian and New Zealand Academy of Management, Vol 4, No 1, 14-25. Newton, J. F. (1999), Clinging to the MBA 'Syndicate': Shallowness and 'Second Skin' Functioning in Management Education, Socio-Analysis The Journal of the Australian Institute of Socio -Analysis, Vol 1, No 2, 151-175.
N
99
Newton, Peter M. Newton, Peter M. (1973), Social structure and process in psychotherapy: A sociopsychological analysis of transference, resistance and change. International Journal of Psychiatry, 11, 480-512. Newton, Peter M. (1989), Free association and the division of labor in psychoanalytic treatment. Psychoanalytic Psychology, 6, 31-46. Newton, Peter M. (1992), A social system approach to the psychoanalytic treatment of personality disorders. Psychiatry, Interpersonal and Biological Processes, 55, 66-78. Newton, Peter M. (1999), Trivializing the mentor relationship. Legal Week Newton, Peter M. (2000), Problem personalities or problematic organizations? Law Firm Partnership and Benefits Report, Summer, 2000. Newton, Peter M. (2001), Mentoring and associate retention. American Lawyer, January. 2001. Newton, Peter M. & Levinson, Daniel J. (1973), The work group within the organization: A sociopsychological approach. Psychiatry: Journal for the Study of Interpersonal Processes, 35, 115-142. Reprinted in Dumas, R. (1976) Staff Training Manual. National Institute of Mental Health Documents. Nicholson, N. Nicholson, N. (1984), A theory of work role transition. Administrative Science Quarterly, 29, 172-191. Niederehe, G. Niederehe, G. & Frugé, E. (1984), Dementia and family dynamics: Clinical research issues. The Journal of Geriatric Psychiatry, Vol. 17, No. 1, 21-56. Nurick, Aaron Nurick, Aaron (1982), "Participation in Organizational Change: A Longitudinal Field Study, Human Relations, 35, 5, 413-430. Nurick, Aaron (1985), "The Paradox of Participation: Lessons From the Tennessee Valley Authority", Human Resource Management, 24, 3, 341-356. Nurick, Aaron (1985), Participation in Organizational Change: The TVA Experiment. New York: Praeger Nurick, Aaron (1988), "Teacher and Therapist: An Integration of Educator Roles," Organizational Behavior Teaching Review, 12, 3, 91-101. Nurick, Aaron (1990), "Beyond the Facts: Teaching What We Do Not Know". Organizational Behavior Teaching Review, 14, 4, 54-62. Nurick, Aaron (1993), "Facilitating Effective Work Teams", SAM Advanced Management Journal, 58, 1, 22-27.
O
100
O Obholzer, Anton Obholzer, Anton (1987), Institutional dynamics and resistance to change. Psychoanalytic Psychotherapy, 2(3), 201-206. Obholzer, Anton (1989), Management and Psychic Reality. In: Faith Gabelnick & A. Wesley Carr (Eds.), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations. Washington, D. C. (A. K. Rice Institute) Obholzer, Anton (1997), Das Unbewußte bei der Arbeit. In: Eisenbach-Stangl & Ertl (Eds.) Unbewußtes in Organisationen. 17-38 Obholzer, Anton & Vega Zagier Roberts (Eds.), (1994), The Unconscious at Work. Individual and Organizational Stress in the Human Services. London (Routledge) Ochonisky, J. Ochonisky, J. (1974), Entering Professional work. Psychiatrie-de-l'Enfant, 17(2), 593-654. O'Connor, Garrett O'Connor, Garrett (1971), The Tavistock Method of Group Study, Science and Psychoanalysis, No. 18, 100-115 O'Connor, Garrett (1978), Commentary on Dr. Rioch's presentation, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 4, 51ff. O'Connor, Malachi O'Connor, Malachi. (1999), Family to family, tools for rebuilding foster care: Building support for innovation inside child welfare agencies. A project for the Annie Casey Foundation. O'Connor, Malachi & Gilmore, Thomas N. & Larry Hirschhorn (1994), Boundaryless Organization. Healthcare Forum. July/August, 68-72. Oda H. Oda H., Scherg H., Verres R., Wilke S., Jonasch K., Egerer G. & Karcher A. (2001), Erlebte Genesungsgeschichten: Eine qualitative Studie über Spontanremissionen bei Krebserkrankungen. Zs für Medizinische Psychologie; Recovery Stories: A qualitative study on spontaneous remission of cancer. In press.
O
101
Özdemir, Hüseyin Özdemir, Hüseyin (1992), Projektmanagement in strategischen Konsolidierungsprojekten. In: Projektmanagement: Projektmanagement-Forum ’92, Dietmar Lange & Heinz Schnelle (Eds.), München. Özdemir, Hüseyin (1995), Gestaltung von organisatorischen Veränderungsprozessen. In: Familie, Gruppe, Institution: Die Vielfalt der Dreiheit, Triangel-Institut für Supervision und Gruppenerfahrung (Ed.), Hille (Ursel Busch Fachverlag). Özdemir, Hüseyin (1999), Revitalisierung einer Dienstleistungsorganisation in einem Großunternehmen. In: Supervision und Organisationsentwicklung, Harald Pühl (Ed.), Opladen (Leske+Budrich). Özdemir, Hüseyin (2000), Wie die Brautschau zum Schlachtfeld wurde: Der Prozess ein er Partnersuche in einem Industriekonzern. In: Psychodynamische Organisationsberatung. Konflikte und Potentiale in Veränderungsprozessen, Mathias Lohmer (Ed.), Stuttgart (Klett-Cotta). Özdemir, Hüseyin (2002), Die Methode der Klimakonferenz als Antwort auf eine vergiftete Atmosphäre - Ein Praxisbericht über die Beratung eines Unternehmen. In: Mediation in Organisationen, Harald Pühl (Ed.), Berlin (Ulrich Leutner Verlag). Özdemir, Hüseyin (2003), Organisationsentwicklung in einem weltweit tätigen Logistikko nzern: Einführung eines Projektmanagement-Führungssystems, Personalwirtschaft, (in print) Oglensky, Bonnie D. Oglensky, Bonnie D. (1995), Socio-psychoanalytic perspectives on the subordinate. Human Relations 48, 1029-1054. Oglensky, Bonnie D. (1996), Review of Masculinity and the British organization man since 1945, by M. Roper. Management Learning 27, 399-400. Olson, E.E. Olson, E.E. (1990), The transcendent function in organizational change. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 1, 69-81. O'Reilly, C. A. O'Reilly, C. A.. & Chatman, J. (1986), Organizational commitment and psychological attachment: The effects of compliance, identification, and internalization on prosocial behavior. Journal of Applied Psychology, 71(3), 492-499. Orth, Charles D. Orth, Charles D., Harry E. Wilkinson & Robert C. Benfari (1987), The Manager’s Role as Coach and Mentor. Organizational Dynamics, Spring, 66-74
O
102
O'Shaughnessy, Edna O'Shaughnessy, Edna (1988), A clinical study of a defensive organization. In E. B. Spillius (Ed.), Me lanie Klein today: Developments in theory and practice. Vol 1 (293-310), London: Routledge. Oskarsson, H. Oskarsson, H., & Klein, R. H. (1982), Leadership change and organizational regression. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 32(2), 145-162. Ower, Harrison Ower, Harrison (1986), Griefwork in organizations. Forsight Journal, 1(1), 1-13. Ower, Harrison (1987), Spirit: Transformation and development in organizations. Potomac, MD: Abbot Publishing.
P
103
P Palazzoli, Mara Selvini Palazzoli, Mara Selvini, Anolli, L., DiBlasio, P., Giossi, L., Pisano, I., Ricci, C., Sacchi, M., & Ugazio, V. (1986), The hidden games of organizations. New York: Pantheon Books. Palmer, Barry W. M. Palmer, Barry W. M. (1973), Thinking about Thought, Human Relations, No. 1, Vo l. 26, 127141 Palmer, Barry W. M. (1978), Fantasy and Reality in Group Life: A Model for Learning by Experience. In: Group Work: Learning and Practice. McCaughan, Nano (Ed.) London (Allen and Unwin) Palmer, Barry W. M. (1979), Learning and the Group Experience. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 169-193 (Wiley & Sons) Palmer, Barry W. M. (1985), Ambiguity and paradox in group relations conferences. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 274-306, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Paolillo, Joseph G. P. Paolillo, Joseph G. P. (1987), Role Profiles for Managers in Different Functional Areas. Group & Organization Studies 12, 1, 109-118 Parsons, Talcott Parsons, Talcott (1964), Social structure and personality. London: Collier Macmillan Ltd. Pauchant, Terry C. Pauchant, Terry C. (1991), Transferential leadership: Towards a more complex understanding of charisma in organizations. Organization Studies, 12(4), 507527. Pauchant, Terry C. (Ed.), (1993), Existentialism in organizations. Norwood, N.J.: Ablex Publishing. Pauchant, Terry C. & Mitroff, D. (1992), Transforming the crisis prone organization. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Pedersen, P. M. Pedersen, P. M. (1981), T heories of interaction between the individual and the work process. Udkast, 9(3 -4), 439-465.
P
104
Pedigo, J. Pedigo, J. & Singer, B. (1982), Group process development: A psychoanalytic view. Small Group Behavior, 17(1), 41-50. Perlin, R. Perlin, R. & Lieberman, M. A. (1979), Social sources of emotional distress. In R. S. Simmons (Ed.), Research in community and mental health: Vol. 1. Greenwich, CT: AI Press. Pines, Malcom Pines, Malcom (1977), Überblick. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 281301 (Klett) Pines, Malcolm (Ed.), (1982), The individual and the group: Boundaries and interrelations. New York: Plenum Press. Pines, Malcolm (1983), Psychoanalysis and group analysis. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33(2), 155-170. Pines, Malcom (Ed.), (1983), The Evolution of Group Analysis, London, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Pines, Malcolm (Ed.), (1985), Bion and Group Psychotherapy. London: Routledge & Kegan Paul. Pines, Malcolm (1985), Psychic development and the group analytical situation. Group, 9(1), 24-37. Pines, Malcolm & Roberts, J. (Eds.), (1991), The practice of group analysis. London: Tavistock/Routledge. Pines, Malcolm & Roberts, J. (1992), Group-analytic psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 42(4), 469-494. Pondy, Louis R. Pondy, Louis R., Frost, P. J., Morgan, G., & Dandridge, T. C. (Eds.), (1983), Organzational symbolism. Monographs in Organizational Behavior and Industrial Relations, Volume 1. Greenwich, Conn.: JAI Press. Presthus, Robert Vana Presthus, Robert Vana (1978), The organizational society. New York: St. Martins Press. Pringle, R. Pringle, R. (1989), Bureaucracy, rationality and sexuality: The case of secretaries. In D. L. Sheppard, P. T. Sheriff, & G. Burrell (Eds.), The sexuality of organizations (158-177), London: Sage Publications.
R
105
R Raguse, Hartmut Raguse, Hartmut (2000), Paranoid -schizoide Position-depressive Position. In: Wolfgang Mertens & Bruno Waldvogel /Eds.), Handbuch psychoanalytischer Grundbegriffe. Stuttgart (Kohlhammer), 536-542 Reciniello, Shelley Reciniello, Shelley (1999), The Emergence of a Powerful Female Workforce as a Threat to Organizational Identity. American Behavioral Scientist, 43(2), October, 301-323 Redlich, F. C. Redlich, F. C. & B. M. Astrachan (1975/1969), Group Dynamics Training. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 225-235 (Grex), also in: American Journal of Psychiatry, No. 125, 1501-1507 Reed, Bruce D. Reed, Bruce D. (1976), Organizational Role Analysis. In: C. L. Cooper (Ed.), Developing Social Skills in Managers. London: Macmillan, 89-102 Reed, Bruce D. (1978), The Dynamics of Religion (Darton Longman and Todd) Reed, Bruce D. (1999), Organisational Transformation: Concepts of Person, System, Boundary, Role, Authority and Power. In: John Nelson et al. (Eds.), Leading, Managing, Ministering − Challenging Questions for Church and Society. Norwich: Canterbury Press 243-262 Reed, Bruce D. & Armstrong, David (1988), Professional Management. Notes Prepared by The Grubb Institute on the Concepts Central to its Approach to Understanding how to be a Manager. London: The Grubb Institute Reed, Bruce D., Hutton, J. M. & Bazalgette, J. (1978), Freedom to Study: requirements of oversea students in the UK. (Overseas Students Trust) Resnik, Salomon Resnik, Salomon (1985), The space of madness. In: Bion and group psychotherapy, Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 220-247, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Ricciardi, Augusto Ricciardi, Augusto (1973), Das Tavistock-Modell des Human Relation Trainings. In: Gruppendynamik der Gegenwart. Kutter, Peter (Eds.) Darmstadt, S. 376-393
R
106 (Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft), also in: Gruppendynamik, Nr. 4, (1973), S. 238-248
Rice, Albert Kenneth Rice, Albert Kenneth (1958), Productivity and Social Organization: the Ahmedabad Experiment, London (Tavistock Publications) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1963), The enterprise and its environment. London: Tavistock. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1965), Learning for leadership: Interpersonal and intergroup relations. London: Tavistock Publications. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1970), Individual, group, and intergroup processes. Relations, 22(6), 965-584. Rice, Albert Kenneth (1970), The Modern University, London, (Tavistock Publications) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1971), Führung und Gruppe, Stuttgart (Klett) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1975), Selections from: "Learning for Leadership". In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 71-159 (Grex) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1976/1969), Individual, Group and Intergroup Processes. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 25-47 (Wiley & Sons), also in: Human Relations, No. 22 (1969), 565-584 Rice, Albert Kenneth & E. L. Trist (1962), Institutional and sub-Institutional determinants of change in labour turnover, Human Relations, No. 5, 347-371 Rich, M. Rich, M., & Barth, D. (1984), Mental health consultation with owners and their management in a labor intensive plant. Dynamic Psychotherapy, 2(1), 78-88. Richardson, Elizabeth Richardson, Elizabeth (1967), The Environment of Learning, London (Thomas Nelson and Sons) Richardson, Elizabeth (1973), The Teacher, the School and the Task of Management (Heinemann) Richardson, Elizabeth (1975), Authority and Organization in the Secondary School (Macmillan Education) Richardson, Elizabeth (1975), Selections from: "The Environment of Learning". In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 215-225 (Grex) Rioch, Margaret J. Rioch, Margaret J. (1970), The work of Wilfred Bion on groups. Psychiatry, 33, 56-66. Rioch, Margaret J. (1971), Gruppenmethoden: Das Tavistock-Washington-Modell, Gruppendynamik, Nr. 2, S. 142-152
R
107
Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), "All We Like Sheep"-(Isaiah 53.5): Followers and Leaders. In: Group Relation Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 159-179 (Grex) Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), Group Relations: Rationale and Technique. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 3-11 (Grex), also in: International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Vol. 20, (1970), 340-355 Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), The Work of Wilfred Bion on Groups. In: Group Relation Reader. Colman A. D. & W. H, Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 21-35 (Grex), also in: Psychia try, Vol. 33 (1970), 56-66 Rioch, Margaret J. (1979), The A, K. Rice Group Relation Conferences as a Reflection of Society. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 53-69 (Riley and Sons), also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1977, No. 1, 1-16 Rioch, Margaret J. (1983), The Influence of Wilfred Bion and the A. K. Rice Group Relations Conferences. In: Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed .) London, 2. Aufl., 667-575 (Maresfield Reprints) Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Advanced Learning in a Small Group. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., D. 173-185 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Journal of Pe rsonality and Social Systems (1980), No. 2 -3, 27-37 Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Why I Work as a Consultant in the Conferences of the A. K. Rice Institute. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 365-383 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems (1978), No. 4, 33-51 Robbins, B. Robbins, B. (1939), Neurotic disturbances in work. American Journal of Psychiatry, 2, 333342. Rochlin, Gregory Rochlin, Gregory (1965), Griefs and discontents: the forces of challenge. Boston: Little, Brown & Co. Rodriguez, L. Rodriguez, L. & Associates from the Centre for Psychoanalytic Research. (1989) ‘Fantasy and Foreclosure’. Analysis. No. 1. Publication of the Centre for Psychoanalytic Research. Roe, Ann Roe, A. (1956), The psychology of occupations. New York: Wiley.
R
108
Rogers, C. Rogers, C., & Roethlisberger, F. J. (1952), Barriers and gateways to communication. Harvard Business Review, 30(4), 28-34. Rogers, Kenn Rogers, Kenn (1976) Teaching and Learning for Responsibility: A Model of an Educational Approach for Meeting the Challenge of Change. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 339-361 (Wiley & Sons) Rohrlich, J. B. Rohrlich, J. B. (1981), The dynamics of work addiction. Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences, 18(2), 147-156. Rosenthal, S. Rosenthal, S. (1978), A clinical perspective of work organizations. Psychiatric Opinion, 15(12), 19-23. Rosenthal, S. (1985), Mourning and depression in organizations. In V. Volkan (Ed.), Depressive states and their treatment (201-219), New York: Jason Aronson. Rourke, Philip G. Rourke, Philip G. & Robert N. Golden (1979), The Effects of Leadership Change on the Process of Resocialisation in a Residential Halfway House, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 27-43 Rudolf, G. Rudolf, G., Grande, T., Porsch, U. & Wilke, St. (1987), Prognose und Indikation - Von der Objektivierung der Patienteneigenschaften zur Analyse der Arzt -Patient-Interaktion. (Prognosis and Indication: From the objectification of patients´ characteristics to an analysis of doctor-patient interaction) In: Lamprecht, F. (Eds.): Spezialisierung und Integration in Psychosomatik und Psychotherapie. Berlin, Heidelberg etc., 225-230 Ryan, Kathleen D. Ryan, Kathleen D., & Oestreich, Daniel K. (1991), Driving fear out of the workplace: how to overcome the invisible barriers to quality, productivity, and innovation. San Francisco: Jossey Bass.
S
109
S Saravay, S. M. Saravay, S. M. (1978), A psychoanalytic theory of group development. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 28(4), 481-507. Saravay, S. M. (1985), Parallel development of the group and its relationship to the leader: A theoretical explanation. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 35(2), 197207. Schaef, Anne Wilson Schaef, Anne Wilson & Fassel, Diane (1988), The addictive organization. New York: Harper and Row. Scharff, David Edward Scharff, David Edward & Jill Savege Scharff (1979), Teaching and Learning: An Experimental Conference, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 53 ff. Schechter, R. A. Schechter, R. A. (1987), Shared experthood: The working alliance in organization consultation: A psychoanalytic perspective. Dynamic Psychotherapy, 5(1), 3046. Scheidlinger, Saul Scheidlin ger, Saul (Ed.), (1980), Psychoanalytic Group Dynamics. New York: International Universities Press. Schein, Edgar H. Schein, Edgar H. (1980), Organizational psychology. Englewood Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall. Schein, Edgar H. (1985), Organizational culture and leadership. San Francisco: Jossey Bass. Schein, Edgar H. (1990), Organizational culture. American Psychologist, 45(2), 109-119. Schein, Edgar H. & Bennis, W. G. (1965), Personal and organizational change through group methods: The laboratory approach. New York: John Wiley and Sons. Scheper-Hughes, Nancy Scheper-Hughes, Nancy & Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Child Abuse and the Unconscious in American Popular Culture," in Child Survival: Anthropological Perspectives on the Treatment and Maltreatment of Children, Nancy Scheper-Hughes, Ed. Boston: D. Reidel, 1987, 339-358.
S
110
Schermer, Victor L. Schermer, Victor L. (1985), Beyond Bion: the basic assumption states revisit. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 139-151 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Schlenker, J. A. Schlenker, J. A., & Gutek, B. A. (1987), Effects of role loss on work-related attitudes. Journal of Applied Psychology, 72(2), 287-293. Schneider, Susan Schneider, Susan (1992), Transference, counter-transference, projective identification and role responsiveness in the supervisory process. Clinical Supervisor, 10(2), 7184. Schneider, Susan & Dunbar, R. (1992), The psychoanalytic reading of hostile takeover events. Academy of Management Review, 17(3), 537-567. Schön, Donald A. Schön, Donald A. (Ed.), (1991), The reflective turn: case studies in and on educational practice. New York: Teachers College Press. Schruijer, Sandra Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (1997), An introduction to group diversity. European Journal of Work and Organisational Psychology, 6 (2), 129-138. Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (1997), Group diversity, European Journal of Work and Organisational Psychology, (guest editors) 6(2), Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (1999), Leadership and organisational change. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology. (guest editor), 8 (1), 1-8. Schulberg, Herbert. C. Schulberg, Herbert C. & Killilea, Marie (Eds.), (1982), The modern practice of community mental health: a volume in honor of Gerald Chaplan. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Schwartz, Howard S. Schwartz, Howard S. (1982), "Job involvement as obsession-compulsion," Academy of Management Review, 7 (3), 429-432. Schwartz, Howard S. (1983), "A theory of deontic work motivation," Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 19 (2), 203-214. Schwartz, Howard S. (1983), "Maslow and the hierarchical enactment of organizational reality," Human Relations, 36 (10), 933-956. Schwartz, Howard S. (1983), Psychology of work at the public-esteem stage of Maslow's hierarchy: Psychodynamics of the organizational personality. Paper presented at the
S
111 First Cornell Symposium on the Psychodynamics of Organizational Behavior and Experience. New York.
Schwartz, Howard S. (1985), "The usefulness of myth and the myth of usefulness: A dilemma for the applied organizational scientist," Journal of Management, 11 (1), 3142. Schwartz, Howard S. (1986), "Totalitarianism and cultural engineering (part one)," Dragon: The Journal of the Standing Conference on Organizational Symbolism, Number 6, 78100. Schwartz, Howard S. (1986), "Totalitarianism and cultural engineering (part two)," Dragon: The Journal of the Standing Conference on Organizational Symbolism, Number 7, 2448. Schwartz, Howard S. (1986), Immoral actions of organizationally committed individuals: An existential psychoanalytic perspective," Academy of Management Best Papers Proceedings, American Academy of Management, 321-325. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), "Antisocial actions of committed organizational participants: An existential psychoanalytic perspective," Organization Studies, 8 (4), 327-340. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), "On the psychodynamics of organizational disaster: The case of the space shuttle Challenger," The Columbia Journal of World Business, XXII (1), Spring, 59-67. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), "On the psychodynamics of organizational totalitarianism," Journal of Management, 13 (1), 41-54.[Republished in Psychodynamics of Organizations, edited by Larry Hirschhorn, Philadelphi: Temple University Press, 1993] Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), "Rousseau's Discourse on Inequality revisited: Psychology of work at the public-esteem stage of Maslow's hierarchy," International Journal of Management, 4 (2), 180-193. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), "The clockwork or the snakepit: An essay on the meaning of teaching organizational behavior," Organizational Behavior Teaching Review, XI (2), 19-26. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), Anti-social actions of committed organizational participants: An existential psychoanalytic perspective. Organizational Studies, 8(4), 327-340. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), On the psychodynamics of organizational disaster: The case of the space shuttle Challenger. Columbia Journal of World Business, 22(1), 5967. Schwartz, Howard S. (1987), On the psychodynamics of organizational totalitarianism. Journal of Management, 13(1), 41-54. Schwartz, Howard S. (1988), "The symbol of the space shuttle and the degeneration of the American dream," Journal of Organizational Change Management, 1 (2), 5 -20. [This
S
112 article has been republished in Symbols and Artifacts: Views of the Corporate Landscape, edited by Pasquale Gagliardi, Berlin: Walter de Gruyter & Co., 1990, 303322.
Schwartz, Howard S. (1989), "Organizational disaster and organizational decay: The case of the National Aeronautics and Space Administration," Industrial Crisis Quarterly, 3 (4), 1-16. Schwartz, Howard S. (1990), Narcissistic Process and Corporate Decay: The Theory of the Organization Ideal. New York: New York University Press. Schwartz, Howard S. (1991), "Narcissism project and corporate decay: The case of General Motors," Business Ethics Quarterly, 1 (3), 249-268. Schwartz, Howard S. (1991), "Narcissism project and corporate decay: The case of General Motors". In: Richard M. Coughlin (Ed.) Socio-Economic Perspectives 1990 Armonk, NY: M.E. Sharpe. Schwartz, Howard S. (1993), "Narcissistic emotion and university administration: An analysis of 'Political Correctness'". In: Emotion in Organizations, edited by Stephen Fineman, Sage, 190-215. Schwartz, Howard S. (1994), "Acknowledging the dark side of organizational life". In: In Search of Meaning: Managing for the Health of Our Organizations, Our Communities, and the Natural World, edited by Thierry C. Pauchant, San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, 224-243 Schwartz, Howard S. (1995), "Masculinity and the meaning of work: A response to Manichean feminism" Administration and Society, 27 (2), 249-274. Schwartz, Howard S. (1995), "Response to criticism," Administration and Society, 27 (2), 299-304. Schwartz, Howard S. (1996), "The Sin of the Father: Reflections on the Roles of the Corporation Man, the Suburban Housewife, their Son and their Daughter in the Deconstruction of the Patriarch" Human Relations, 49 (8), 1013-1040. Schwartz, Howard S. (1997), "Organizational Decay". In: Dictionary of Business Ethics, edited by Edward Freeman and Patricia Werhane, London, Blackwell's. Schwartz, Howard S. (1997), "Psychodynamics of Political Correctness," Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 33 (2), 132-148. Schwartz, Howard S. (1997), "Response to Professor Latting," Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 33 (2), 158-9. Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), "Individual and Organization" (with Yiannis Gabriel). In: Organizations in Depth by Yiannis Gabriel with Larry Hirschhorn, Marion McCollom Hampton, Howard S. Schwartz, And Glenn Swogger, Jr. London: Sage, 58-80.
S
113
Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), "Introduction: Psychoanalysis and Organization," (with Yiannis Gabriel). In: Organizations in Depth by Yiannis Gabriel with Larry Hirschhorn, Marion McCollom Hampton, Howard S. Schwartz, And Glenn Swogger, Jr. London: Sage, 112. Schwartz, Howard S. (1999), "Organizations, from Concepts to Constructs: Psychoanalytic Theories of Character and the Meaning of Organization," with Yiannis Gabriel. Administrative Theory and Praxis, 21 (2), 176 -192. Schwartz, Howard S. (2001), The Revolt of the Primitive: An Inquiry into the Roots of Political Correctness and Related Peculiarities. Westport, CT: Praeger. (forthcoming) Scott, W. Scott, W. & Clifford N. (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 571 -.579 (Maresfield Reprints) Segal, Hanna Segal, Hanna (1973), Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein, New York (Basic Books) Segal, Hanna (1983), Melanie Klein. Eine Einführung in ihr Werk. Frankfurt a.M. (FischerTaschenbuch) Sennett, Richard Sennett, Richard (1977), The fall of public man. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. Sennett, Richard (1980), Authority. New York: Alfred A. Knopf. Sethi, Amarjit Singh Sethi, Amarjit Singh & Schuler, Randall. S. (Eds.), (1984), Handbook of organizational stress coping strategies. Cambridge, MA: Ballinger Publishing Co. Shafer, Allan Shafer, Allan (1997), 'Grappling with Development and Change in a Zoo Culture.' AISA Working Paper No. 8. Originally keynote address to the Annual Conference of ARAZPA and ASZK, Auckland, New Zealand. Shafer, Allan (1999), Colonial Domination and the Struggle for Identity: a socio-analytic perspective. Socio-Analysis, 1 (1), 34-47 Shafer, Allan (2000), 'Disembodied Managers and their Disembodied Staff, Or, Losing Your Head in the Corporate World.' Seminar paper presented as part of AISA's Seminar Series on the theme: "E-Management? Who is in Charge Today?" 15th August, 2000, Melbourne. Archived at http://www.aisa.org.au/aisa/index.htm
S
114
Shapiro, David Shapiro, D. (1965), Neurotic styles. New York: Basic Books. Shapiro, Edward R. Shapiro, Edward R. (1968), International activities in the medical school curriculum. Harvard Med Alumni Bull, 42:24-31. Shapiro, Edward R. (1974), Using the team concept to change a psychoanalytically oriented therapeutic community. Hospital and Community Psychiatry, 25:353-362. Shapiro, Edward R. (1974), Review of psychotherapy and the role of the environment, by H.M. Voth and H.H. Orth. New York: Behavioral Publications, 1973. In: Hosp and Commun Psychiat., 25:408-409. Shapiro, Edward R. (1978), Research on family dynamics: clinical implications for the family of the borderline adolescent. Adolescent Psychiatry, 6:360-376. Shapiro, Edward R. (1978), The psychodynamics and developmental psychology of the borderline patient: A review of the literature. Am J Psychiat, 135:1305-1315. Shapiro, Edward R. (1978) Review of psychology of the self: a casebook. ed. Arnold Goldberg. New York: International Universities Press, 1978. In: Am J Psychiat, 136:261-262. Shapiro, Edward R. (1980) Children's sensitivity to projective identification. Am J Psychiat; 137:506. Shapiro, Edward R. (1982), The holding environment and family therapy with acting out adolescents. Int J Psychoanal Psychother, 9:209-226. Shapiro, Edward R. (1982), On curiosity: intrapsychic and interpersonal boundary formation in family life. Int J Family Psychiat, 3:69-89. (Reprinted in Clinica Y Analysis Groupal, 1992; 61). Shapiro, Edward R. (1982), The adolescent, the family and the hospital. Adolescent Psychiatry, 10:339-34. Shapiro, Edward R. (1985), Unconscious Process in an Organization: A Serendipitous Investigation. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H, Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 353-363 (A. K. Rice Institute) Shapiro, Edward R. (1986), Adolescents and psychosis - Discussions. In: Baranes J.J., Cahn R., Diatkine R., Jeammet P., Jeangirard C., Racamier P. C. & Sigg B. W. (Eds.), Psychanalyse adolescence and psychose. Paris: Payot. Shapiro, Edward R. (1987), Interpreting irrationality. In: Krantz J. (Ed.), Irrationality in social and organizational life. Washington, A.K. Rice Institute. Shapiro, Edward R. (1989), Couples and family treatment of personality disorder. In: Karasu T. B. (Ed.), Treatments of Psychiatric Disorders. A Task Force Report of the American Psychiatric Association, Washington, D.C. APPI.
S
115
Shapiro, Edward R. (1990), Self psychology, intersubjectivity, and group psychotherapy. Group, 14(3), 177-182. Shapiro, Edward R. (1992), Family dynamics and borderline personality disorder. In: Rosenbluth M., Silver D. (Eds.), Handbook of Borderline Disorders. New York: International Universities Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (1994), Review of The practice of group analysis, ed. Jeff Roberts and Malcolm Pines. London and New York: Tavistock/Routledge. 1991. In J. Amer. Psychoanal. Assoc., 42:956-959. Shapiro, Edward R. (Ed.), (1997), The Inner World in the Outer World: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. New Haven and London: Yale University Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (1997), The boundaries are shifting: renegotiating the therapeutic frame In: Shapiro Edward R. (Ed.), The inner world in the outer world: Psychoanalytic Perspectives. New Haven and London: Yale University Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (1998), Review of The personality of the organization, by Lionel F. Stapley. Free Association Books, 1996. In J. American Psychoanal. Assoc., 46: 13131315. Shapiro, Edward R. (1998), Images in psychiatry: Donald W. Winnicott. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155 (3): 421. Shapiro, Edward R. (1998), Psychotic acts: the question of meaning. Harvard Review of Psychiatry, May/June, 38-43. Shapiro, Edward R. (1999), Review of The psychodynamics of leadership, by Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr. New York: Psychosocial Press, 1998. In. Int. J. Group Psychotherapy. Shapiro, Edward R. (1999), A holding context for psychotherapy. American Journal of Psychoanalysis, 59(2):101-103. Shapiro, Edward R. (2000), American voters: enchanted and disenchanted. The American Psychoanalyst, 34:14. Shapiro, Edward R. (2000), The individual in context. In: Shay, J.J., Wheelis, J. (Eds.), Odysseys in Psychotherapy, Irvington Publishers, New York. Shapiro, Edward R. (2001), Institutional learning as chief executive. In: Gould, L., Stapley, L., & Stein, M. (Eds.) The Systems psychodynamics of organizations: integrating the group relations approach, psychoanalytic and open systems theory. New York : Karnac Press. Shapiro, Edward R. (2001), The changing role of the CEO. Organizational and Social Dynamics, 1(1):130-142. Shapiro, Edward R. (2001), The effect of social changes on the doctor-patient relationship. Organizational and Social Dynamics, 2: 1-11.
S
116
Shapiro, Edward R. (2002), Group analysis and group relations. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy. 53 (3): 436-438. Shapiro, Edward R. (2002), Models of large group work. Int J Group Psychother, July, (in press) Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz D. A., Shapiro R. L. & Zinner J. (1974), Family contributions tonarcissistic disturbances in adolescents. Int Rev Psychoanal, 1:353-362. Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz D. A., Shapiro R. L. & Zinner J. (1974), Concurrent family treatment of narcissistic disorders in adolescence. Int J Psychoanal Psychother, 3:379-396. (Reprinted in: Scharff J. (Ed.) Foundations of Object Relations Family Therapy, Aronson, 1989). Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz D. A., Shapiro R. L. & Zinner J. (1975), The impact of group experience on adolescent development. In: Sugar M. (Ed.), The Adolescent in Group and Family Therapy. New York: Brunner/Mazel. (reprinted, 1986) Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz D. A., Shapiro R. L. & Zinner J. (1975), The influence of family experience on borderline personality development. Int Rev Psychoanal, 2:399411. (Reprinted in: Scharff J. (Ed.) Foundations of Object Relations Family Therapy, New York; Aronson, 1989). Shapiro, Edward R., Berkowitz D. A., Shapiro R. L. & Zinner J. (1975), The borderline ego and the working alliance: indications for individual and family treatment in adolescence. Int J Psychoanal, 58:77-87. (Reprinted in: Scharff, J. (Ed.) Foundations of object relations family therapy, New York; Aronson, 1989). Shapiro, Edward R., Carr Wesley A.. (1987), Disguised countertransference in institutions. Psychiatry, 50:72-82. Shapiro, Edward R., Carr Wesley A. (1989), What is a 'Tavistock' interpretation?. In: Carr A. W., Gabelnick F. (Eds.), Proceedings of the International Symposium. Washington: A.K. Rice Institute. Shapiro, Edward & Carr, Wesley A. (1991), Lost in familiar places: creating new connections between the individual and society. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. Shapiro, Edward R., Freedman J. (1987), Family dynamics of adolescent suicide. Adolescent Psychiatry,14:191-207. (Reprinted in: Int Annals Adolescent Psychiatry,1988;1:152166.) Shapiro, Edward R., Fromm, M. G. (1999), Erik Erikson’s clinical theory. In: Sadock, B.J., Kaplan, H.I. (Eds.), Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry, Williams and Wilkins, New York. Shapiro, Edward R., Hamm D. (1988), The working through process with a borderline adolescent and her family. In: Slavinska-Holy N. (Ed.), Borderline and narcissistic patients in therapy. New York: International Universities Press.
S
117
Shapiro, Edward R., Kolb J. E. (1979), Engaging the family of the hospitalized adolescent: The multiple family meeting. Adolescent Psychiatry, 7:322-342. Shapiro, Edward R., Kolb J. E. (1982), Administrative treatment of separation issues with families of hospitalized adolescents. Adolescent Psychiatry, 10:343-359. Shapiro, Edward R., Plakun E. M. (1998), Treatment of bord erline personality disorder. Am. J. Psychiat., 155:1645-1646. Shapiro, Edward R., Plakun E. M. (1998), Treatment of a severely impaired borderline patient. American Journal of Psychiatry. Shapiro, Edward R., Plakun E. M. (2000), Failure to include psychodynamic treatment in the Expert Consensus Guidelines for Treatment of Posttraumatic Stress Disorder. J Clin. Psychiat;61: 787-788. Shapiro, Edward R., Zinner J. (1975), Splitting in families of borderline adolescents. In: Mack J. (Ed.) Borderline States in Psychiatry, New York, Grune and Stratton, 103-122 (an issue of Seminars in Psychiatry).
Shapiro, Roger L. Shapiro, Roger L. (1985), Family Dynamics and Object-Relations Theory: An Analytic GroupInterpretative Approach to Family Therapy. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 217-230 (A. K. Rice Institute) Shapiro, Roger L. (1990), Psychoanalytic theory of groups and organizations. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 3, 759-782. Shapiro, Roger L. & Zinner, John (1979), The Adolescent, the Family and the Group: Boudary Considerations. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 153-169 (Wiley & Sons) Shor, Joel Shor, Joel (1990), Work love play Self repair in the psychoanalytic dialogue. Los Angeles, CA: Double Helix Press. Shore, M. F. Shore, M. F. (1991), Administration and the third ear. New Directions for Mental Health Services, 49, 19-29. Sievers, Burkard Sievers, Burkard (1973), Autorität und Organisation. Ein Laboratorium des Tavistock Institutes, Soziale Welt, Nr. 2 -3, S. 361-381 Sievers, Burkard (1984), Vom Sinn und Unsinn der Motivation. Organisationsentwicklung 3, 3 1-14
S
118
Sievers, Burkard (1985), Participation as a collusive quarrel ove r immortality. Dragon 1, 1, 72-82 Sievers, Burkard (1986), Arbeit, Tod und Leben. In: Management Center Vorarlberg (Eds.), Bäume. Möglichkeiten für das Wachstum von Menschen und Organisationen. Dornbirn, 54-55 Sievers, Burkard (1986), Beyond the surrogate of motivation. Organization Studies, 7, 335351; again in: Linda Smircich, Marta B. Calás (Eds.), (1995), Critical Perspectives on Organization and Management Theory. Aldershot (Dartmouth), 425-441 Sievers, Burkard (1986), Meaning beyond motivation. A re-examination and an alternative view of motivation theories. CEBES Journal 2, 1, 3-11 Sievers, Burkard (1986), Work, death and life itself. Dragon 1, 8, 82-93 Sievers, Burkard (1987), Bevezetö elöadasa a veszpremi Tavistock-konferenciahoz. In: Szervezetfejle sztesi Füzelek 5, 14-16 Sievers, Burkard (1987), Einige Überlegungen zum Zusammenhang von Arbeit, Tod und Leben. Organisationsentwicklung 8, 2, 1-9 Sievers, Burkard (1987), Einige Überlegungen zum Zusammenhang von Arbeit, Tod und Leben. Zeitschrift für Wirtschaft und Pädagogik 2, 2, 25-34 Sievers, Burkard (1987), Motivation als Sinnersatz: I. (Motivation as a surrogate for meaning: I), Gruppendynamik, 18(2), 159-178. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Motivation als Sinnersatz: (Teil II), (Motivation as a surrogate for meaning: II), Gruppendynamik, 18(3), 269-295. Sievers, Burkard (1987), Some thoughts on the symbolization of work, death and life itself in the socio -technical systems framework. Dragon 2, 1, 41-56 Sievers, Burkard (1988), Curing the monster: Some images of and considerations about the dragon. Dragon 2, 5, 5 -49 Sievers, Burkard (1989), "I will not let thee go, except thou bless me!" Some Considerations About the Constitution of Authority, Inheritance and Succession. In: Faith Gabelnick, A. Wesley Carr (Eds.), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations. Washington, D. C. (A. K. Rice Institute), 155-173 Sievers, Burkard (1989), Einige Überlegungen zur Entstehung von Autorität, Erbschaft und Nachfolge. In: Werner Forster, Burkard Sievers (Eds.), 'Was ist in unseren Institutionen los?' Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschaftswissenschaft der Bergischen Universität-Gesamthochschule Wuppertal Nr. 140, Wuppertal, 96-122 Sievers, Burkard (1 989), Führung als Perpetuierung von Unreife. Gruppendynamik 20, 43-50
S
119
Sievers, Burkard (1990), Além do Sucedaneo da Motivacao. In: Cecilia Whitaker Bergamini, Roberto Coda (Eds.), Psicodinamica da vida organizacional: Motivacao e lideranca. Sao Paulo (Livraria Pioneira Editora), (1990), 105-123 Sievers, Burkard (1990), Além do Sucedaneo da Motivacao. RAE-Revista de Administracao de Empresas 30, 1, 5-16 Sievers, Burkard (1990), Curing the Monster: Some Images of and Considerations About the Dragon. In: Pasquale Gagliardi (Ed.), Symbols and Artifacts: Views of the Corporate Landscape. Berlin (de Gruyter), 207-231 Sievers, Burkard (1990), La motivation: un ersatz de significations. In: Jean-Francois Chanlat (Ed.), L'individu dans l'organisation. Les dimensions oubliées. Quebec, Paris (Les Presses de l'Université Laval et les Editions ESKA), 337-361 Sievers, Burkard (1990), Motivation als Sinnsurrogat. In: Herbert Kraus, Norbert Kailer, Karl Sandner (Eds.), Management Development im Wandel. Wien (Manz-Verlag), 105-122 Sievers, Burkard (1990), Nicht jede Organisation ist eine Kirche!-Oder die Managementhierarchie beginnt ganz unten. Supervision 17, 58-64 Sievers, Burkard (1990), The Diabolization of Death. Some Thoughts on the Obsolescence of Mortality in Organization Theory and Practice. In: John Hassard, Denis Pym (Eds.), The Theory and Philosophy of Organizations. Critical Issues and New Perspectives. London (Routledge) 125-136 Sievers, Burkard (1990), Thoughts on the relatedness of work, death, and life itself. European Management Journal, 8, 321-324. Sievers, Burkard (1990), Zombies or People-What is the Product of Work? Some Considerations About the Relation Between Human and Nonhuman Systems in Regard to the Socio-Technical Systems Paradigm. In: Barry A. Turner (Ed.), Organizational Symbolism. Berlin (de Gruyter), 83-93 Sievers, Burkard (1991), A munka, a halál és maga az élet. Vezetéstudomány 12, 3, 32-34 Sievers, Burkard (1991), Mitarbeiter sind keine Olympioniken. Personalführung 4, 272-274 Sievers, Burkard (1992), Curing the Monster. Some Images of and Considerations About the Dragon. In: Pasquale Gagliardi (Ed.), Symbols and Artifacts. Views of the Corporate Landscape. New York (Aldine de Gruyter), 2nd (Ed.), 207-231 Sievers, Burkard (1992), Das Unbehagen in der Organisationskultur. Wege zum Menschen 44, 449-462 Sievers, Burkard (1992), Rollenanalyse und -beratung. In: Karlheinz Schadow, Joachim Gutman & Hans-Peter Scherer (Eds.), Jahrbuch Weiterbildung 1992. Düsseldorf: Handelsblatt, 90-92 Sievers, Burkard (1993), Auf der Suche nach dem Theater. Organisationen als Theater für die Dramen der Kindheit und der Arbeit. Gruppendynamik 24, 367-389
S
120
Sievers, Burkard (1993), The Diabolization of Death: Some Thoughts on the Obsolescence of Mortality in Organization Theory and Practice. In: John Hassard, Denis Pym (Eds.), The Theory and Philosophy of Organizations. Critical Issues and New Perspectives. London (Routledge), 125-136 Sievers, Burkard (1994), AIDS in Selbsthilfeorganisationen. Zeitschrift für Sexualforschung 7, 326-342 Sievers, Burkard (1994), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work. In: Roger Casemore u. a. (Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work-Understanding the Dynamics. London (South Bank University Press), 291-311; Sievers, Burkard (1994), Rozmyslania o relacji miedzy praca, smiecia i zyciem. przeglad organizacji 3, 12-15 Sievers, Burkard (1994), Work, Death, and Life Itself. Essays on Management and Organization. Berlin (de Gruyter) Sievers, Burkard (1995), Beyond the surrogate of motivation. In: Linda Smircich, Marta B. Calás (Eds.), Critical Perspectives on Organization and Management Theory. Aldershot (Dartmouth), 425-441 Sievers, Burkard (1995), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work. Free Associations, 5, 2 (No. 34), 196220; Sievers, Burkard (1995), Characters in Search of a Theatre. Organization as Theatre for the Drama of Childhood and the Drama at Work. in: Susa n Long (Ed.), International Perspectives on Organizations in Times of Turbulence. Hawthorne, Victoria (School of Management, Swinburne University of Technology), 23-52 Sievers, Burkard (1995), Die Rolle des Managers. Organisationsberatung-SupervisionClinical Management 2, 1, 63-72 Sievers, Burkard (1995), Die Schlacht am Lerchenfeld. Mythos als Metapher. In: Birgit Volmerg, Thomas Leithäuser, Oswald Neuberger, Günther Ortmann, Burkard Sievers, Nach allen Regeln der Kunst. Macht und Geschlecht in Organisationen. Freiburg (Kore), 172-204 Sievers, Burkard (1995), Organizational Culture and its Discontents. Life in a Spiritual Community. In: Thierry C. Pauchant and Associates (Eds.), In Search of Meaning. Managing for the Health of Our Organizations, Our Communities, and the Natural World. San Francisco (Jossey-Bass), 271-292 Sievers, Burkard (1996), Greek Mythology as a Means of Organizational Analysis. The Battle at Larkfield. Leadership and Organizational Development Journal 17, 6, 32-40
S
121
Sievers, Burkard (1996), Participacao como uma Disputa Conspirativa. Revista de Negocios 1, 4, 37-48 Sievers, Burkard (1996), Participation as a Collusive Quarrel. Ethical Perspectives 3, 128136 Sievers, Burkard (1997), Accounting for the Caprices of Madness. Narrative Fiction as Means for Organizational Transcendence. In: Conference Proceedings, Organizing in a Multi-Voiced World. Social construction, innovation and organizational change. Leuven, Belgium, June 4-6, (1997), Vol. 2/2, 1-37 Sievers, Burkard (1997), Além do Sucedâneo da Motivacao. In: Cecilia W. Bergamini, Roberto Coda, (Eds.), Psicodinamica da vida organizational. Motivacao & Lideranca. Sao Paulo (Atlas), 2nd (Ed.), 47-68 Sievers, Burkard (1997), Cacophony and Organizational Psychosis. Proceedings Conference: 'Un certainty, Knowledge and Skill'. Limburg University/Keele University, Hasselt (Belgium), November 6-8, Vol. 1 Sievers, Burkard (1997), Lideranca como perpetuacao da imaturidade. Revista de Negocios 2, 3, 13-23 Sievers, Burkard (1997), Reflexoes sobre a relacao entre o trabalho, a morte e a própra vida. Revista de Administracao de Empresas 37, 3, 6-9 Sievers, Burkard (1998), Verrücktheit in Organisationen. Freie Assoziation 1, 113-133 Sievers, Burkard (1999), "Psychotische Organisation" als metaphorischer Rahmen zur SozioAnalyse organisatorischer und interorganisatorischer Dynamiken. Freie Assoziation 2, 21-51 Sievers, Burkard (1999), Accounting for the Caprices of Madness: Narrative Fiction as a Means of Organizational Transcendence. In: Richard A. Goodman (Ed.), Modern Organizations and Emerging Conundrums. Exploring the Postindustrial Subculture of the Third Millennium. Lanham (Lexington Books), 126-142 Sievers, Burkard (1999), Das Management psychosozialer Dynamik und unbewußter Prozesse in Organisationen. In: Harald Pühl (Ed.), Supervision und Organisationsentwicklung: Handbuch 3. Opladen (Leske + Budrich), 260-273 Sievers, Burkard (1999), Psychotic Organization as a Metaphoric Frame for the SocioAnalysis of Organizational and Interorganizational Dynamics. Administration & Society 31, 5, 588-615 Sievers, Burkard (2000), AIDS and the Organization: A Consultant's View of the Coming Plague. In: Edward B. Klein, Faith Gabelnick & Peter Herr (Eds.), Dynamic Consultation in a Changing Workplace. Madison, Conn. (Psychosocial Press), 233250
S
122
Sievers, Burkard (2000), Competition as War: Towards a Socio-Analysis of War in and Among Corporations. Socio-Analysis 2, 1, 1-27 Sievers, Burkard (2001), “I will not let thee go, except thou bless me!” (Genesis 32, 26), Some considerations about the constitution of authority, inheritance, and succession. Human Resource Development International. 4, 357-381 Sievers, Burkard (2001), „Im Traum erscheint alles als normal und logisch“: Die Matrix sozialer Träume. In: Bernd Oberhoff, Ullrich Beumer (Eds.), Theorie und Praxis analytischer Supervision. Münster (Votum), 124-142 Sievers, Burkard (2001), Konkurrenz als Fortsetzung des Krieges mit anderen Mitteln. Eine sozio-analytische Dekonstruktion. In: Georg Schreyögg, Jörg Sydow (Eds.), Emotionen und Management. Managementforschung 11, 171-212 Sievers, Burkard (2002), “Ich lasse dich nicht, es sei denn, du segnest mich!” (Genesis 32, 26): Einige Überlegungen zur Entstehung von Autorität, Erbschaft und Nachfolge. Freie Assoziation 5, 7-37 Sievers, Burkard (2002), Your Money or Your Life? Psychotic Implications of the Pension Fund System: Towards a Socio-Analysis of the Financial Services Revolution. Human Relations (in print) Silver, C. B. Silver, C. B., & Spilerman, S. (1990), Psychoanalytic perspectives on occupational choice and attainment. Social Stratification and Mobility, 9, 181-214. Silver, Catherine Silver, Catherine (1981), "Public Bureaucracy and Private Enterprise in the U.S.A. and France as Contexts for Women's Attainment of Executive Roles". In: Access to Power: Cross-National Studies of Women and Elites, C. Epstein and R. Coser, (Eds.), Allen & Unwin. Silver, Catherine (1990), "Psychoanalytic Perspectives on Occupational Choice and Attainment," with Seymour Spilerman, Research in Social Stratification and Mobility, Vol. 9,181-214. Silver, Catherine (1992), "Personality Structure and Aging Style," Journal of Aging. Studies, Vol.4 (6), 333-350. Silver, Catherine (1993), "A Scale of Personality Styles Based on DSM-III-R for investigating. Occupational Choice and Leisure Activities." (with Jean Malone) Journal of Career Assessment, Vol.1 (4), 427-440. Silver, Catherine (2001), “Challenges to Psychoanalysis: A Survey of Attitudes and Clinical Practices of Psychoanalysts,” Special Volume, Charlotte Schwartz Ed., The Analytic Press (expected Fall 2001).
S
123
Silver, Catherine & Oglensky, Bonnie (1996), Review of Organizations on the couch by Manfred Kets de Vries and Associates, Psychoanalytic Review, 83, 451-457. Simpson, Peter Simpson, Peter & French, Robert (1998), ‘Managing Oneself in Role: A Working Tool for the Management of Change’. Public Money and Management. 18(2), 45-50. Simpson, Peter & French, Robert (1999), ‘Organizational roles and the management of change: A systemic approach’. In: Y. Gabriel (Ed.) Organizations in Depth: the Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 99-102. Simpson, Peter, French, Robert & Vince, R. (2000), The Upside of the Downside: How utilising defensive dynamics can support learning in groups. Management Learning 31/4, 483 -497. Singer, D. L. Singer, D. L., B. M. Astrachan, L. J. Gould & E. B. Klein (1979), Boundary Management in Psychological Work with Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence. G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York (Wiley & Sons) Singer, B. L., M. B. Whiton & M. L. Fried (1970/1975), An alternative to traditional mental health services and consultation in schools: a social systems and group process a approach, Journal of School Psychology, (1970) No. 8, 172-178, also in: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 207 ff. (Grex) Skynner, A. Skynner, A. & C. Robin (1977), Die große Gruppe als Trainingsmethode. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 220-245 (Klett) Slater, Philip E. Slater, Philip E. (1966), Microcosm: structural, psychological and religious evolution in groups. New York: Wiley. Smircich, Linda Smircich, Linda (1983), Concepts of culture and organizational analysis. Administrative Science Quarterly, 28(3), 339-358. Smith, Kenwyn K. Smith, Kenwyn K. (1982), Groups in conflict: Prisons in disguise. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt. Smith, K.enwyn K. (1984), Toward a conception of organizational currents. Group and organization studies, 9(2), 285-312.
S
124
Smith, Kenwyn K. & Berg, David N. (1987), Paradoxes of group life: Understanding conflict, paralysis, and movement in group dynamics. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Smith, Kenwyn K.. & Crandell, S. (1984), Exploring collective emotion. American Behavioral Scientist, 27(6), 813-828. Smith, R. C. Smith, Robert C., Stein, Howard F. (1987), "A Topographical Model of Clinical Decision Making and Interviewing" Family Medicine 19(5)(Sept./Oct.), 361-363. Snider, Gayle Snider, Gayle & Stein, Howard F. (1987), "An Approach to Community Assessment in Medical Practice," Family Medicine 19(3)(May-June), 213-219. Snow, David L. Snow, David L. & Newton, Peter M.(1976), Task, social structure and social process in the community mental health center movement. American Psychologist, 32, 582-594. Speller, Jeffrey L. Speller, Jeffery L. (1989), Executives in crisis: recognizing and managing the alcoholic, drug addicted, or mentally ill. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Spenner, K. Spenner, K. (1988), Social stratification, work, and personality. Annual Review of Sociology, 14, 69-97. Sperling, O. Sperling, O. (1950), Psychoanalytic aspects of bureaucracy. Psychoanalytic Quarterly, 19, 88-100. Spero, Marlene Spero, Marlene (1987), Self Development for Women Managers in the Retail Industry, Industrial and Commercial Training, Vol. 19, No 5, Sept/October, 9-12 Spero, Marlene (1992), Die Matrix im Setting von Organisationen, Gruppenanalyse Vol. 2, Heft 1, 17-38 Spero, Marlene (1995), Supervision in the Organisational Context. In: Meg Sharpe, The Third Eye, London, Routledge, 143-150 Spero, Marlene (1998), Groups to Organisation-Engaging in Organisational Life, Redrawing Boundaries and Relationships presented at ISPSO, Jerusalem l998, http//www.sba.Oakland.edu/ISPSO/
S
125
Springmann, Rafael R. Springmann, Rafael R. (1976), Fragmentation as a defense in large groups. Evolution Psychiatrique, 41(2), 327-338. Springmann, Rafael R. (1977), Psychotherapie in der großen Gruppe. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 205-220 (Klett) Srivastva, Suresh Srivastva, Suresh (1983), Executive mind. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass. Srivastva, Suresh (Ed.), (1988), Executive integrity: The search for high human values in organizational life. San Francisco: Jossey-Bass, Inc. Srivastva, Suresh & Barrett, F. (1988), The transforming nature of metaphors in group development: A study in group theory. Human Relation, 41(1), 31-64. Stablein, R. Stablein, R. & Nord, W. (1985), Practical and emancipatory interests in organizational symbolism: A review and evaluation. Journal of Management, 11, 13-28. Stacey, Ralph Stacey, Ralph (2001), Complexity at the Edge of the Basic Assumption Group. In Gould. L., L. Stapley & M. Stein (Eds.), The Systems Psychodynamics of Organizations: Integrating the Group Relations Approach, Psychoanalytic and Open Systems Perspectives, 91-114 Stagner, R. Stagner, R., (1984), Managerial decisions and psychological theory. Academic Psychology Bulletin, 6(3), 251-258. Stapley, Lionel Stapley, Lionel (1994), Organisational Culture: Can it be Managed? In: What Makes Consultancy Work (Eds.) K. Kelner et al. London: South Bank University Press. Stapley, Lionel (1996), ‘The Personality of the Organisation: A Psycho-dynamic Explanation of Culture and Change’. London: Free Association Books. Stapley, Lionel (1996), “Trying to Gain a Deeper Understanding of Societal Culture and Change Using a Psycho-dynamic Methodology”. Second Annual Conference of the Association for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, George Washington University. Stapley, Lionel (1997), “Caring: Content and Context”. Degree Course Distance Learning Module, London: South Bank University.
S
126
Stapley, Lionel (1997), “Playing With Anxiety: Learning About Group Dynamics from the experience of Football”, Institute of Management Consultants, December, London. Stapley, Lionel (1998), “Leadership, Creativity and Violence”. International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO) 1998 Symposium, Hebrew University, Mount Scopus, Israel. Stapley, Lionel (1999), Do David Beckham and Michael Owen Play for Britain? OPUS Scientific Meeting. January, London. Stapley, Lionel (2000), ‘Beyond Culture Shock: Developing Cross-cultural Awareness’. In: ‘Maximising Human Intelligence deployment in Asian Business: The sixth Generation Project’. (eds) J. B. Kidd; F. Richter: and, Xue Li. London: MacMillan, & New York: St Martin’s Press. Stapley, Lionel (2000), ‘Its An Emotional Game: Learning About Leadership from the Experience of Football’, International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO) 2000 Symposium, London. Stapley, Lionel & Roberts, Vega (1997), ‘In the End is My Beginning: The Changing Context of Psychoanalytically-oriented Consultancy’. International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organisations (ISPSO) 1997 Symposium, New York, USA. Stapley, Lionel et al (1995), Organisational Stress in the National Health Service: An Intervention to Enable Staff to Address Organisational Sources of work-related Stress. London: Health Education Authority. Stapley, Lionel et al (1996), Organisational Stress: Planning and Implementing a Programme to Address Organisational Stress in the NHS. London: Health Education Authority. Stapley, Lionel; Gould, Larry; & Stein, Mark (2000), ‘Systems Psycho-dynamics of Organisations: Integrating Group Relations, Psychoanalytic and Open Systems Theory’. New York: Other Press (in print) Stapley, Lionel; Gould, Larry; & Stein, Mark (2000), ‘Applied Experiential Learning: The Group Relations Training Approach’ . New York: Psycho-social Press (in print), Stark, M. I. Stark, M. I. (1989), Work inhibition: A self-psychological perspective. Contemporary Psychoanalysis, 25(1), 135-158. Stein, Howard F. Stein, Howard. F. (1973), "Anthropological Reflections on the Regalia of Staff Presentation of Self in the Medical Setting: An Essay on Identity and Contamination", The Journal of Social and Behavioral Sciences 19(3-4) (Summer-Fall), 27-38. Stein, Howard F. (1973), "The Silent Complicity at Watergate", The American Scholar 43(1) (Winter), 21-37.
S
127
Stein, Howard F. (1974), "All in the Family as a Mirror of Contemporary American Culture", Family Process 13(3) (September), 179-215. Stein, Howard F. (1974), "Freedom and Interdependence: American Culture and the Adlerian Ideal," Journal of Individual Psychology 30 (November), 145-158. Stein, Howard F. (1974), "The Silent Complicity at Watergate", in Readings in Social Problems. Guilford, Conn., Dushkin Publishing Group, Inc. Stein, Howard F. (1977), "Identity and Transcendence", University of Chicago School Review 85(3) (May), 349-375. Stein, Howard F. (1977), "The Triumph of the Son, The Vengeance of the Father: A Contemporary American Cultural Drama", The Psychoanalytic Review 64(4) (Winter), 559-584. Stein, Howard F. (1979), "Rehabilitation and Chronic Illness in American Culture: The Cultural Psychodynamics of a Medical and Social Problem", The Journal of Psychological Anthropology 2(2) (Spring), 153-176. Stein, Howard F. (1979), "The New Pluralism, Education, and the Problem of Human Values", The Journal of General Education 31(1) (Spring), 1-11. Stein, Howard F. (1979), "The Salience of Ethno-Psychology for Medical Education and Practice", Social Science and Medicine 13B, 199-210. Stein, Howard F. (1979), "The White Ethnic Movement, Pan-Ism, and the Restoration of Early Symbiosis: The Psychohistory of a Group-Fantasy", The Journal of Psychohistory 6(3) (Winter), 319-359. Stein, Howard F. (1980), "Bowen `Family Systems Theory' - The Problem of Cultural Persistence, and the Differentiation of Self in One's Culture", The Family (The Center for Family Learning, New Rochelle/Georgetown) 8(1), 3 -12. Selected to be indexed in the Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, Vol. VII for 1979-1980. David H. Olson, Ed. Stein, Howard F. (1980), "Culture and Ethnicity as Group-Fantasies: A Psychohistoric Paradigm of Group Identity", The Journal of Psychohistory 8(1) (Summer), 21-51. Stein, Howard F. (1980), "Illness as Metaphor", The Journal of Psychological Anthropology 3(1) (Winter), 33-38. Stein, Howard F. (1980), "Medical Anthropology and Western Medicine", The Journal of Psychological Anthropology 3(2) (Spring), 185-195. Stein, Howard F. (1980), "The Cuckoo's Nest, The Banality of Evil, and the Psychopath as Hero", Journal of American Culture 2(4) (Winter), 635-645. Stein, Howard F. (1980), "Wars and Rumors of Wars: A Psychohistorical Study of a Medical Culture", The Journal of Psychohistory 7(4) (Spring), 379-401.
S
128
Stein, Howard F. (1981), "Alistair Cooke's `America': A Study in Cultural Consensus and Popular History," Journal of American Culture 4(4) (Winter), 34-44. Stein, Howard F. (1981), "Family Medicine as a Meta-Specialty and the Dangers of Overdefinition", Family Medicine 13(3) (May-June), 3-7. Stein, Howard F. (1981), "Psychoanalytic Anthropology and Psych ohistory -- A Personal Synthesis", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 4(2) (Spring), 239-251. Stein, Howard F. (1981), "Trumpets and Drums: Some Issues in Fantasy-Analysis Methodology", The Journal of Psychohistory 9(2), 199-236. Stein, Howard F. (1981), "USA: Krieg aus Selbstmitleid?" Psychologie Heute 8(2) (February), 22-29. Stein, Howard F. (1981), “Implicit ideology in the psychoanalytic study of culture”, The Psychohistory Review, 10(2), 91-108. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "’Health' and `Wellness' as Euphemism: The Cultural Context of Insidious Draconian Health Policy", special feature, Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16(3) (March), 33-44. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "’The Eye of the Outsider': Behavioral Science, Family Medicine, and Other Human Systems", invited contribution for symposium re: Johanna Shapiro's article, "Is There a Future for Behavioral Scientists in Academic Family Medicine?", Family Systems Medicine 10(3) (Fall), 293-304. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Adversary Symbiosis and Complementary Group Dissociation: An Analysis of the U.S./U.S.S.R. Conflict", International Journal of Intercultural Relations. 6, 55-83. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Autism and Architecture - A Tale of Inner Landscapes", Guest Editorial. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16(6) (June), 15-16, 19. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Ethanol and Its Discontents: Paradoxes of Inebriation and Sobriety in American Culture", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 5(4) (Fall), 355-377. Abstracted in Socio logical Abstracts and/or Language and Language Behavior Abstracts, 1983. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Man and the Computer", guest editorial, Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16(3) (March), 19. Reprinted under the title "Opinion", University of Oklahoma Health Sciences Magazine 1(3) (July), 31. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Neo-Darwinism and Survival Through Fitness", The Journal of Psychohistory 10(2), (Fall), 163-187. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Physician-Patient Transaction Through the Analysis of Countertransference: A Study in Role Relationship and Unconscious Meaning", Medical Anthropology 6(3) (Summer 1982), 165-182.
S
129
Stein, Howard F. (1982), "The Annual Cycle and the Cultural Nexus of Health Care Behavior Among Oklahoma Wheat Farming Families", Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry 6(1), (March), 81-99. Selected to be indexed in The Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, Vol. IX, 1982. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "The Contest for Control: A Case of Diabetes Mellitus in Psychosomatic, Familial, Health Care, and the Cultural Contexts", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 5(2)(Spring), 173-196. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "The Ethnographic Mode of Teaching Clinical Behavioral Science". In: Clinically Applied Anthropology: Anthropologists in Health S cience Settings, Noel Chrisman & Thomas Maretzki, Eds. Boston, MA: D. Reidel, 61-82. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Toward a Life of Dialogue: Therapeutic Communication and the Meaning of Medicine", Continuing Education for the Family Physician 16(4) (April), 29-32, 37-38, 44-45. Stein, Howard F. (1982), "Wellness as Illusion", Delaware Medical Journal 54(11) (November), 637-641. Stein, Howard F. (1982), “Culture shock and the inability to mourn”. In: L. B. Boyer & S. A. Grolnick (Eds.), The psychoanalytic study of society. Vol. XI (157-172), Hillsdale, NJ: The Analytic Press. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "An Anthropological View of Family Therapy". In: New Perspectives in Marriage and Family Therapy: Issues in Theory, Research and Practice, Dennis Bagarozzi, Anthony Jurich, & Robert Jackson, Eds., New York: Human Sciences Press, 262-294. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "Beyond the Chief Complaint: The Inclusive Context of Family Medicine - Some Issues and Case Vignettes", Continuing Education for the Family Physician 18(2) (Feb.), 133-140. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "Historical Understanding as Sense of History: A Psychoanalytic Inquiry", The Psychoanalytic Review 70(4) (Winter), 595-619. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "Lessons of the Revolution: A Critical Event and the Contexts of Family Systems Medicine", Family Systems Medicine 1(3) (Fall), 31-36. Indexed in Inventory of Marriage and Family Literature, Vol. X, 1984. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "Psychoanalytic Anthropology and the Meaning of Meaning". In: Sociogenesis of Language and Human Conduct, Bruce Bain, Ed., New York: Plenum, 393-414. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "The ‘Teaching Moment'” (Transactions), Family Medicine 15(5) (Sept.-Oct.), 191-192. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "The Case Study Method as a Means of Teaching Significant Context in Family Medicine", Family Medicine 15(5) (Sept.-Oct.), 163-167.
S
130
Stein, Howard F. (1983), "The Influence of Counter-Transference upon the Clinical Relationship and Decision-Making", Continuing Education for the Family Physician 18(7) (July), 625-630. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "The Money Taboo in American Medicine", Medical Anthropology 7(4) (Fall), 1-15. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "Toward a Psychoanalytic Bioanthropology: A Retrospective Study of the Contribution of Weston La Barre", Journal of Social and Biological Structures 6(3) (July), 249-264. Stein, Howard F. (1983), "USA: Krieg aus Selbstmitleid?" reprinted In: Die Seele und Die Politik, a special book composite of articles from Psychologie Heute, Heiko Ernst, Ed. Weinheim und Basel, West Germany: Beltz Verlag, 144-151. Stein, Howard F. (1983), reprinted in Compendium II: The Best of the Family, 1978-1983, Eileen Pendagast, Ed., New Rochelle, NY: Center for Family Learning, 85-94. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "’Misplaced Persons': The Crisis of Emotional Separation in Geographical Mobility and Uprootedness", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 7(3) (Summer), 269-292. bstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1985. Reviewed by P. Morley in Transcultural Psychiatric Research Review, XXI(4) (1984): 296-298. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "A Note on Patron-Client Theory", Ethos 12(1) (Spring), 30-36. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "Family Dynamics, Family Therapy, and Anthropology". In: Advances in Medical Social Science , Vol. 2, Julio L. Ruffini, Ed., New York: Gordon and Breach Science Pubs., 289-321. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "Sittin' Tight and Bustin' Loose: Contradiction and Conflict in Midwestern Masculinity and the Psychohistory of America", The Journal of Psychohistory 11(4) (Spring), 501-512. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1984. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "The Boundary of the Symptom: Whose Death and Dying?", Family Systems Medicine 2(2) (Summer), 188-194. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "The Emotional Separation Syndrome Among Recent Oklahoma Migrants: Description, Explanation, and Clinical Implications", The Journal of the Oklahoma State Medical Association 77(5) (May), 152-157. Stein, Howard F. (1984), "The Scope of Psycho-Geography: The Psychoanalytic Study of Spatial Representation", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 7(1) (Winter), 23-73. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "’Culture Shock' and the Inability to Mourn". In: The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, Vol. XI, (Essays in honor of Werner Muensterberger), L. Bryce Boyer and Simon A. Grolnick, Eds., Hillsdale, NJ: The Analytic Press, 157-172.
S
131
Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Alcoholism as Metaphor in American Culture: Ritual Desecration as Social Integration", Ethos 13(3) (Fall), 195-235. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1985. An abbreviated version appeared in High Plains Applied Anthropologist 6(1), (Winter/Spring 1986): 15-18. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Culture Change, Symbolic Object Loss, and Restitutional Process", Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 8(3), 301-332. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1986. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Fat and Skinny: Cultural Metaphor, Diagnosis, and Disease Entities", Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20(11) (November), 775-781. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Portrait of a Young Physician", The American Scholar 54(4) (Autumn), 485-499. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Principles of Style: A Medical Anthropologist as Clinical Teacher". In: Symposion: Anthropologists in Clinical Settings - A Matter of Style, Medical Anthropology Quarterly 16(3) (May), 64-67. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Psychological Complementarity in Soviet-American Relations", Political Psychology 6(2) (1985), 249-261. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "The Culture of the Patient as Red Herring in Clinical DecisionMaking: A Case Study", Medical Anthropology Quarterly 17(1) (November), 2-5. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Therapist and Family Values in Cultural Context", Special issue, William Doherty, Spec. Issue Ed., Nicholas Colangelo, Ed., Counseling and Values 30(1) (Oct.), 35-46. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "Values and Family Therapy". In: Families and Other Systems: The Macrosystemic Context of Family Therapy, John Schwartzman, Ed., New York: Guilford Press, 201-243. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "What is Therapeutic in Clinical Relationships?", Family Medicine 17(5) (Sept.-Oct.), 188-194. Stein, Howard F. (1985), "What the Patient Wants - What the Patient Needs: A Dilemma in Clinical Communication", Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20(2) (February), 126-135. Stein, Howard F. (1985), The Psychoanthropology of American Culture. New York: The Psychohistory Press. Stein, Howard F . (1985), The Psychodynamics of Medical Practice: Unconscious Factors in Patient Care. Berkeley, Los Angeles, London: University of California Press. Stein, Howard F. (1986), "’Sick People' and ‘Trolls': A Contribution to the Understanding of the Dynamics of Physician Explanatory Models", Culture, Medicine and Psychiatry 10(3) (Sept.), 221-229.
S
132
Stein, Howard F. (1986), "’The Bomb Drops in 1 1/2 Hours': A Medical Case Conference as Pedagogical Ritual and the Compulsion to Repeat", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 9(1) (Winter), 55-66. Stein, Howard F. (1986), "Cultural Relativism as the Central Organizing Resistance in Cultural Anthropology", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 9(2) (Spring), 157-175. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1987. Stein, Howard F. (1986), "Social Role and Unconscious Complementarity", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 9(3) (Summer), 235-268. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1987. Stein, Howard F. (1986), "The Influence of Psycho-Geography Upon the Conduct of International Relations: Clinical and Meta-psychological Considerations", special issue on "Aggression and its Alternatives in the Conduct of International Relations," John E. Mack, M.D., Special Issue Ed., J. Lichtenberg, Ed., Psychoanalytic Inquiry 6(2), 193-222. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "A Systems View of the Clinical Relationship", Chapter 2 in The Family in Medical Practice: A Family Systems Primer, Michael Crouch, M.D. & Leonard Roberts, M.D., Eds., New York: Springer-Verlag, 28-49. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "An Ethnographic Model for Clinical Teaching: Implications for Applied Anthropology", High Plains Applied Anthropologist 7(2) (Fall), 20-35. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Driving to Work" ("A Piece of My Mind")[Reflections on Rural Medicine], Journal of the American Medical Association 258(5) (August): 687. Translated and reprinted in Japanese edition of JAMA, 2 February 1988, 24-25. Stein, Howard F . (1987), "Effects of Rural/Urban Stereotypes in Medical Education", High Plains Applied Anthropologist 7(1) (Winter/Spring), 11-15. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Encompassing Systems: Implications for Citizen Diplomacy", Journal of Humanistic Psychology 27(3) (Summer), 364-384. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Foreword", for Medical Biographies: The Ailments of Thirty-Three Famous Persons, by Philip Marshall Dale, M.D., Norman, Oklahoma: University of Oklahoma Press, VII-XI. Stein, Howard F. (1987) "Multiple Levels o f Relationship and Meaning in the Course of Psychotherapy with a Spinal Cord-Injured Woman", Voices: The Art and Science of Psychotherapy 22(4) (Winter), 61-67. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "One's Self in Clinical Relationships", Family Medicine 19(1) (January/February), 7-8. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Polarities in the Identity of Family Medicine: A Psychocultural Analysis", invited chapter in Family Medicine: The Maturing of a Discipline, William
S
133 Doherty, Charles E. Christianson, Marvin B. Sussman, Eds. New York: The Haworth Press, 211-233.
Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Polarities in the Identity of Family Medicine: A Psychocultural Analysis", Marriage and Family Review 10(3/4), 211-233. Abstracted in Language and Language Behavior Abstracts and/or Sociological Abstracts, 1987. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Summitry and Crossing Borders: An Editorial", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 10(2) (Spring), 97-98. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "To Find a Good Enough Enemy: The Psychological ‘Fit' Between the United States and the Soviet Union", invited chapter for Origins of Human Aggression: Dynamics and Etiology, Gerard G. Neuman, Ed., New York: Human Sciences Press, 155-163. Stein, Howard F. (1987), "Where is ‘The Case'? A Psychoanalytic-Ethnographic Inquiry into the Bo undary of Pathology in a Spinal Cord-Injured Woman", The Journal of Psychoanalytic Anthropology 10(4) (Fall), 361-383. Stein, Howard F. (1987), Developmental Time, Cultural Space: Studies in Psychogeography. Norman, OK: University of Oklahoma Press, 1987. Selected for distribution in electronic format in 2000 by Press contract with netLibrary. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Aggression, Grief-Work, and Organizational Development: Theory and Case Example", Organization Development Journal 6(1) (Spring), 22-28. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "AIDS as Lethal Metaphor", Transcultural Psychiatric Research Review 25 (3), 231-236. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Family Diseases and Family History", Family Medicine 20(1) (Jan.Feb.), 13-15. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "The Influence of American Group-Fantasy Upon Contemporary American Biomedicine, Education, and Practice", The Journal of Psychohistory 15(3) (Winter), 281-293. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Uncomfortable Knowledge: An Ethnographic Clinical Training Model", Family Systems Medicine 6(1) (Spring), 117-128. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Unconscious Factors in Organizational Decision-Making: A Case Study from Medicine", Organization Development Journal 4(2) (Summer), 21-24. Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Whatever Happened to Meaning-Centered Treatment of Mental Illness and Substance Abuse?", Proceedings: Oklahoma Mental Health Research Institute 1988 Professional Symposium, vol. 2, "Recent Findings and New Approaches to the Treatment of Mental Illness and Substance Abuse", Oklahoma City, OK: Oklahoma Mental Health Research Institute, October, 1988.
S
134
Stein, Howard F. (1988), (Reprinting of) “Family Medicine as a Meta-Specialty-and the Dangers of Overdefinition”, Family Medicine 30(9) (October ), 637-641. (Part of “Classics from Family Medicine” series, originally published 1981), Stein, Howard F. (1989), "Failure to Thrive: Child, Family, Physician, Profession, Culture, Era", The Journal of Psychohistory 16(4) (Spring), 411-426. Stein, Howard F. (1989), "The Indispensable Enemy and American-Soviet Relations", Ethos 17(4) (December), 480-503. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "Adapting to Doom: The Group Psychology of an Organization Threatened with Cultural Extinction", Political Psychology 11(1), 113-145. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "Ethnographic Research on Rusyns in America", Carpatho-Rusyn American 13(2) (Summer), 7-10. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "In What Systems Do Alcohol/Chemical Addictions Make Sense?: Clinical Ideologies and Practices as Cultural Metaphors", Social Science and Medicine 30(9), 987-1000. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "Medical Organizational Metaphors and Their Consequences", (Society of Teachers of Family Medicine) STFM Research News 4(3) (November/December), 1, 3, 6. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "New Bosses, Old Losses: A Brief Case Study in Organizational Culture", Organization Development Journal 8(2) (Summer), 1-5. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "Psychoanalytic Perspectives". In: Medical Anthropology: Contemporary Theory and Method, Thomas M. Johnson and Carolyn F. Sargent, Eds., New York: Praeger, 73-92 (paperback), also In: Medical Anthropology: A Handbook of Theory and Method, Thomas M. Johnson and Carolyn F. Sargent, Eds., New York: Greenwood Press, 73-92 (hardcover). Stein, Howard F. (1990), "The Indispensable Enemy and American-Soviet Relationships," in Concepts and Theories, vol 1. of The Psychodynamics of International Relationships (2 vols.), Vamik D. Volkan, Demetrios A. Julius and Joseph V. Montville, Eds. Lexington, MA: D. C. Heath and Company, 1990, 71-89. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "The Internal and Group Milieux of Ethnicity: Identifying Generic Group Psychodynamic Issues", Canadian Review of Studies in Nationalism 17(1-2), 107-130. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "The Purpose of the Group in Medicine", Family Medicine 22(4) (July-August), 266-268. Stein, Howard F. (1990), "The Story Behind the Clinical Story: An Inquiry into Biomedical Narrative", Family Systems Medicine 8(2), 213-227.
S
135
Stein, Howard F. (1990), American Medicine as Culture. Boulder, CO: Westview Press. [Selected for inclusion in the Publications List of the Society of Teachers of Family Medicine]. Paperback edition - Boulder, CO: Westview Press, March 1993. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "Beneath the Anger: Depths of Meaning and Emotion in a Physician-Patient Relationship and Its Larger Context", Family Systems Medicine 9(2) (Summer), 177-188. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "Cultural Issues in Oklahoma Rural Medicine: A Place to Begin Part I", Northwest AHEC NEWS (Northwest Oklahoma Area Health Education Center) 2(4) (October), 7-8. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "Enuresis and Its Contexts: From Organizational Crisis to Family Ghost", Family Systems Medicine 9(1) (Spring), 77-81. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "Illness Experience and Treatment: Can We Transcend the Quantitative/Qualitative Dichotomy? ", The Journal of Family Practice 32(6), 564-566. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "Metaphors of Organizational Trauma and Organizational Development: A Case Example", Organization Development Journal 9(4) (Winter), 22-30. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "National Psychology and Symbolic Reality: The U.S.S.R.". In: Competitive Behaviour, Carl Niebling, and Marian Christie, Eds., Wassenaar, The Netherlands: Niebling Productions, 266-268. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "Pupils” ("A Piece of My Mind"), Journal of the American Medical Association 266(21) (December), 29-41. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "The Cultural World of the Patient". In: Principles of Clinical Practice: An Introductory Textbook, Mark B. Mengel, Ed., New York: Plenum, 237265. Stein, Howard F. (1991), "The Role of Some Non-Biomedical Parameters in Clinical Decision-Making: An Ethnographic Approach", Qualitative Health Research 1(1) (February), 6-23. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "An Ethnographic Approach to Family Research in Primary Care". In: Family Health Care, Russell J. Sawa, Ed., Newbury Park, CA: Sage, 61-72. Hard cover and soft cover. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "Cultural Issues in Oklahoma Rural Medicine: A Place to Begin Part II", Northwest AHEC NEWS (Northwest Oklahoma Area Health Education Center) 3(1) (January), 7-8. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "Medical Anthropology and the Depths of Human Experience: Contributions From Psychoanalytic Anthropology", Medical Anthropology (special topical issue on "Theoretical Issues in Contemporary Medical Anthropology") 14(1), 53-75.
S
136
Stein, Howard F. (1992), "Peace Research: Aggression, Boundary Making, and Reconciliation in Balint Groups", Mind and Human Interaction 3(3), (May), 92-97. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "Something Happened: A Hallway Story" (about noncompliance and diabetes), Family Systems Medicine, 10(4) (Winter), 437-438. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "The Human Genome as Metaphor", The Journal of Family Practice, 35(3) (September), 256-258. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "The Many-Voiced Cultural Story Line of a Case of Diabetes Mellitus", The Journal of Family Practice, 35(5), 529-533. Stein, Howard F. (1992), "Therapist and Family Values in a Cultural Context". In: Ethical and Spiritual Values in Counseling, Mary Thomas Burke & Judith G. Miranti, Eds., Alexandria, VA: Association for Religious and Value Issues in Counseling, 81-92. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "Blooming Where You're Planted: Some Lessons from Applied Anthropology in Oklahoma", The High Plains Society for Applied Anthropology Newsletter 4(1) (Spring), 1, 6. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "Bronc: A Parable of Compliance and Patient Care", The Journal of Family Practice 36(5), 489-490. Reprinted in Denver Medical Bulletin 84(1) (January 1994), 3-4. (Bulletin of the Denver Medical Society) Stein, Howard F. (1993), "From Community Factionalism to Reconciliation: A Case Study in Organizational Anthropology", High Plains Applied Anthropologist (Vol. 13) (Spring), 54-67. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "Informed Consent: Who's Informed? Who's Consenting? And Other Questions", The Journal of Family Practice 36(4) (April), 385-386. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "Letter", The Newsletter of the Wilhelm Furtwangler Society 4(1-2), 6. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "Organizational Psychohistory: The Role of Change, Loss, and Grief", Journal of Psychohistory 2 1(1) (Summer), 97-113. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "Substance and Symbol in American Alcoholism". In: Recent Developments in Alcoholism: A Decade of Progress, vol. 11, Marc Galanter, Ed., "Social and Cultural Perspectives on Alcohol," Dwight B. Heath, Section Ed., New York: Plenum Pub. Co., 153-164. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "The Holocaust, the Self, and the Question of Wholeness: A Response to Lewin", Ethos 21(4), 485-512. Stein, Howard F. (1993), "The Slovak- and Rusyn-American Experience: Ethnic Adaptation i n the Steel Valley of Western Pennsylvania", monograph to be published by the Virginia Foundation for the Humanities and Public Policy, Mind and Human Interaction, 4(2), (April), 83-91.
S
137
Stein, Howard F. (1993), “Change, loss and organizational culture: Anthropological consultant as facilitator of grief work.” In: A. Jordan (Ed.), Practicing anthropology in corporate America: Consulting on organizational culture. Washington, D.C.: National Association of Practicing Anthropologists. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "’The Eternal Jew': Resurgent Anti-Semitism in the Post-Cold War World", Journal of Psychohistory 22(1) (Summer), 39-57. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Adapting to Doom: The Group Psychology of an Organization Threatened with Cultural Extinction". In: Psychoanalysis and Management. Michael Hoffmann & Monika List, Editors. Heidelberg, Germany: Physica -Verlag, 325-361. (Contributions to Management Science series) Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Change, Loss and Organizational Culture: Anthropological Consultant as Facilitator of Grief-Work". In: National Association of Practicing Anthropologists (NAPA) Bulletin 14, "Practicing Anthropology in Corporate America: Consulting on Organizational Culture", 66-80. Dr. Ann Jordan, Ed., Washington D.C.: American Anthropological Association. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Culture and Violence in Oklahoma: An Anthropological View" AHEC News 2(1) (February), 2. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Farming in Chelm: A Medical Allegory", The Journal of Family Practice 38(5) (May), 534-536. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Massive Social Change and the Experience of Loss: A Study in the Cultural Psychology of Mourning in a North American Great Plains Community". In: The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, Volume 19. L.B. Boyer, R.M. Boyer, and H.F. Stein, Editors. Hillsdale, NJ: The Analytic Press, 273-310. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Money, Medicine, and Miscibility", Denver Medical Society Bulletin 84(8) (September), 1, 2, 6. (Published as a Supplement to The Western Journal of Medicine). Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Why Not Oklahoma? A Plea in Behalf of ’Oklahomanness' in Oklahoma Medicine", Chronicle, Department of Family Medicine Newsletter, OUHSC; 4(2) (Summer), 1,2. Stein, Howard F. (1994), "Workplace Organizations and Culture Theory, a Psychoanalytic Approach, or What is Culture For?". In: Psychoanalytic Interpretations of Organizational Cultures: The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations, 1994 Symposium. Friday, June 3 through Sunday, June 5, 1994, Chicago, IL. Compiled by Seth Allco rn. Stein, Howard F. (1994), Listening Deeply: An Approach to Understanding and Consulting in Organizational Culture . Boulder, CO: Westview Press (June). Foreword by Michael A. Diamond, Ph.D.
S
138
Stein, Howard F. (1994), The Dream of Culture. New York, NY: Psyche Press. (Hardcover and paperback.) Foreword by Robert Endleman, Ph.D. Stein, Howard F. (1994), The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, Volume 19. L. Bryce Boyer, Ruth M. Boyer, and Howard F. Stein, co -editors. Hillsdale, NJ: Analytic Press. Stein, Howard F. (1995), "’Der ewige Jude': Die Wiederauferstehung des Antisemitismus nach dem Ende des Kalten Krieges", Kommune: Forum fur Politik-Ökonomie -Kultur, 13(3) (March), 38-41. Frankfurt, Germany. Translated into German and expanded by Thomas Gehrmann. Stein, Howard F. (1995), "An Applied Anthropologist's Poetic License: Transforming the Practitioner-Patient Experience", High Plains Applied Anthropologist 15(1) (Spring), 20-33. Stein, Howard F. (1995), "Cultural Demystification and Medical Anthropology: Some Answers in Search of Questions - A Commentary on Singer", Medical Anthropology Quarterly 9(1), 113-117 Stein, Howard F. (1995), "Rural [North American] Culture and Disability", chapter 6 In: The RESNA Forum on Human Diversity: Topic Papers and Reader’s Guide, Conference Proceedings. Lucy Trevelli Vitaliti and Eric Bourland, Editors. Arlington, Virginia: RESNA (April), 199-214. First presented at a Conference held on 31 July 1994, Project Reaching Out, sponsored by RESNA (Rehabilitation, Engineering, and Assistive Technology Society of North America) and the National Institute of Disability, Rehabilitation, and Research. Stein, Howard F. (1995), "The Hazards of Driving on Royal Roads: A Modern Parable", Guest Editorial, Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20(8) (August), 553554. Stein, Howard F. (1995), “Domestic Wars and the Militarization of American Biomedicine”, The Journal of Psychohistory 22(4) (Spring), 406-415. Stein, Howard F. (1995), “Iudaismul Si Fantasma de Grup a Martiriului: Paradoxul Psihodinamic al Supravietuirii Prin Persecutie”, echinox: Revista de cultura 27(3 -4-5), 21-24, Universitatea Babes-Bolyai, Cluj, Romania. Stein, Howard F. (1995), “Metaphors of Power and the Power of Metaphor in American Biomedicine: A Tale of Voice, Voicelessness, and Giving Voice”, High Plains Applied Anthropologist 15(2) (Fall), 131-143. (published March 1996) Stein, Howard F. (1995), “Playful Uses of Literature, Art, and Other Expressive Culture in Medical Education”. In: Literature in Medicine Monograph. Valerie J. Gilchrist & Delese Wear, Editors., Kansas City, Missouri: Society of Teachers of Family Medicine, 201-209.
S
139
Stein, Howard F. (1995), “Reflections on the Oklahoma City Bombing: War, Mourning, and the Brief Mercies of Plenty”, Mind and Human Interaction 6(4) (November), 186-199. Stein, Howard F. (1995), “The Rupture of Innocence: Oklahoma City, April 19, 1995”, Clio’s Psyche: A Psychohistory Forum Quarterly 2(1) (June), 1, 12-15. Stein, Howard F. (1995), “When Money and Medicine Mix: A Tale of Two Colliding Discourses”, Mind and Human Interaction 6(2) (May ), 84-97. An international and interdisciplinary journal published by The Center for the Study of Mind and Human Interaction, University of Virginia School of Medicine, Charlottesville, VA. Stein, Howard F. (1995), “When the Heartland is no Longer Immune: The April 19, 1995 Bombing of the Oklahoma City Federal Building”, Psychohistory News: Newsletter of the International Psychohistorical Association 14(3) (Spring), 2-4. Stein, Howard F. (1996), “’She’s Driving Us Nurses Crazy’: On Not Solving the Wrong Problem as a Consulting Organizational Psychologist”, Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 48(1) (Winter), 17-26. (Educational Publishing Foundation and the Division of Consulting Psychology [Division 13], American Psychological Association), Stein, Howard F. (1996), “Notes from Out in front of the Conference Table: A Proposed New Format for Panel Presentations at the ‘Triple A’ [American Anthropological Association] and Elsewhere”, HPSfAA Newsletter (The High Plains Society for Applied Anthropology) 6(1) (April), 1, 3-6. Stein, Howard F. (1996), “The Language of Euphemism and the World of Managed Care”, AHEC NEWS 4(3) (November), 16 (Published by Oklahoma Area Health Education Centers, Enid, Oklahoma; in conjunction with Oklahoma Office of Rural Health, and Oklahoma Rural Research & Demonstration Center). Stein, Howard F. (1996), “The Violent Geography of the American Imagination: Tornadoes,’Twister’, and the Oklahoma City Bombing”, Psychohistory News (Newsletter of the International Psychohistorical Association) 15(4) (Summer), 3-8. Stein, Howard F. (1996), “Oklahoma City Aftermath: Trauma, Time, and Adaptation.-A Psychohistorical Montage.”, Clio’s Psyche 2(4), 92-95 Stein, Howard F. (1996), Prairie Voices: Process Anthropology. In: Family Medicine. Westport, CT: Bergin and Garvey (Greenwood Publishing Group, Inc.) (May), Foreword by Lynn Flint, Ph.D. Stein, Howard F. (1997), "The Cultural World of the Patient” (completely rewritten and updated from 1990 chapter). In: Fundamentals of Clinical Practice: A Textbook on the Patient, Doctor, and Society. Mark B. Mengel & Warren L. Holleman, Eds., New York: Plenum, 209-238.
S
140
Stein, Howard F. (1997), “Death Imagery and the Experience of Organizational Downsizing: Or, Is Your Name on Schindler’s List?”, Administration and Society 29(2) (May), 222247. Stein, Howard F. (1997), “Disaster, Community, Culture, and the Practice of Anthropology: Some Reflections and Lessons from the Oklahoma City Bombing”, High Plains Applied Anthropologist 17(1) (Spring), 69-82. Stein, Howard F. (1997), “Euphemism in the Language of Managed Care”, Journal of the Oklahoma State Medical Association 90(6) (July/August), 243-247. Stein, Howard F. (1997), “Managed Care, Downsizing, and Other Euphemisms of Destruction” (abbreviated version of paper). In: Proceedings of Conference on Managed Care and the Patient-Physician Relationship, “Rationing of Healthcare: ‘Who’s Guarding the Hen House?’”, The Oklahoma Association for Healthcare Ethics, Oklahoma City, 4 October 1996 also forthcoming in abbreviated form in Healthcare Ethics REVIEW 2(1) (Winter 1997), 5-6. (Oklahoma Association for Healthcare Ethics). Stein, Howard F. (1997), “The Primary Care Science of the Ordinary: Little Stuff as Big Stuff”, The Journal of Family Practice, 45(5) (November), 394-396. Stein, Howard F. (1997), “Trauma Revisited: Mourning and the Unconscious in the Oklahoma City Bombing”, Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 1997 2(1) (Spring), 17-37. Stein, Howard F. (1998), (Reprinting of) "Freedom and Interdependence: American Culture and the Adlerian Ideal", Journal of Individual Psychology, special retrospective issue on culture and psychology 54(3) (Fall), 278-290, Dr. Jerrold Mozdzierz, issue editor, originally published in Volume 30(November 1974), 145-158. Stein, Howard F. (1998), “Cultural Relativism”. In: Encyclopedia of Cultural Anthropology. David Levinson and Melvin Ember, Editors, Sponsored by the Human Relations Area Files, Yale University. New York: Henry Holt Reference Books, (July ), 281-285. Stein, Howard F. (1998), “Idea for a Practicum/Internship Clearinghouse [for anthropology practitioners]”, HPSfAA Newsletter 8(1) (Spring 1998), 1. Stein, Howard F. (1998), “Listening Deeply in Clinical Practice”, Families, Systems and Health 16(3) (Fall), 213-216. (Invited Commentary on “Just Listening: Narrative and Deep Illness” by Arthur W. Frank) Stein, Howard F. (1998), “Oklahoma City Aftermath: Trauma, Time, and Adaptation - A Psychohistorical Montage”, Clio’s Psyche 2(4) (March), 92-95. (Journal of The Psychohistory Forum) Stein, Howard F. (1998), Euphemism, Spin, and the Crisis in Organizational Life. Foreword by Seth Allcorn, Ph.D. Westport, CT: Quorum Books (July).
S
141
Stein, Howard F. (1998), Evocations. Pittsburgh, PA: Dorrance Publishing Co., Inc. available December 1997 (officiall published, March 1998), Stein, Howard F. (1998),“Organizational Euphemism and the Cultural Mystifcation of Evil,” Administrative Theory and Praxis 20(3) (September), 346-357. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Countertransference and Understanding Workplace Cataclysm: Intersubjective Knowing and Cultural Knowledge in Interdisciplinary Applied Anthropology” ,High Plains Applied Anthropologist 19(1) (Spring), 10-20. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Downsizing, Managed Care, and the Potlatching of America: A Study in Cultural Brutality and Its Mystification”, Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society 4(2) (Fall), 209-227. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Euphemism in the Language of Managed Care”, Coalition Report, National Coalition of Mental Health Professionals and Consumers, Inc. (July), 9-11. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Hypernationalism and Xenophobia: A Thirty Year Retrospective”, Mind and Human Interaction 10(2) (Fall), 124-140. Center for the Study of Mind and Human Interaction, University of Virginia School of Medicine, Charlottesville. Published by International Universities Press. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Learning from the Inside Out: A Prairie Quilt for Applied Anthropology”, High Plains Applied Anthropologist 19(2) (Fall), 168-178. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Oklahoma City Aftermath (of the Bombing)”, The Best of Clio’s Psyche 1994-1999. Franklin Lakes, N.J.: The Psychohistory Forum (December), 5053. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “Suffering and Shame” and “Uncommon Courage.” Two Chapters In: Patients and Doctors: Life -Changing Stories from Primary Care. Jeffrey M. Borkan, Shmuel Reis, Dov Steinmetz & Jack H. Medalie, Editors. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 35-39, 186-188. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “The Holocaust as Trope for ‘Managed’ Social Change”, Clio’s Psyche 6(3) (December), 119-122. Stein, Howard F. (1999), “A Bombing in April: Culture and Disaster in the Oklahoma City Bombing”, Illness, Crisis and Loss (Sage Publications) 7(1) (January), 17-36. Stein, Howard F. (1999),“Todesvorstellungen und die Erfahrung organisatorischen Downsizing oder: Steht Dein Name auf Schindlers Liste?”, (Death Imagery and the Experience of Organizational Downsizing: Or, Is Your Name on Schindler’s List?”) Freie Assoziation 2(2) (July), 155-185. (Translation in German), Daedalus Verlag, Münster. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “An Intellectual Odyssey”, In -depth interview with Howard Stein, by Professor Peter Petschauer, Clio’s Psyche 6(4) (March), 62-72.
S
142
Stein, Howard F. (2000), “Disposable Youth: The 1999 Columbine High School Massacre as American Metaphor”, Journal for the Psychoanalysis of Culture and Society, in press. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “Editor’s Corner” (Jay Sherry), Interview with Howard Stein, Psychohistory News (Newsletter of the International Psychohistorical Association) 19(2) (Winter), 2 -5. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “In Sachen verschwundener Autor: Von der Parapraxis über die Dichtung zu einem Einblick in die Organisationforschung”, (“The Case of the Missing Author: From Parapraxis Through Poetry to Insight in Organizational Studies”) Freie Association (Translation in German by Katharina von Ankum) 3(2), 201-237, Daedalus Verlag, Münster. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “Resistance and Reconciliation: Some Personal Thoughts on Psychohistory”, Clio’s Psyche 6(4) (March ), 156-159. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “Steelworker Furnaces and Families: From History and Fiction to Medicine”, Family Medicine (series in medical humanities, edited by Prof. Johanna Shapiro) 32(5) (May ), 302-304. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “The Cultural World of the Patient” (revision) for Principles of Clinical Practice: An Introductory Textbook, Mark B. Mengel & Warren G. Holleman, Eds., New York: Plenum. Stein, Howard F. (2000), “The Culture and Identity of Family Medicine: From Counter-Culture to Brave New World”, High Plains Applied Anthropologist 20(1) (Spring), 6-23. Stein, Howard F. (2000), Learning Pieces (foreword by Dr. Warren Lee Holleman, “Art in Medicine” editor, The Journal of Family Practice), Pittsburgh, PA: Dorrance Publishing Company. Stein, Howard F. (2001), Nothing Personal, Just Business: A Guided Journey into Organizational Darkness. Westport, CT: Quorum Books. Foreword by David G. Friedman, M.D., in press. Stein, Howard F. & Gary L. Thompson (1991), "The Sense of Oklahomaness: Contributions of Psychogeography to the Study of American Culture", The Journal of Cultural Geography 11(2) (Spring/Summer), 63-91. Stein, Howard F. & James Michael Pontious, M.D. (1985), "Family and Beyond: The Larger Context of Non-Compliance", Family Systems Medicine 3(2) (Summer), 179-189. Stein, Howard F. & James W. Mold, M.D. (1988), "Stress, Anxiety, and Cascades in Clinical Decision-Making", Stress Medicine 4(1), 41-48. Stein, Howard F. & Maurice Apprey (1985), “Context and Dynamics in Clinical Knowledge”, Vol. 1 of the Monograph Series in Ethnicity, Medicine, and Psychoanalysis (H.F. Stein and M. Apprey, Series Editors), Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1985.
S
143
Stein, Howard F. & Maurice Apprey (1987), “From Metaphor to Meaning”, Papers in Psychoanalytic Anthropology, Vol. 2 of the Monograph Series in Ethnicity, Medicine, and Psychoanalysis (H. F. Stein & M. Apprey, Series Eds.), Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia. Stein, Howard F. & Maurice Apprey (1990), “Clinical Stories and Their Translations”, Vol. 3 of the Monograph Series in Ethnicity, Medicine, and Psychoanalysis (H.F. Stein & M. Apprey, Series Eds.), Charlottesville, VA: University Press of Virginia, 1990. Foreword by G. Gayle Stephens, M.D. Stein, Howard F. & Maurice Apprey (1998), “Ruptures in Time: The Branch that Holds the Fork in African American and Jewish American History”. In: Blacks and Jews on the Couch: Psychoanalytic Reflections on Black-Jewish Conflict. Paul Marcus and Alan Helmreich, Editors. Westport, CT: Greenwood Publishing Group, 103-119. Stein, Howard F. & Nancy Scheper-Hughes (1988), “Child Abuse and the Unconscious in American Popular Culture” (Chapter 9). In: The Children’s Culture Reader. Henry Jenkins, Editor. New York: New York University Press, 178-195. Stein, Howard F.& Robert F. Hill (1979), "Adaptive Modalities Among Slovak-and Polish Americans: Some Issues in Cultural Continuity and Change", Anthropology 3(1-2), 95-107. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (1984), "American Medicine and the Enchanted Machine", Guest Editorial. Continuing Education for the Family Physician 19(8) (August), 428430. And Commentary letter by Thomas L. Schwenk, M.D. with reply by Stein and Hill in Continuing Education for the Family Physician 20(1) (January), 68-69. An abbreviated version of this article was published under the title "The Enchanted Machine: Medicine and the Technological Metaphor," for the Department of Family Medicine Newsletter News and Views 2(3) (July), 1-2. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (1986), "We Buy What We Are: The Commercial Use of American Cultural Metaphors in Medicine and Business", High Plains Applied Anthropologist 6(1) (Winter/Spring), 18-20. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (1988), "The Dogma of Technology", The Psychoanalytic Study of Society, vol. 13. L. B. Boyer, S. Grolnick, Eds., Hillsdale, New Jersey: The Analytic Press, 149-179. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (1989), "Oklahoma's Image, Part Two: Group SelfRepresentation, Their Meanings and Consequences", High Plains Applied Anthropologist 9 -10, 81-97. Stein, Howard F. & Robert F. Hill (Eds.), (1993), The Culture of Oklahoma. Norman, OK: The University of Oklahoma Press. (Hardcover and paperback.) Foreword by Fred R.
S
144 Harris, former United States Senator from Oklahoma. Second printing, late 1996. Selected for distribution in electronic format in 2000 by Press contract with netLibrary.
Stein, Howard F., Seth Allcorn, Howell S . Baum & Michael Diamond (1996), The HUMAN Cost of a Management Failure: Organizational Downsizing at General Hospital. Westport, Connecticut: Quorum Books (April) Foreword by Roderick W. Gilkey and Gary R. Lieberman. Stein, Howard F. & Soughik K. Rowe (1978), "Hypertension, Biofeedback, and The Myth of the Machine: A Psychoanalytic-Cultural Study", Psychoanalysis and Contemporary Thought 1(1), 119-156. Stein, Howard F. & The Committee on International Relations (1987), Group for the Advancement of Psychiatry. Us and Them: The Psychology of Ethnonationalism, GAP Report #123. New York: Brunner/Mazel, Pubs. (Dec.) Stein, Howard F., William D. Stanhope & Robert F. Hill (1981), "P.A. and M.D. - Some Parallels with Clinical Psychology and Psychiatry", Social Science & Medicine 15E, 83-93. Stein, Howard F., William G. Niederland (Eds.), (1989), Maps From the Mind: Readings in Psychogeography. Norman, OK: The University of Oklahoma Press. Foreword by Vamik D. Volkan, M.D. Selected for distribution in electronic fo rmat in 2000 by Press contract with netLibrary. Stein, Murray Stein, Murray & Hollwitz, John (Eds.), (1992), Psyche at Work: Workplace applications of Jungian analytical psychology. Wilmette, IL: Chiron. Stein, Mark Stein, Mark (2000), After Eden: Envy and the Defences against Anxiety Paradigm. Human Relations, 53(2), 193-211 Stokes, Jon Stokes, Jon (1989), Management Selection. In: L.Klein (Ed.), Working with Organisations. Tavistock Institute of Human Relations, London Stokes, Jon (1994), The Unconscious at Work: Teams, Groups and Organisations and Organisational Chaos and Personal Stress . In: A Obholzer and V. Roberts (Eds.), The Unconscious at Work. Routledge, London. Stokes, Jon (1994), What is Unconscious in Organisations. In: Roger Casemore et al. ( Eds.), What Makes Consultancy Work-understanding the dynamics. South Bank University Press Stokes, Jon (1996), Freud, Sigmund. In: International Encyclopaedia of Business and Management. Routledge London
S
145
Stokes, Jon (1999), Why do we Work? In: D. Taylor (Ed.), Hearts and Minds. Duckworths Strong, Eduard Kellogg Strong, Eduard Kellogg (1943), Vocational interest of men and women. Stanford, CA: Stanford University Press. Stryker, Perrin Stryker, Perrin (1961), The character of the executive: Eleven studies in managerial qualities. New York: Harper and Row. Super, Donald E. Super, Donald E. (1942), The dynamics of vocational adjustment. New York: Harper and Brothers. Sutherland, J. D. Sutherland, J. D. (1985), Bion revisited: group dynamics and group psychotherapy. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 47-87 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Sutton, C. D. Sutton, C. D., & Harrison, A. W. (1993), Validity assessment of compliance, identification, and internalization as dimensions of organizational commitment. Educational and Psychological Measurement, 53(1), 217-223. Sutton, R. I. Sutton, R. I. (1987), The process of organizational death: Disbanding and reconnecting. Administrative Science Quarterly, 32, 542-569. Swogger, Glenn Swogger, Glenn (2001),The Psychodynamic Assumptions of the U. S. Constitution. Journal of Applied Psychoanalytic Studies, 3(4), 353-380 Symonds, A. Symonds, A. (1979), Neurotic dependency in successful women. Journal of the American Academy of Psychoanalysis, 9(3), 556-568. Syrett, Michel Syrett, Michel & Hogg, Clare (Eds.), (1992), Frontiers of leadership: An essential reader. Oxford: Blackwell.
T
146
T Taillieu, Tharsi Taillieu, Tharsi, Schruijer, Sandra & Vansina, Leopold (2000), Dynamiek van samenwerking tussen organisaties. (The dynamics of collaboration between organisations), In: Rene Bouwen, Karel De Witte, H. De Witte & Tharsi Taillieu (Eds.), Van groepen naar gemeenschap (From groups towards community), Leuven: Garant, 147-164. Taillieu, Tharsi & Vansina, Leopold (1996), Organisaties als netwerken: multipartijmanagement. (Organisations as networks: multiparty management), In: R. Bouwen et al., (Eds.), Organiseren en Veranderen. Leuven (Garant), 35-56. Taylor, Susan Taylor, Susan, M. Bogdanoff, D. Brown, L. Hillman, C. Kurash, J. Spain, B. Thatcher & L. Weinstein (1979), By Women, for Woman: A Group Relation Conference. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 123-135 (Wiley & Sons) Thamhain, Hans Thamhain, Hans and Nurick, Aaron (1994), "Project Team Development in Multinational Environments". In: Cleland, D. and Gareis, R. (Eds.) Global Project Management Handbook, New York: McGraw-Hill, Chapter 19. Thelon, Herbert A. Thelon, Herbert A. (1985), Research with Bion's concepts. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 114-139 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Thompson, Odessa Deanna Thompson, Odessa Deanna (1979), A Response: Dilemmas of Black Females in Leadership Positions, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 21-27 Thorner, Hans A. Thorner, Hans A., (1983), Notes on the Desire for Knowledge. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 589501 (Maresfield Reprints)
T
147
Tietel, Erhard Tietel, Erhard (2000), Die Verwendung des Beraters. Über die Umformung unverdaulicher emotionaler Erfahrungen in kommunizierbare Gefühle und Gedanken. Journal für Psychologie 8, 3, 11-22 Tietze, Paul E., Tietze, Paul E., Stein, Howard F. (1988), "Psychoanalytic Theory and the Construction of a Family Narrative: A Case Report", Family Systems Medicine 6(4), 439-452. Toker, E. Toker, E. (1972), The scapegoat as an essential group phenomenon. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 22, 320-332. Torres, A. T. Torres, A. T. (1988), Psychological dimensions of government reorganization. Philippine Journal of Psychology, 21, 72-74. Tranfield, D. R. Tranfield, D. R. (1983), The psychodynamics of organization deve lopment consultants. Human Relations, 36(6), 509-522. Triest, Joseph Triest, Joseph (1999), The Inner Drama of Role Taking in an Organisation. In: French, Robert & Russ Vince (Eds.) Group Relations, Management, and Organization, Oxford: University Press, 2 09-223 Trist, Eric Trist, Eric (1985), Working with Bion in the 1940s: the group decade. In: Bion and the group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 1 -47 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Trist, Eric, Higgin, G. W. & Pollock, A. B. (1963), Organizational choice: Capabilities of groups at the coal face under changing technologies. London: Tavistock. Trist, Eric & Murray, H. (1990), (Eds.), The social engagement of social science: A Tavistock anthology: Vol. 1. Philadelphia: The University of Pennsylvania Press. Trist, Eric & Sofer, C. (1959), Exploration in group relations. Leicester: Leicester University Press. Turner, Barry A. Turner, Barry A. (Ed.), (1990), Organizational symbolism. New York: Walter de Gruyter.
T
148
Turquet, Pierre M. Turquet, Pierre M. (1974), Leadership: The individual and the Group. In: Analysis of Groups. Gibbard, G. S., J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.) London, 337 -371 (Jossey-Bass) Turquet, Pierre M. (1975), Threats to Identity in the Large Group. In: The Large Group: Therapy and Dynamics. Kreeger, L. (Ed.) London, 87-144 (Constable) Turquet, Pierre M. (1977), Bedrohung der Identität in der großen Gruppe. In: L. Kreeger (Eds.), Die Großgruppe. Stuttgart (Klett), 81-139
V
149
V Vaillant, George E. Vaillant, George E. (1977), Adaptation to life. Boston: Little Brown & Co. Vandewater, S. R. Vandewater, S. R. (1983), Discourse processes and the social organization of group therapy sessions. Sociology of Health and Illness, 5(3), 275-296. Vansina, Leopold Vansina, Leopold (1988), Het management van "Foreign Assignments" (The management of "Foreign Assignments"), Kaderpersoneel. Brussel (Samson), V, 29-52. Vansina, Leopold (1988), Integrale kwaliteitsbeheersing: geen techniek maar een algemene organisatie verbetering. (Total Quality Control: A Fad, a simple Technique, or an overall Organisational Improvement Effort?) Ingenieursblad, 7-8, 39-49. Vansina, Leopold (1988), Integrierte Qualitätssicherung. GDI Impuls, 2, 28-38. Vansina, Leopold (1988), T.Q.C. as an overall organisational improvement strategy. National Productivity Review. IX, 1, 59-73. Vansina, Leopold (1988), The General Manager and Organisational Leadership. In: M. Lambrechts (Ed.), Corporate Revival. Leuven, 127-151. Vansina, Leopold (1988), Total Quality Control: A Fad, a simple Technique, or an overall Organisational Improvement Effort? In: J. Larrea Gayarre (Ed.), Cambio Social Actual y Estructura de las Empresas. Bilbao, Deusto, 193-214. Vansina, Leopold (1989), Innoveren in gevestigde ondernemingen. (Innovations in established companies) Ingenieursblad, 4, 65-73. Vansina, Leopold (1989), On professional practice: Towards the development of better balanced educational programmes. Consultation, VIII, 2, 79-99. Vansina, Leopold (1992), Mergers and Acquisitions: Lessons from Experience. Centre for Organisational Studies, Barcelona, Working Document 2. Vansina, Leopold (1995), On creating minimal conditions for transformational change: reflections on working in Eastern Europe and Russia. In: F. Massarik (Ed.), Advances in Organization Development, volume 3. Norwood, N.J. (Ablex Publ. Co.), 144-171 Vansina, Leopold (1998), The individual in organisations : Rediscovered or lost forever ? European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 7; (3), 265-282. Vansina, Leopold (1999), Confusion in a professional field. Commentary on fantasies and fairy tales in groups and organisations: Bion's basic assumptions and deep roles by
V
150 Paul Moxnes. European Journal of Work and Organizational Psychology, 8 (3), 427431.
Vansina, Leopold (1999), Leadership in strategic business unit management. European Journal of Work and Organzsational Psychology. 8 (1), 89-108. Vansina, Leopold (1999), Towards a dynamic perspective on trust-building. In: Sandra Schruijer (Ed.), Multi-Organizational Partherships and Cooperative Strategy. Tilburg (Dutch University Press), 47-52. Vansina, Leopold (2000), The relevance and perversity of psychodynamic interventions in consulting and action research. Concepts and Transformation, 5, 3, 53-80. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1995), Business Process Reengineering oder sociotechnisches Systemdesign in neuen Kleidern? Organisationsentwicklung, 2, 420. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1995), Herontwerp van bedrijfsprocessen of sociotechnisch systeemontwerp in een nieuw jasje? (Business Process Reengineering or Socio -Technical Systems Design in New Clothes?) Mens en Onderneming, juli-augustus, 246-268. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1996), Business Process Re-engineering or Socio Technical Systems Design in New Clothes? In: W.H. Pasmore & R.W Woodman (Eds.), Research in Organisational Change and Development. Greenwich, Conn. (JAI Press Inc.), 81-100. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1996), Revitalisering: een essentieel proces bij strategische herpositionering (Revitalization: an essential process in strategic repositioning), In: R. Bouwen et al (Eds.), Organiseren en Veranderen. Leuven (Garant), 211-233. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (1997), Diversity in collaborative task-systems. Eu ropean Journal of Work and Organisational Psychology, 6 (2), 183-199. Vansina, Leopold & Taillieu, Tharsi (2000), Business Process Reengineering oder soziotechnisches Systemdesign in neuen Kleidern? In: Karsten Trebesch (Ed.), Organisationsentwicklung. Stu ttgart (Klett-Cotta), 117-140. Vansina, Leopold, Taillieu, Tharsi & Schruijer, Sandra (1999), "Managing" multiparty issues: Learning from experience. In: R.W. Woodman & W.A. Pasmore (Eds.), Research in Organizational change and Development (vol 11), Greenwich, Conn. (JAI Press), 154-181. Vansina-Cobbaert, Marie -Jeanne Vansina-Cobbaert, Marie -Jeanne & Vansina, Leopold (1996), W. Bion: Inzichten en bijdragen aan de Groepsdynamica (Insights and contributions to Group Dynamics), Werken, Leren en Leven met Groepen, 1 (3) Oktober.
V
151
Vickers, Geoffrey Vickers, Geoffrey (1971), Institutional and Personal Roles. Human Relations 24, 433-447 Vince, Russ Vince, Russ (1991), Management by Avoidance: male power in local government. Management Education and Development 22/1, 50-59. Vince, Russ (1995), Emphasising Learning in Management Research. Management Learning 26/1, 55-71. Vince, Russ (1995), Learning About Management: An Analytic Large Group in a Management Development Programme. Group Analysis Quarterly 28/1, 21-33. Vince, Russ (1995), Working with Emotions in the Change Process: Using drawings for team diagnosis and development. Organisations and People 2/1, 11-17. Vince, Russ (1995), Working With Metaphor Towards Organisational Change. (with Broussine, M.) In: C. Oswick and D. Grant, Organisation Development: Metaphorical Explorations. London, Pitman. Vince, Russ (1996), Experiential Management Education as the Practice of Change. In: French, Robert and Grey, C. (Eds.) Rethinking Management Education. London, Sage. Vince, Russ (1996), Managing Change: Reflections on Equality and Management Learning. Bristol: Policy Press. Vince, Russ (1998), Behind and Beyond Kolb's Learning Cycle. Journal of Management Education 22/3, 304-319. (Awarded the Fritz Roethlisberger Be st Paper Award for 1998 from the Organizational Behaviour Teaching Society, USA) Vince, Russ (1999), El impacto de la emoción en el aprendizaje organizacional. Perspectivas de Géstion 4/3, 40-49. Vince, Russ (2000), Learning in Public Organisations in 2010. Public Money and Management Vol. 20/1, 39-44. Vince, Russ (2000), Organisational Learning: A Personal Viewpoint. International Journal of Management and Decision Making 2/1. Vince, Russ (2001), Organising Reflection. Management Learning. In Press, Volume 32. Vince, Russ (2001), The Impact of Emotion on Organisational Learning. Human Resource Development International. In Press. Vince, Russ & Broussine, M. (1996), Paradox, Defense and Attachment: Accessing and working with emotions and relations underlyin g organisational change. Organisation Studies 17/1, 1-21. Vince, Russ & Broussine, M. (2000), Rethinking Organisational Learning in Local Government. Local Government Studies Vol. 26/1, 15-30.
V
152
Vince, Russ & French, Robert (Eds), (1999), Group Relations, Management and Organization. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vince, Russ & French, Robert (1999), Learning, Managing and Organising: The continuing contribution of group relations to management and organisation. In: R. French and R. Vince (Eds) Group Relations, Management and Organisation. Oxford: Oxford University Press. Vince, Russ & Martin, L. (1993), Inside Action Learning: the psychology and the politics of the action learning model. Management Education and Development 24/3, 205-215. Volkan, Vamik D. Volkan, Vamik D. (1980), Narcissistic personality organization and "reparative" leadership. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 30(2), 131-152.
W
153
W Walter, Hans-Jürgen Walter, Hans-Jürgen (1975), Des Kaisers neue Kleider. Ein Beitrag zur Gruppendynamik, Psychologie heute, Nr. 10, S. 22 ff. Wasylenki, D. A. Wasylenki, D. A. (1984), Psychodynamic aspects of occupational stress. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 29(4), 295-301. Weigand, Wolfgang Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Supervision 7, 41-61 Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung 5, 3 (1986), 27-44 Weigand, Wolfgang & Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. GWG Zeitschrift 18 (1987), 66, 9-16 Weiss, Reinald Weiss, Reinald (1991), Selbstmanagement als Rollenmanagement. In: Marina Lewkowicz (Ed.), Neues Denken in der sozialen Arbeit: Mehr Ökologie − mehr Markt − mehr Management. Freiburg: Lambertus, 210-218 Weiss, Reinald (2000), Organisatorische Rollenberatung-Schnittstelle zwischen Organisationsentwicklung und Supervision. In Karlheinz A. Geißler, v. Landsberg, Reinartz (Eds.): Handbuch Personalentwicklung und Training. Köln: Verl.-Gruppe Dt. Wirtschaftsdienst 8.1.2.4., 1-17 Wells, Leroy Jr. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1980), The group-as-a-whole: a systemic socioanalytic perspective on interpersonal and group relations. In: Advances In Social Experimental Processes. Alderfer, C. P. & C. Cooper (Eds.) London (Wiley & Sons) Wells, Leroy Jr. (1985), The Group-as-a-Whole Perspective and Its Theoretical Roots. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Ed.) Washington, D. C., 109-127 (A. K. Rice Institute) Wells, Leroy Jr. (1992), Feedback, the group unconscious, and the unstated effects of experimental methods. Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, 28(1), 46-53.
W
154
West, Michael A. West, Michael A. (1987), Role Innovation in the World of Work. British Journal of Social Psychology 26, 305-315 Weston, Ros Weston, Ros, Martin, Terry & Anderson, Yvonne (Eds.), (1998), Loss and Bereavement: Managing Change. Oxford (Blackwell Science) White, Kathleen Pogue White, Kathleen Pogue (1996), Reflections from Practice: The Interface of Psychoanalysis and Organizational Role Consultation. Presentation at ISPSO Symposium New York http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/white.html Whiteley, J. Stuart Whiteley, J. Stuart (1977), Die große Gruppe als Medium der Soziotherapie. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 186-205 (Klett) Wildberger, Helga Wildberger, Helga (1997), Pathologische Organisationen. In: Rosemarie Kemmel, Gertrud Reerink (Eds.), Klein-Bion. Eine Einführung. Tübingen (edition diskord), 126-139 Wilke, Stefanie Wilke, Stefanie (1989), Initiale Selbstdarstellungen von Patienten in der tiefenpsychologischen Anamnese. Texte. Psychoanalyse, Ästhetik, Kulturkritik, 9, 7298; Initial selftypifications of patients in psychodynamic intake interviews. Wilke, Stefanie (1989), Video in der analytischen Psychotherapie und PsychosomatikVorstellung eines didaktischen Konzepts zur Übung von Erstanamnesen. (Video in psychoanalytic therapy and psychosomatic medicine: Introduction of a didactic concept), In: Kügelgen, B. (Eds.): Video in Psychiatrie und Psychotherapie. Berlin, Heidelberg, New York, 157-163 Wilke, Stefanie (1992), Die erste Begegnung. Eine konversations- und inhaltsanalytische Unte rsuchung der Interaktion im psychoanalytischen Erstgespräch. Heidelberg. Asanger; The first Encounter. A conversational process and content analytic study of the interaction in psychoanalytic initial interviews. Wilke, Stefanie (1993), Psychosomatic Liaison-Consultation Service in a Bone Marrow Transplantation Unit. Onkologie, 16, 37-40 Wilke, Stefanie (1994), Die Untersuchung von Krankheitskonzepten neurotisch und psychosomatisch erkrankter Patienten in psychoanalytischen Erstgesprächen mit Methoden der Qualitativen Sozialforschung. (The analysis of illness concepts of
W
155 neurotic and psychosomatic patients with qualitative research me thods) In: Hahn, P. et al. (Eds.): Modell und Methode in der Psychosomatik. Eine Bestandsaufnahme gegenwärtiger psychosomatischer Forschungs- und Arbeitsansätze. Weinheim, 94102
Wilke, Stefanie (1994), Einige Überlegungen zur Angemessenheit Qualitativer Methoden für die Untersuchung psychoanalytischer Dialoge. (Some considerations on the appropriateness of using qualitative methods for the study of psychoanalytic dialogues) In: Faller, H., Frommer, J. (Hrsg): Qualitative Psychotherapieforschung. Heidelberg, 73-93 Wilke, Stefanie (1999), Qualitative analysis of therapists´ process notes. In: Kächele, H., Mergenthaler, E., Krause, R. (eds): Psychoanalytic Process Research Strategies II. http://www.uni-saarland.de/philfak/fb6/krause/ulm97/papers.htm Wilke, Stefanie & Grande, T. (1991), Krankheitskonzepte als Verhandlungsgegenstand-ein Modell zur interaktionellen Ausarbeitung von Ursachenvorstellungen in psychoana lytischen Erstinterviews. (Illness concepts as an issue of negotiation. A model on the interactive approach to negotiate patients´ fantasies on the cause of their illness), In: Flick, U. (Eds.): Alltagswissen über Gesundheit und Krankheit. Heidelberg, 177-197 Wilke, Stefanie, Grande, T., Rudolf, G. & Porsch, U. (1988), Wie entwickeln sich Patienten im Anschluß an eine stationäre Psychotherapie? Zsch. Psychosom. M(Ed.) 34, 107124; A follow up study of patients after inpatient psychotherapeutic treatment. Wilke, Stefanie, Jochens, B. (1987), Die Eröffnung von Erstgesprächen in der Psychosomatischen Medizin. Osnabrücker Beiträge zur Sprachtheorie, 37, 107130;The opening sequence of initial interviews in psychosomatic medicine. Wilke, Stefanie, Pauli-Magnus, C., Oberbracht, C., Grande, T., Jakobsen, T. & Rudolf, G. (2001), Psychoanalytiker kommentieren ihre Behandlungen. Ein Beitrag zur qualitativen Psychotherapieprozeßforschung. Psychotherapie und Sozialwissenschaft, i. Druck; Psychoanalysts comment on their treatments. A contribution to qualitative psychotherapy process research. In press. Williams, Dennis Williams, Dennis (1975), The Group, Phenomenon and Philosophy: A Look at the Historical Emergence of Cities. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D./W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 359 ff. (Grex) Wineburgh, M. Wineburgh, M. (1984), Discussion of "Mental health consultation with owners and their management team in a labor intensive plant." Dynamic Psychotherapy, 2(1), 89-90.
W
156
Winer, J. A. Winer, J. A., Jobe, T. & Ferrono, C. (1984-85), Toward a psychoanalytic theory of the charismatic relationship. Annual of psychoanalysis, 12-13, 155-175. Winnicott, Donald W. Winnicott, Donald W. (1958), Collected papers, through pediatrics to psycho-analysis. London: Tavistock Publications. Winnicott, Donald W. (1965), The maturation process and the facilitating environment. New York: International University Press. Winnicott, Donald W. (1971), Playing and reality. London: Tavistock Publications. Winnicott, Donald W. (1979), Vom Spiel zur Kreativität, Stuttgart, 2. Aufl., Klett-Cotta Wisdom, J. O. Wisdom, J. O. (1983), Metapsychology After Forty Years. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 601627 (Maresfield Reprints) Wisdom, J. O. (1985), Types of groups: Transitions and cohesion: emergent properties. International review of psychoanalysis, 12(10), 73-85. Wong, N. Wong, N. (1983), Fundamental psychoanalytic concepts: Past and present understanding of their applicability to group psychotherapy. International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, 33(2), 171-191. Woods, A. Woods, A., Niederehe, G. & Frugé, E. (1985), Dementia: A family system perspective. Generations, Vol. 10, No. 1, 19-23. Wright, F. Wright, F. (1976), The effects of style and sex of consultants and sex of members in selfstudy groups. Small Group Behavior, 1(4), 433.
Y
Y Young, Robert Young, Robert (1994), Mental Space. London (Process Press)
157
Z
158
Z Zaleznik, Abraham Zaleznik, Abraham (1964), Managerial behavior and interpersonal competence. Behavioral Science, 2, 156-166. Zaleznik, Abraham (1965), The dynamics of subordinacy. Harvard Business Review, 43, 119-131. Zaleznik, Abraham (1966), Human dilemmas of leadership. New York: Harper & Row. Zaleznik, Abraham (1977), Managers and leaders: Are they different? Harvard Business Review, 55, 67-78. Zale znik, Abraham (1979), Psychodynamic knowledge of group processes. Panel Report. Journal of the American Psychoanalytic Association, 27, 146-150. Zaleznik, Abraham (1989), The managerial mystique: Restoring leadership in business. New York: Harper & Row. Zaleznik, Abraham (1989), The mythological structure of organizations and its impact. Human Resource Management, 28(2), 267-277. Zaleznik, Abraham (1990), The leadership gap. The Academy of Management Executive, 4(1), 7 -22. Zaleznik, Abraham (1993), Learning leadership: Cases and comments on abuse of power in organizations. Chicago: Bonus Books. Zaleznik, Abraham, Dalton, G. W., Barnes, L. B. & Laurin, P. (1970), Orientation and conflict in career. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business Administration, Division of Research. Zaleznik, Abraham, Hodgson, R. C. & Levine, D. J. (1965), The executive role constellation. Boston: Harvard University Graduate School of Business. Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1976), Leadership and executive action. McGraw-Hill Management Journal, March, 135-161. Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1976), What makes entrepreneurs entrepreneurial? Business and Society Review, Spring, 18-24. Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1985) Power and the Corporate Mind, Boston: Houghton-Mifflin; new ed, Chicago: Bonus Books, 1985. Translated into Portuguese as O Poder e a Mente Empresarial, Sao Paulo: Livraria Pioneira Ediotra, 1981 Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1989), The managerial mystique. New York: Harper & Row.
Z
159
Zaleznik, Abraham & Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. (1991) "Le Leadership comme Texte: Essay sur l'Interpretation", In L'Imaginaire et le Leadership: Fantasmes Inconscients et Pratiques de Direction, Laurent Lapierre (Ed.), Montreal: Presses de l'Universite Laval/Eska. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Howard, J. (1977), Stress reactions in organizations: Syndromes, causes, and consequences. Behavioral Science, 22(3), 151-162. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Howard, J. (1978), Defective adaptation to work. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 42(1), 35-50. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Howard, J. (1978), Folie a deux: Acting out your subordinates' fantasies. Human Relations, 31(10), 905-924. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Howard, J. (1978), The mid-career conundrum. Organizational Dynamics, Autumn, 45-62. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Howard, J. (1979), Is there life after retirement? California Management Review, Fall, 69-76. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F. R. & Howard, J. (1979), Organizational stress: A call for management action. Sloan Management Review, Fall, 3-4. Zaleznik, Abraham, Kets de Vries, Manfred F . R. & Howard, J. (1980), Ecological stress: A deadly reminder. Psychoanalytic Review, 67(3), 389-408. Zaleznik, Abraham & Moment D. (1964), The dynamics of interpersonal behavior. New York: Wiley.
Organizational Role Analysis
160
Subject Index Organizational Role Analysis A Armstrong, David (1994), The Unthought Known. A Dialogue about a Consultant’s Experience in Organisational Role Analysis. London: The Grubb Institute Armstrong, David (1995), The Analytic Object in Organisational Work. Unpublished but available from Tavistock Consultancy Service and Tavistock Centre Library Armstrong, David (1997), The 'Institution-in-the-Mind'. Reflections on the Relation of Psychoanalysis to Work with Institutions. Free Associations, Vol. 7, No 41, 1-14 Auer-Hunzinger, Verena and Burkard Sievers (1991), Organisatorische Rollenanalyse und -beratung. Ein Beitrag zur Aktionsforschung. Gruppendynamik 22, 33-46
B Barber, William H. (1987), Role Analysis Group: Integrating and Applying Workshop Learning. In: W. B. Reddy & C. C. Henderson (Eds.), Training Theory and Practice. Arlington, Va. and San Diego: NTL Institute and University Associates, 179-184 Berry, Tony & Diane Tate (1988), Success in a New Task-A Role Consultation. Management Education and Development 19, 215-226 Beumer, Ullrich, Burkard Sieve rs (2001), Die Organisation als inneres ObjektEinzelsupervision als Rollenberatung. In: Bernd Oberhoff, Ullrich Beumer (Eds.):Theorie und Praxis psychoanalytischer Supervision. Münster: Votum, 108-123
F Fatzer, Gerhard (1990), Rollencoaching als Supervision von Führungskräften. Supervision 17, 42-49 Flamholtz, Eric G. & Yvonne Randle (1987), The Inner Game of Management. How to Make the Transition to a Managerial Role. New York: AMACOM French, Robert and Simpson, Peter (1999), Organizational Roles and the Management of Change: A Systemic Approach. In: Yiannis Gabriel, Organizations in Depth. The Psychoanalysis of Organizations. London: Sage, 99-102
Organizational Role Analysis
161
G Gould, Laurence J. (1989), The Key to Charismatic Executive Leadership-The Organisational Role Analysis Method. Manuscript Gould, Laurence J. (1993), Contemporary Perspectives on Personal and Organizational Authority: The Self in a System of Work Relationships. In: Larry Hirschhorn & Carole K. Barnett (Eds.), The Psychodynamics of Organizations. Philadelphia: Temple University Press, 49-63 Gould, Laurence J. (1999), A Political Visionary in Mid-Life: Notes on Leadership and the Life Cycle. In: French, Robert & Russ Vince (Eds.) Group Relations, Management, and Organization, Oxford: University Press, 70-86 Graen, George (1976), Role-Making Processes Within Complex Organizations. In: Marvin P. Dunnette (Ed.), Handbook of Industrial and Organizational Psychology. Chicago: Rand-McNally, 1201-1245
H Hantschk, Ilse (1994), Rollenberatung. In: Harald Pühl (Ed.), Handbuch der Supervision 2. Berlin: Edition Marhold, 162-172 Harrison, Roger (1972), Role Negotiation: A Tough Minded Approach to Team Development. In: W. Warner Burke & Harvey A. Hornstein (Eds.), The Social Technology of Organization Development. Fairfax, Va.: NTL Learning Resources Corp., 84-96 Harrison, Roger (1977), Rollenverhandeln: Ein ‘harter‘ Ansatz zur Team-Entwicklung. In: Burkard Sievers (Ed.), Organisationsentwicklung als Problem. Stuttgart: Klett, 116133 Hutton, Jean M. & C. Quine (1992), Finding, Making and Taking the Role of Head. A Grubb Institute Perspective on Mentoring for Headteachers. London: The Grubb Institute Hutton, Jean M. (1996), Re-imagining the Organisation of the Institution: Management in Human Service Institutions. In: Eileen Smith (Ed.) Integrity and Change: Mental Health in the Marketplace. London: Routledge, 66-82 Hutton, Jean, John Bazalgette & Bruce Reed (1997), Organisation-in-the-Mind: A Tool for Leadership and Management of Institutions. In: Jean E. Neumann, Kamil Kellner & A. Dawson-Shepherd (Eds.), Developing Organizational Consultancy, London: Routledge, 113-126 Hutton, Jean, John Bazalgette & David Armstrong (1994), What Does Management Really Mean? In: Roger Casemore, Gail Dyos, Angela Eden, Kamil Kellner, John McAuley & Stephen Moss (Eds.) What Makes Consultancy Work − Understanding the Dynamics. London: South Bank University Press, 185-203
Organizational Role Analysis
162
K Krantz, James S. and Maltz, Marc (1997), A Framework for Consulting to Organizational Role. Consulting Psychology Journal: Practice and Research 49, 2, 137-158
L Lawrence, W. Gordon (1998), Selbstmanagement-in-Rollen. Ein aktuelles Konzept. Freie Assoziation 1, 37-57 Lawrence, W. Gordon (1999), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role. In: W. G. Lawrence (Ed.), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach. London: Karnac, 235-249; reprint of 1979: Wiley & Sons (Ed.) Lawrence, W. Gordon (2000), Emotion in Organizations: Narcissism v. Socialism. Paper presented at The International Society for the Psychoanalytic Study of Organizations 2000 Symposium, London http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/2000Symposium/Lawrence2000.htm Long, Susan D. (1999), Who am I at Work? An Exploration of Work Identifications and Identity. Socio -Analysis 1, 48-64 Long, Susan D. (2001), Wer bin ich bei der Arbeit? Ein Beitrag zur Identifikation und Identität bei der Arbeit. Freie Assoziation 4, 47-69 Long, Susan, Newton, John and Chapman, Jane (1999), Working Across the Tensions: Organisational Role Analysis With Pairs From the Same Organisation. Presentation at the ISPSO Symposium, Toronto, Canada. http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/1999Symposium/Long1999.htm Lorenzen, Zanne (1996), Female Leadership: Some Personal and Professional Reflections. Leadership & Organization Development Journal 17, 6, 24-31
M Miles, R. (1980), Organization Boundary Roles and Units. Reprinted in: John F. Veiga & J.Yanouzas (Eds.), The Dynamics of Organization Theory. 2nd (Ed.) 1984, New York: West Publishing Miller, Eric J. (1976), Introductory Essay: Role Perspectives and the Understanding of Organizational Behaviour. In: E. J. Miller (Ed.), Task and Organization. London: John Wiley & Sons, 1-16 Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups I: The Development of the Leicester Model. In: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The Socio-Psychological Perspective. London (Free Association Books), 165-185
Organizational Role Analysis
163
Miller, Eric J. (1990), Experiential Learning in Groups II: Recent Developments in Dissemination and Application. In: Eric L. Trist & Hugh Murray (Eds.), The Social Engagement of Social Science. A Tavistock Anthology. Vol. I: The SocioPsychological Perspective. London (Free Association Books), 186-198 Moxnes, P. (1999), Understanding Roles: A Psychodynamic Model for Role Differentiation in Groups. Group Dynamics: Theory, Research, and Practice 3 (2), 99-113
O Obholzer, Anton (1989), Management and Psychic Reality. In: Faith Gabelnick & A. Wesley Carr (Eds.), Contributions to Social and Political Science. Proceedings of the First International Symposium on Group Relations. Washington, D. C. (A. K. Rice Institute) Orth, Charles D., Harry E. Wilkinson & Robert C. Benfari (1987), The Manager’s Role as Coach and Mentor. Organizational Dynamics, Spring, 66-74
P Paolillo, Joseph G. P. (1987), Role Profiles for Managers in Different Functional Areas. Group & Organization Studies 12, 1, 109-118
R Reed, Bruce D. (1976), Organizational Role Analysis. In: C. L. Cooper (Ed.), Developing Social Skills in Managers. London: Macmillan, 89-102 Reed, Bruce D. (1999), Organisational Transformation: Concepts of Person, System, Boundary, Role, Authority and Power. In: John Nelson et al. (Eds.), Leading, Managing, Ministering − Challenging Questions for Church and Society. Norwich: Canterbury Press 243-262 Reed, Bruce D. and Armstrong, David (1988), Professional Management. Notes Prepared by The Grubb Institute on the Concepts Central to its Approach to Understanding how to be a Manager. London: The Grubb Institute
S Sievers, Burkard (1991), Mitarbeiter sind keine Olympioniken. Personalführung 4, 272-274 Sievers, Burkard (1992), Rollenanalyse und -beratung. In: Karlheinz Schadow, Joachim Gutman & Hans-Peter Scherer (Eds.), Jahrbuch Weiterbildung 1992. Düsseldorf: Handelsblatt, 90-92
V Vickers, Geoffrey (1971), Institutional and Personal Roles. Human Relations 24, 433-447
Group Relations
164
W Weigand, Wolfgang and Burkard S ievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Supervision 7, 41-61 Weigand, Wolfgang and Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. Organisationsentwicklung 5, 3 (1986), 27-44 Weigand, Wolfgang and Burkard Sievers (1985), Rolle und Beratung in Organisationen. GWG Zeitschrift 18 (1987), 66, 9 -16 Weiss, Reinald (1991), Selbstmanagement als Rollenmanagement. In: Marina Lewkowicz (Ed.), Neues Denken in der sozialen Arbeit: Mehr Ökologie − mehr Markt − mehr Management. Freiburg: Lambertus, 210-218 Weiss, Reinald (2000), Organisatorische Rollenberatung-Schnittstelle zwischen Organisationsentwicklung und Supervision. In Karlheinz A. Geißler, v. Landsberg, Reinartz (Eds.): Handbuch Personalentwicklung und Training. Köln: Verl.-Gruppe Dt. Wirtschaftsdienst 8.1.2.4., 1-17 West, Michael A. (1987), Role Innovation in the World of Work. British Journal of Social Psychology 26, 305-315 White, Kathleen Pogue (1996), Reflections from Practice: The Interface of Psychoanalysis and Organizational Role Consultation. Presentation at ISPSO Symposium New York http://www.sba.oakland.edu/ispso/html/white.html
Group Relations
165
Group Relations A Alderfer, Clayton P., Edward B. Klein (1985), Affect, Leadership and Organizational Boundaries. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. H. Geiler (Eds.) Washington D. C. (1985), 5, 197–213, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1978. No. 3, 5, 14–29. Almond, R., D. M. Astrachan (1969), Social systems training for psychiatric residents. In: Psychiatry, No. 32, 1969, 277–291 Armelius K., B. A. Armelius (1985), Group personality, task and group culture. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, (1985), 255–274 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Astrachan, Boris M., Hulda. R. Flynn, J. D. Geller & H. H. Harvey (1970/1975), Systems approach to day hospitalisation. In: Archives of General Psychiatry No. 22, 1970, 550–559, also in: Group Relations Reader Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 193ff. (Grex) Astrachan, Boris M., Hulda R. Flynn (1976), The Intergroup Exercise: A Paradigm for Learning about the Development of Organizational Structure. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, (1976), 47-69 (Wiley & Sons)
B Baxter, Robert F., Elisabeth Morgan Heimburger (1985), An Advanced Training Group Within the Group Relations Conference: Evolution, Design and Outcome. In: Group Relation Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C. (1985), 5. 185-197 A. K. Rico Institute, also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1980, No. 2-3, 89 ff. Bayes, Marjorie, L. Wisnent & L. A. Wilk (1977),The Mental Health Center and the Women's Liberation Group: An intergroup encounter, Psychiatry, No. 40 (1977), 66-78 Bayes, Marjorie & Peter M. Newton (1985), Women in Authority: A Sociopsychological Analysis. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C. (1985), 309-329 (A. K. Rice Institute). Bexton, W. Harold (1975), Group Processes in Environmental Design: Exposing Architects and Planners to the Study of Group Relations. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 251-265 (Grex)
Group Relations
166
Bexton, W. Harold (1975), The Architect and Planner: Change Agent or Scapegoat? In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 343-359 (Grex) Bion, Wilfred R. (1955), Group Dynamics: A review. In: New Directions in Psychoanalysis. Klein, M., P. Helmann & R. E. Money-Kyrle (Eds.) London (Tavistock Publications), Basic Books Bion, Wilfred R. (1961), Experiences in Groups, London (Tavistock Publications) Bion, Wilfred R. (1970), Attention and Interpretation, London (Tavistock Publications) Bion, Wilfred R. (1975), Selections from "Experiences In Groups". In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 11-21 Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Container and Contain(Ed.) In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, (1985), 127-135 (A. K. Rice Institute) Bion, Wilfred R. (1985), Bibliography of W. R. Bion. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, (1985), 391-393 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Bridger, Harold (1985), Northfield revisit(Ed.) In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, P. 87-108 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Broadbent, John (1979), Darkness. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 193-205 (Wiley & Sons) Brown, Dennis G. (1985), Bion and Foulkes: basic assumptions and beyond. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 192-220 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic
C Clifford, W., M. Scott (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 571-579 (Maresfield Reprints) Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Environmental Design: Realities and Delusions. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Sexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 329–343 (Grex) Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Group Consciousness as a Developmental Phase. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D., W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, P. 35–43 (Grex) Colman, Arthur D. (1975), Irrational Aspects of Design. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 313–329 (Grex) Colman, Arthur D. & W. Harold Bexton (Eds.), (1975), Group Relations Reader. An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington (A. K. Rice Institute) Colman, Arthur D. & Martin H. Geller (Eds.), (1985), Group Relations Reader 2, An A. K. Rice Institute Series. Washington (A. K. Rice Institute)
Group Relations
167
Correa, M. E., E. B. Klein, S. R. Howe & W. N. Stone (1981), A bridge between training and practice: mental health professionals' learning in group relations conferences'. In: Social Psychiatry, No. 15, 137-142
D Dartington, Tim, Eric John Miller, Geraldine V. Gwynne (1981), A Life Together: an exploratory study of the distribution of attitudes around the disabled, London (Tavistock Publications)
E Eisold, Kenneth (1985), Recovering Bion's Contributions to Group Analysis. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. N. Geller (Eds.) Washington. D. C., 37-49 (A. K. Rice Institute) Eisold, Kenneth, Zeborah Schachtel (1978), Application of a Study Group Experience to Personal Histories: Aspects of a Course on "Growing up", Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 3, 44 ff.
F Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1957), Group analytic dynamics with special references to psychoanalytic concepts. In: International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, No. 7, 4052 Foulkes, Siegmund H. (1977), Probleme der großen Gruppe vom gruppenanalytischen Standpunkt aus. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 27-50 (Klett)
G Gibbart, G. S. &J. J. Hartmann (1973), The significance of utopian fantasies in small groups, International Journal of Group Psychotherapy. No. 23, 125–147 Gosling, Robert H. (1979), Another Source of Conservatism in Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 77-87 (Whey & Sons) Gosling, Robert H. (1985), A Study of Very Small Groups. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 5. 1 51-163 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 627-633 (Maresfield Reprints) Gosling, Robert H., D. Miller, P. M. Turquet & D. L. Woodhouse (1967), The Use of Small Groups in the Training, London (Condicote Press) Gould, Laurence J. (1975), Attitudes toward women in authority. In: Women and Men-Roles, Attitudes and Power Relationships. Zuckerman E. (Ed.), New York (Radcliffe Club)
Group Relations
168
Grinberg, Leon (1983), The "Oedipus" as a Resistance Against the "Oedipus" in the Psychoanalytic Practice. In: Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 341-357 (Maresfield Reprints) Grinberg, Leon (1985), Bion's contribution to the understanding of the individual and the group. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 176-192 Grotstein, James (Ed.), (1983) Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. London (MaresfieldReprints) Grotstein, James (1983), Wilfried R. Bion: The Man, the Psychoanalyst, the Mystic. A Perspective on His Life and Work. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 1–37 (Maresfield Reprints) Guereca, Dennis (1979), A Manager's View of the Institutional Event. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 103-111 (Wiley & Sons) Gustafson, James P. (1979), The Pseudomutual Small Group or Institution. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 69-77 (Wiley & Sons) Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1978), Towards the study of society in microcosm: critical problems of group relations conferences, Human Relations, No. 31, 843-862 Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), After basic assumptions: on holding a specialized versus a general theory of participant observation in small groups. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 157–176 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Gustafson, James P. & Cooper, Lowell (1985), Collaboration in Small Groups: Theory and Technique for the Study of Small-Group Processes. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D., M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 139 -151 (A. K. Rice Institute) Gustafson, James, Coleman, Frederick, Hankins, Roy, Kipperman, Allan & Whitman, Helen (1978), A Cancer Patients' Group-The Problem of Containment, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 3, 1 –14 Gustafson, James P. & Hausman, W. (1975), The phenomenon of splitting in a small psychiatric organization, Social Psychiatry, No. 10, 199-203
H Harris, Martha (1983), The Individual in the Group: On Learning to Work with the Psychoanalytic Method. In: Do I Dare Disturbe the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 647-661 (Maresfield Reprints) Hausmann, William (1976), The Reorganization of a University Department of Psychiatry: A Blueprint for Change.In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, 309-327 (Wiley & Sons)
Group Relations
169
Heath, E. S. & H. A. Basal (1972), A method of group psychotherapy at the Tavistock Clinic. In: Progress in Group and Family Therapy. Sajar, E. J. & H. S. Kaplan (Eds.) New York (Brunner/Mazel) Heimburger, Elizabeth M. & Robert F. Baxter (1979): The Group Relations Conference as a Supplemental Training Experience for Physicians and other Health Care Professionals, Journal of Pesonality and Social Systems, No. 2, 43–52 Higgins, G. W. & H. Bridger (1964), The psychodynamics of a n Inter-group experience, Human Relations, No. 17, 391-446 Hopper, Earl (1985), The problems of context in group-analytic psychotherapy: a clinical illustration and brief theoretical discussion. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 330-354 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Hopper, Earl & Anne Weyman (1977), Große Gruppen aus soziologischer Sicht: In: Die Großgruppe, Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 154-186 (Klett) Hopper, Myles (1977), Große Gruppen in natürlichen Settings. Eine anthropologische Betrachtung. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 245-264 (Klett) Horwitz, Leonhard (1985), Projective Identification in Dyads and Groups. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Wash ington D. C., 21-37 (A. K. Rice Institute)
J Jaques, Elliott (1948), Interpretive group discussion as a method of facilitating social change, Human Relation, No. 1, 533-549 Jaques, Elliott (1953), On the dynamic of social structure. In: Human Relations, No. 6, 3-24 Jaques, Elliott (1956), Measurement of Responsibility: A Study of Work, Payment and Individual Capacity, London (Tavistock Publications); Cambridge, Mass. (Harvard University Press) Jaques, Elliott (1961), The Changing Culture of a Factory: a stu dy of authority and participation in an industrial setting, London (Tavistock) Jaques, Elliott (1970), Work, Creativity and social justice, London (Heinemann) Jaques, Elliott (1974), Social systems as defence against persecutory and depressive anxiety. In: Analysis of Groups. Gibbard, G. S., J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.) San Francisco (Jossey-Bass) Jaques, Elliott (1976), A General Theory of Bureaucracy, New York (Halsted) Jaques, Elliott (1982), The Form of Time, New York (Crane, Russak) Jaques, Elliott (1983), The Aims of Psycho-Analytic Treatment. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 417427 (Maresfield Reprints)
Group Relations
170
Johnson, John L. & Kristine Fleisher (1980), Reactions of Teachers of Emotionally Disturbed Children to Group Relations Conferences: A New Application of Tavistock Training, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2, 11-25 Joseph. D. I., E. B. Klein & B. M. Astrachan (1975), Mental health students' reactions to a group training conference: Understanding from a system's perspective, Social Psychiatry, No. 10, 79-85
K Kahn, Robert L. (1976), Individual and Corporation: The Problem of Responsibility. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 69-87 (Wiley & Sons) Kernberg, Otto F. (1973), Psychoanalytic object-relations theory, group processes, and administration: toward an integrative theory of hospital treatment, Annual of Psychoanalysis, No. 1, 363-388 Kernberg, Otto F. (1976), Object Relations T heory and Clinical Psychoanalysis, New York (Jason Aronson) Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Internal World and External Reality: Object Relations Theory Appli(Ed.) New York (Jason Aronson) Kernberg, Otto F. (1980), Regression in Groups: Some Clinical Findings and Theoretical Implications. Journal of Personality and Social Systems No. 2-3, 51-77 Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), Regression in Organizational Leadership. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 89-109, (A. K. Rice Institute) Kernberg, Otto F. (1985), The Couch at Sea: Psychoanalytic Studies of a Group and Organizational Leadership. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 339-413 (A. K. Rice Institute) Khaleelee, Olya & Eric Miller (1985), Beyond the small group: society as an intelligible field of study. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 354-386 (Institute of Group Analysis and TavIstock Clinic) Klein, Edward B. (1977), Transference in Training Groups, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 53-64 Klein, Edward B. (1978), An Overview of Recent Tavistock Work in the United States. In: Advances in Experimental Social Processes. Cooper, C. L, & C. Alderfer (Eds.) New York (Wiley) Klein, Ed ward B. (1979), Manifestation of Transference in Small Training Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 87-103 (Wiley & Sons) Klein, Edward B. (1985), Belfast Communities Intervention. In: G roup Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 299-306 (A. K. Rice Institute)
Group Relations
171
Klein, Edward B. & Astrachan, M. (1971), Learning in Groups: A comparison of study groups and T-groups, Journal of Applied Behavioral Science, No. 7, 659-683 Klein, Edward B., Correa, M. E., Howe, S. R.& Stone, W. N. (1983), The effect of social systems on group relations training, Social Psychiatry, No. 18, 7-12 Klein, Edward B., Kahn, R. L. (1973), Boundary issues and organizational dynamics: a ca se study, Social Psychiatry, No. 8, 204-211 Klein, Melanie (1959), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy, Human Relations, No. 12, 291-303 Klein, Melanie (1972), Das Seelenleben des Kleinkindes und andere Beiträge zur Psychoanalyse, Reinbek b. Hamburg (Rowohlt TB) Klein, Melanie (1985), Our Adult World and its Roots in Infancy. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 5 -21 (A. K. Rice Institute) Klein, Melanie & Riviere, Joan (1983), Seelische Urkonflikte. Liebe, Haß und Schuldgefühl, Frankfurt (Fischer TB) Klein, Robert H. (1979), A Model for Distinguishing Supportive from insight-oriented Psychotherapy Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, W. G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 135-153 (Wiley & Sons) König, Karl (1985), Basic assumption groups and working groups revisit(Ed.) In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 151-157 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Kreeger, Lionel (Ed.), (1977), Die Großgruppe, Stuttgart, 1. Aufl. (Klett)
L Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.), (1979), Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. A Tavistock Open Systems Approach, Chinchester, New York (Wiley & Sons) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), A Concept for Today: The Management of Oneself in Role. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, W. G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 235-251 (Whey & Sons) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Die Methode der offenen Systeme für das Gruppenbeziehungstraining des Tavistock-Institutes. In: Die Psychologie des 20. Jahrhunderts, Bd. VIII, Zürich, S. 659-666 (Kindler) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1979), Exploring Boundaries. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. W. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 1-21 (Wiley & Sons) Lawrence, W. Gordon (1985), Management Development.Ideals, images and realities. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 231-240 (A. K. Rice Institute)
Group Relations
172
Laxenaire, M. (1983), Group analytic psychotherapy according to Foulkes and psychoanalysis according to Lacan. In: Pines, Malcom (Ed.), The Evolution of Group Analysis London, 167 -. 183, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Lofgren, Lars B. (1976), Organizational Design and Therapeutic Effect. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 235-243 (Wiley & Sons)
M Maguire, Thomas V., Stan Hirson, Zeborah Schachtel & Kathleen White (1980), Organizational Dynamics of an Institution Whose Primary Task is "Group Relations" Work: The Case of the Center of the A. K. Rice Institute, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2-3, 77-89 Main, Tom (1977), Zur Psychodynamik großer Gruppen. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 50 ff. (Klett) Main, Ton (1983), The concept of the therapeutic community: variations and vicissitudes. In: The Evolution of Group Analysis. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 197-218 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Main, Ton (1985), Some Psychodynamics of Large Groups. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 49-71 (A. K. Rice Institute) Mare de, Patrick B. (1977), Die Politik der großen Gruppe. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 140-154 (Klett) Mare de, Patrick B. (1985), Major Bion. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 108-114 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Medders, Niles M. & Arthur D. Colman (1985), The Assisted Independent Living Program: A New Model for Community Care. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 273-284 (A. K. Rice Institute) Mendes, Leal, & Maria, Rita (1983), Why group analysis work. In: The Evolution of Group Analysis. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 183-197 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Menninger, Roy W. (1975), The Impact of Group Relations Conferences on Organizational Growth. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Sexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 265-281 (Grex) Menninger, Roy W. (1985), A Retrospective View of a Hospital-Wide Group Relations Training Program: Costs, Consequences and Conclusions. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 285-298 (A. K. Rice Institute) Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1974), Die Angstabwehr-Funktion sozialer Systeme -ein Fallbericht, Gruppendynamik 1974/5, S. 183-216
Group Relations
173
Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1975), A Case-Study In the Functioning of Social Systems as a Defense Against Anxiety. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael. P. 281-313 (Grex) Menzies, Isabel E. P. (1979), Staff Support Systems: Task and Anti-Task in Adolescent Institutions. In: Therapeutic Communities. Hinshelwood, R. D. & N. McManning (Eds.) London (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Menzies Lyth, Isabel E. P. (1983), Bion's Contribution to Thinking About Groups. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 6 61-667 (Maresfield Reprints) Miller, Eric J. (1976), (Ed.), Task and Organization, London, New York, Sydney, Toronto (Wiley & Sons) Miller, Eric J. (1976), The open-system approach to organizational analysis, with special reference to the work of A. K. Rice. In: European contributions to organization theory. Hofstede, G. & M. Sami Kassem (Eds.) Assen/Amsterdam (Van Gorcum) Miller, Eric J. (1979), Autonomy, Dependency and Organizational Change. In: Innovation in Patient Care: an action research study of change in a psychiatric hospital, Towell, D. & C. Harries (Eds.) 172-190 (Croon Helm) Miller, Eric J. (1979), Open Systems Revisited: A Proposition About Development and Change. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Change. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 217-235 (Wiley & Sons) Miller, Eric J. (1985), Organizational Development and Industrial Democracy: A Current Case-Study. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington D. C., 243-272 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Organizational Development in the UK and the USA: A Joint Evaluation. Cooper, C. (Ed.) 31-63 (Macmillan) Miller, Eric J. (1985), The Politics of Involvement. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. C. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 383-399 (A. K. Rice Institute), also Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2-3, 37-51 Miller, Eric J. & Gwynne, G. V. (1972), A Life Apart: a pilot study of the residential institutions for the physically handicapped and the young chronic sick, London (Tavistock) Miller, Eric J. & Rice, A. K. (1975), Selections from: "Systems of Organization”. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 43-69 (Grex) Miller, James C. (1977), The psychology of conflict in Belfast: Conferences as microcosm, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 17-38 Miller, James C. (1979), The Psychology of Innovation in an Industrial Setting. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 205-217, (Wiley & Sons)
Group Relations
174
Mills, Theodore & Michal P. Farrell (1977), Group Relations and Science: The Question of Compatibility, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2 Mills, Theodore (1978), Seven Steps in Developing Group Awareness, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 4, 15-33 Mumby, Trevor (1977), Große Gruppen in der Industrie. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 264-281 (Klett) Munro, Helle (1983), Historical perspectives of group analysis. In: The Evolution of Group Analysis. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 232-265 Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul) Musto, D. F. & B. M. Astrachan (1975/1968), Strange Encounters: The Use of Study Groups with Graduate Students in History. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 235-251 (Grex)
N Newman, Ruth G. (1977), The Dimensions of Aging in Work Roles, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 2, Vol. I, 1-10
O O'Connor, Garrett (1971), The Tavistock Method of Group Study, Science and Psychoanalysis, No. 18, 100-115 O'Connor, Garrett (1978), Commentary on Dr. Rioch's presentation, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 4, 51ff.
P Palmer, Barry W. M. (1973), Thinking about Thought, Human Relations, No. 1, Vol. 26, 127141 Palmer, Barry W. M. (1978), Fantasy and Reality in Group Life: A Model for Learning by Experience. In: Group Work: Learning and Practice. McCaughan, N. (Ed.) London (Allen and Unwin) Palmer, Barry W. M. (1979), Learning and the Group Experience. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 169-193 (Wiley & Sons) Palmer, Barry W. M. (1985), Ambiguity and paradox in group relations conferences. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 274-306, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Pines, Malcom (1977), Überblick. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 281301 (Klett)
Group Relations
175
Pines, Malcom (Ed.), (1983), The Evolution of Group Analysis, London, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Institute (Routledge and Kegan Paul)
R Redlich, F. C. & B. M. Astrachan (1975/1969), Group Dynamics Training. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 225-235 (Grex), also in: American Journal of Psychiatry, No. 125, 1501-1507 Reed, Bruce D. (1978), The Dynamics of Religion (Darton Longman and Todd) Reed, Bruce D., Hutton, J. M. & Bazalgette, J. (1978), Freedom to Study: requirements of oversea students in the UK. (Overseas Students Trust) Resnik, Salomon (1985), The space of madness. In: Bion and group psychotherapy, Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 220-247, Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic Ricciardi, Augusto (1973), Das Tavistock-Modell des Human Relation Trainings. In: Gruppendynamik der Gegenwart. Kutter, Peter (Eds.) Darmstadt, S. 376-393 (Wissenschaftliche Verlagsgesellschaft), also in: Gruppendynamik, Nr. 4, (1973), S. 238-248 Rice, Albert Kenneth (1958), Productivity and Social Organization: the Ahmedabad Experiment, London (Tavistock Publications) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1970), The Modern University, London, (Tavistock Publications) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1971), Führung und Gruppe, Stuttgart (Klett) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1975), Selections from: "Learning for Leadership". In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 71-159 (Grex) Rice, Albert Kenneth (1976/1969), Individual, Group and Intergroup Processes. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 25-47 (Wiley & Sons), also in: Human Relations, No. 22 (1969), 565-584 Rice, Albert Kenneth & E. L. Trist (1962), Institutional and sub-Institutional determinants of change in labour turnover, Human Relations, No. 5, 347-371 Richardson, Elizabeth (1967), The Environment of Learning, London (Thomas Nelson and Sons) Richardson, Elizabeth (1973), The Teacher, the School and the Task of Management (Heinemann) Richardson, Elizabeth (1975), Authority and Organization in the Secondary School (Macmillan Education) Richardson, Elizabeth (1975), Selections from: "The Environment of Learning". In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 215-225 (Grex) Rioch, Margaret J. (1971), Gruppenmethoden: Das Tavistock-Washington-Modell, Gruppendynamik, Nr. 2, S. 142-152
Group Relations
176
Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), "All We Like Sheep"-(Isaiah 53.5): Followers and Leaders. In: Group Relation Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 159-179 (Grex) Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), Group Relations: Rationale and Technique. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 3-11 (Grex), also in: International Journal of Group Psychotherapy, Vol. 20, (1970), 340-355 Rioch, Margaret J. (1975), The Work of Wilfred Bion on Groups. In: Group Relation Reader. Colman A. D. & W. H, Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 21-35 (Grex), also in: Psychiatry, Vol. 33 (1970), 56-66 Rioch, Margaret J. (1979), The A, K. Rice Group Relation Conferences as a Reflection of Society. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, W. Gordon (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 53-69 (Riley and Sons), also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems 1977, No. 1, 1-16 Rioch, Margaret J. (1983), The Influence of Wilfred Bion and the A. K. Rice Group Relations Conferences. In: Do I Dare Disturb the Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 667-575 (Maresfield Reprints) Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Advanced Learning in a Small Group. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., D. 173-185 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems (1980), No. 2 -3, 27-37 Rioch, Margaret J. (1985), Why I Work as a Consultant in the Conferences of the A. K. Rice Institute. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 365-383 (A. K. Rice Institute), also in: Journal of Personality and Social Systems (1978), No. 4, 33-51 Rogers, Kenn (1976) Teaching and Learning for Responsibility: A Model of an Educational Approach for Meeting the Challenge of Change. In: Task and Organization. Miller, Eric J. (Ed.) London, New York, 339-361 (Wiley & Sons) Rourke, Philip G. & Robert N. Golden (1979), The Effects of Leadership Change on the Process of Resocialisation in a Residential Halfway House, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 27-43
S Scharff, David Edward & Jill Savege Scharff (1979), Teaching and Learning: An Experimental Conference, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 53 ff. Schermer, Victor L. (1985), Be yond Bion: the basic assumption states revisit. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 139-151 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Scott, W. & Clifford N. (1983), The Development of the Analysands' and Analysts' Enthusiasm for the Process of Psychoanalysis. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A
Group Relations
177
Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 571 -.579 (Maresfield Reprints) Segal, Hanna (1973), Introduction to the Work of Melanie Klein, New York (Basic Books) Shapiro, Edward R. (1985), Unconscious Process in an Organization: A Serendipitous Investigation. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H, Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 353-363 (A. K. Rice Institute) Shapiro, Roger L. (1985), Family Dynamics a nd Object-Relations Theory: An Analytic GroupInterpretative Approach to Family Therapy. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Eds.) Washington, D. C., 217-230 (A. K. Rice Institute) Shapiro, Roger L. & Zinner, John (1979), The Adolescent, the Family and the Group: Boudary Considerations. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 153-169 (Wiley & Sons) Sievers, Burkard (1973), Autorität und Organisation. Ein Laboratorium des Tavistock Institutes, Soziale Welt, Nr. 2 -3, S. 361-381 Singer, D. L., B. M. Astrachan, L. J. Gould & E. B. Klein (1979), Boundary Management in Psychological Work with Groups. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence. G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York (Wiley & Sons) Singer, B. L., M. B. Whiton & M. L. Fried (1970/1975), An alternative to traditional mental health services and consultation in schools: a social systems and group process a approach, Journal of School Psychology, (1970) No. 8, 172 -178, also in: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, (1975), 207 ff. (Grex) Springmann, Rafael R. (1977), Psychotherapie in der großen Gruppe. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 205-220 (Klett) Sutherland, J. D. (1985), Bion revisited: group dynamics and group psychotherapy. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 47-87 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic)
T Taylor, Susan, M. Bogdanoff, D. Brown, L. Hillman, C. Kurash , J. Spain, B. Thatcher & L. Weinstein (1979), By Women, for Woman: A Group Relation Conference. In: Exploring Individual and Organizational Boundaries. Lawrence, G. (Ed.) Chinchester, New York, 123-135 (Wiley & Sons) Thelon, Herbert A. (1985), Research with Bion's concepts. In: Bion and group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 114-139 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Thompson, Odessa Deanna (1979), A Response: Dilemmas of Black Females in Leadership Positions, Journal of Personality and Social Systems, No. 1, 21-27
Group Relations
178
Thorner, Hans A., (1983), Notes on the Desire for Knowledge. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 589501 (Maresfield Reprints) Trist, Eric (1985), Working with Bion in the 1940s: the group decade. In: Bion and the group psychotherapy. Pines, Malcom (Ed.) London, 1 -47 (Institute of Group Analysis and Tavistock Clinic) Turquet, Pierre M. (1974), Leadership: The individual and the Group. In: Analysis of Groups. Gibbard, G. S., J. J. Hartmann & R. D. Mann (Eds.) London, 337 -371 (Jossey-Bass) Turquet, Pierre M. (1975), Threats to Identity in the Large Group. In: The Large Group: Therapy and Dynamics. Kreeger, L. (Ed.) London, 87-144 (Constable)
W Walter, Hans-Jürgen (1975), Des Kaisers neue Kleider. Ein Beitrag zur Gruppendynamik, Psychologie heute, Nr. 10, S. 22 ff. Wells, Leroy Jr. (1980), The group-as-a-whole: a systemic socioanalytic perspective on interpersonal and group relations. In: Advances In Social Experimental Processes. Alderfer, C. P. & C. Cooper (Eds.) London (Wiley & Sons) Wells, Leroy Jr. (1985), The Group-as-a-Whole Perspective and Its Theoretical Roots. In: Group Relations Reader 2. Colman, A. D. & M. H. Geller (Ed.) Washington, D. C., 109-127 (A. K. Rice Institute) Whiteley, J. Stuart (1977), Die große Gruppe als Medium der Soziotherapie. In: Die Großgruppe. Kreeger, L. (Eds.) Stuttgart, S. 186-205 (Klett) Williams, Dennis (1975), The Group, Phenomenon and Philosophy: A Look at the Historical Emergence of Cities. In: Group Relations Reader. Colman, A. D. & W. H. Bexton (Eds.) San Rafael, 359 ff. (Grex) Winnicott, Donald W. (1979), Vom Spiel zur Kreativität, Stuttgart, 2. Aufl., Klett-Cotta Wisdom, J. O. (1983), Metapsychology After Forty Years. In: Do I Dare Disturb The Universe? A Memorial to W. R. Bion. Grotstein, James S. (Ed.) London, 2. Aufl., 601627 (Maresfield Reprints)
Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaft – BUGH Wuppertal
Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschaftswissenschaft der Bergischen Universität - Gesamthochschule Wuppertal
Die Arbeitspapier des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaft der Bergischen Universität - Gesamthochschule Wuppertal erscheinen unregelmäßig. Bestellungen richten Sie an: Name des Herausgebers Fachbereich Wirtschaftswissenschaft Bergische Universität-Gesamthochschule Wuppertal Gaußstr. 20 42097 Wuppertal
Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaft – BUGH Wuppertal
Fortlaufende Liste der in letzter Zeit erschienen Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschaftwissenschaft:
Koubek/Wiedemeyer/ Gester
Unternehmensverfassung und Mitbestimmung in Europa, Nr. 155, 1992
Braun, Wolfram
Ökonomische Gerechtigkeit, Nr. 156, 1992
Sievers, Burkard
Characters in Search of a Theatre, Nr. 157, 1992
Kißler/Eckert/Sparrer/ von Wedel-Parlow
Migrations - und Metropolisierungsforschung in Lateinamerika unter besonderer Berücksichtigung Zentralamerikas, Nr. 158, 1992
Backhaus, Hagen
Multi-Media im Marketing-ASKOT, Autonomes System der Kommunikation im Tourismus, Nr. 159, 1992
Buttermann, Hillebrand,Hödl, Oberstrass
Ein integriertes makroökonomisches Input-OutputModell für die Bundesrepublik Deutschland, Nr. 160, 1992
Hödl, Pereira, Dausch
Fördermaßnahmen im Bereich der Telekommunikation, Nr. 161, 1992
Eckert, Josef
Arbeitsmigration aus Afrika in die EG. Eine Bibliographie., Nr. 162, 1993
Sievers, Burkard
Love in the time of AIDS, Nr. 163, 1993
Hödl, Erich Floerecke, Peter Kalter, Bernhard
Ökonomische Strukturanalyse der Bergischen Großstädte Wuppertal-Solingen-Remscheid, Nr. 164, 1993
Cleff, Thomas
Kultur als Determinante für Regelungen der Arbeitnehmermitsprache. Ein deutsch-französischer Vergleich, Nr. 165, 1993
Backhaus, Hagen Glomb, Herbert
Interaktive Absatzsysteme - Multi-Media im Marketing, Nr. 166, 1994
Ziegler, Andreas
GEE1: Ein Programmsystem zur Schätzung von Parameterstrukturen in multivariaten verallgemeinerten linearen Modellen mit Generalized Estimating Equations, Nr. 167, 1994
Henke, Achim
Entwicklung und Verabschiedung der Richtlinie zur Bildung von Europäischen Betriebsräten, Nr. 168, 1994
Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaft – BUGH Wuppertal
Sievers, Burkard
Mythos als Metapher - Die Schlacht am Lerchenfeld, Nr. 169, 1995
Hödl, Erich Kuhne, Dirk Voßnacke, Michael
Strukturanalyse der Luftschadstoffemissionen durch Engergieverbräuche in der Bundesrepublik Deutschland in den Jahren 1970-86, Nr. 170, 1995
Sydow, Jörg Martin Kloyer
Managementpraktiken in Franchisingnetzwerken -Erkenntnisse aus sechs FallstudienNr. 171, 1995
Hödl, Erich Weida, Andreas
Wettbewerbsorientierte Strukturpolitik in der Europäischen Union Nr. 172, 1995
Hödl, Erich Deutsche Direktinvestitionen in den modernen Balaghi-Mobayen, Mustafa Industriebranchen des Irans Nr. 173, 1995 Koubek, Norbert Gester, Heinz Stindt, Ferdinand
Die Auswirkung der divisionalen Unternehmsstrukturen auf das Personalmanagement und die Arbeitnehmervertretung Nr. 174, 1996
Meinzen, Ferdinand
Problemetik einer effizienten staatlichen Regulierung von Stromverteilungssystemen Nr. 175, 1996
Backhaus, Hagen Zydorek, Christoph
Multimedia und die Virtuelle Messe: Substitut oder Ergänzung zur klassischen stationären Messe? Nr. 176a, 1996
Sievers, Burkard
Accounting for the Caprices of Madness Narrative Fiction as a Means of Organizational Transcendence Nr. 176, 1996
Baisch, Helmut
Risikowirtschaft I. Handlungsfreiheiten und Handlungszwänge in einer fremdfinanzierten Ökonomie Nr. 177, 1997
Kappelhoff, Peter Wenzel, Olaf
Studium und Berufseinstieg Eine Absolventenbefragung am Fachbereich Wirtschafts-wissenschaft der Bergischen UniversitätGHS Wuppertal Nr. 178, 1997
Baisch, Helmut
Risikowirtschaft II. Markt und Macht in einer mischfinanzierten Ökonomie Nr. 179, 1997
Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaft – BUGH Wuppertal
Klein, Magdalena Krebs, Michael
Klassische und moderne Ansätze der betriebswirtschaftlichen Theorie Nr. 180, 1998
Krebs, Michael
Die virtuelle Unternehmung als Wissensorganisation: Potentiale und Grenzen des Wissensmanagements Nr. 181, 1998
Frambach, Hans
Ein neuer Gedanke zur Entstehung der Neoklassik Nr. 182, 1998
Eissrich, Daniel Frambach, Hans
Zum Verständnis des Transaktionskostenbegriffs in der ökonomischen Theorie Nr. 183, 1998
Hödl, Erich Oberstraß, Martin
Konsequenzen einer kompensierten Steuer auf Energieträger - ein Vergleich ökonometrischer Studien Nr. 184, 1999
Grieger, Jürgen
Umorientierung der Personalwirtschaftslehre? Personalwirtschaftliche Ziele im Lichte der Shareholder Value- und Corporate Governance-Diskussionen Nr. 185, 1999
Wenzel, Olaf
Erlebnismilieus? Die empirische Umsetzung des Milieumodells von Gerhard Schulze Nr. 186, 1999
Grieger, Jürgen
Ansatzpunkte und Perspektiven der Rekonstruktion von Betriebswirtschaftslehre und Nationalsozialismus Nr. 187, 1999
Koubek/Böckly/Gester
Wissensmanagement und personalwirtschaftliche Standartsoftware in internationalen Unternehmen Nr. 188, 2000
Heindl, Heinrich/ Pauschert, Dirk
Wissensmanagement im virtuellen Unternehmen Nr. 189, 1998
Heindl, Heinrich
Die d igitale Signatur im Internet-Rechtsverkehr Nr. 190, 1999
Heindl, Heinrich
Benchmarking Best Practices Nr. 191, 1999
Gehle/Heindl/Klein/ Pauschert/Witt
Internetökonomie in New York - Analyse der Rahmenbedingungen von New Economy-Unternehmen in New York Nr. 192, 2001
Arbeitspapiere des Fachbereichs Wirtschafts- und Sozialwissenschaft – BUGH Wuppertal
Gehle/Heindl/Klein/ Pauschert/Witt
Standorte der New Economy: Das Ruhrgebiet im globalen Wettbewerb der Regionen Nr. 193, 2001
Tindemans, Leo
Die Zukunft Europas Nr. 194, 2001
Pauschert, Dirk
Benchmarking und Innovation Nr. 195, 1999
Pauschert, Dirk
Benchmarking der Internetökonomie - Evaluierung von Erfolgsfaktoren der New Economy in New York Nr. 196, 2000
Frambach, Hans
Die Zertifizierungsverfahren FSC und PEFC im Vergleich - Ein Beitrag zur Zertifizierung nachhaltiger Forstwirtschaft Nr. 197, 2001
Frambach, Hans
Die neoklassische "Geschichte" der Ökonomie: Bemerkungen zur Standortbestimmung von Douglass C. North`s Theorie vom Wandel der Institutionen, Nr. 198, 2001
Heindl/Pauschert
Erfolgsfaktoren von New Economy im Silicon Alley, Nr. 199,2002
